Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Warren Buffett’s advice for 2009

New Page 25.
Warren Buffett’s advice for 2009

We begin this New
Year with dampened enthusiasm and dented optimism. Our happiness is diluted and
our peace is threatened by the financial illness that has infected our families,
organisation and nations. Everyone is desperate to fine remedy that will cure
their financial illness and help them recover their financial health. They
expect the financial experts to provide them with remedies, forgetting the fact
that it is these experts who created this financial mess. Every new year, I
adopt a couple of old maxims as my beacons to guide my future. This
self-prescribed therapy has ensured that with each passing year, I grow wiser
and not older.

This year, I invite
you to tap into the financial wisdom of our elders along with me, and become
financially wiser.











Hard work
: All hard work
brings a profit, But mere talk leads only to poverty.


Laziness


:


A sleeping lobster is carried away by
the water current.


Earning


:


Never depend on a single source of

income.(At
least make your investment get you second earning.)


Spending


:


If you buy things you don’t need,

you’ll soon sell things you need.


Savings



Don’t save what is left after spending. Spend what is
left after saving.

Borrowings


:

The borrower becomes the lender’s slave.

Accounting

:

It’s no use carrying an umbrella, if your shoes are leaking.

Auditing

:

Beware of little expenses. A small leak can sink a large ship.

Risk-taking

:

Never test the depth of the river with both feet. (Have an alternate plan ready)

US economy crisis — $ 1 salary for Citi Group chief

New Page 24. US economy
crisis — $ 1 salary for Citi Group chief

Faced with national outrage at
the financial meltdown in the US channelled through a hearing by angry
law-makers, the India-born CEO of Citigroup Vikram Pandit said he will take a
salary of $ 1 and no bonus until the bank, which has accepted $ 45 billion in
government bailout money, returns to profitability.

People lined up from 6 a.m. in
the Rayburn office building for the 10 a.m. hearing, an indication of how deep
the economic crisis is now cutting into society. The testimony was also reviewed
extensively on line. About Pandit’s $ 1 offer, one blogger commented, “He’s
still overpaid.” Such is the anger in America.

(Source : The Times of India,
13-2-2009)

levitra

Vatican demands closure of tax havens

New Page 23.
Vatican demands closure of tax havens

Pope feels closure of
such offshore banks is the first step out of the current crisis

While international
pressure is mounting on offshore banks to relax secrecy rules, the Vatican, the
seat of the Catholic Church, wants all offshore tax havens to be closed. The
official statement from the Vatican, called an encyclical, is expected to ask
for a closure of such tax havens. The encyclical is scheduled to be released on
March 18 by Pope Benedict XVI.
The Catholic Church periodically issues the encyclical on various issues it is
concerned with. It had planned to come out with an encyclical on tax havens last
year, but postponed the date following a decision to do a thorough research on
global economics and the reasons that have led to the current slowdown.

The paper, in a
scathing attack on “unhealthy and inequitable financial practices,” also pointed
to the alarming figure of global deficit caused by offshore banking. The size of
global deficit is estimated to be around $ 255 billion, almost three times the
aid given to developing countries globally. Closure of these offshore banks,
according to the Pope, should be the first step out of the current global
economic crisis. It is also reliably learnt that the encyclical sees the tax
havens as the main conduit for transferring money from poverty-stricken nations
to the rich world and the consequent impoverishment of the people in developing
and under-developed countries.

The Vatican looks at
the huge amounts siphoned off to these offshore banks as the money that the
governments in developing countries could have utilised for helping the poor.
The Church’s concern on offshore banking also coincides with the global
awareness of fiscal dangers caused by tax havens. Such havens have also featured
in issues raised during the recent US presidential campaign. Democratic
presidential candidate John Edward had said that deposits worth $ 1.5 trillion
were held by US citizens in various offshore banks.

Current US president
Barrack Obama has vowed to check tax evasion by US citizens, estimated to be
around $ 100 billion every year. UK, too, has promised to review ‘offshore
centres’ under its jurisdiction. Unofficial estimates suggest that money stashed
away in these tax havens could be anywhere between $ 11-12 trillion.

According to a recent
report submitted to the Central Board of Direct Taxes, (CBDT) by a former
revenue official, the value of deposits held by Indians in Swiss Banks alone
could be over $ 1 trillion.

(Source : The
Economic Times, 23-2-2009)

levitra

Taxability of Professional Fees Payable to a Head-Hunting Company in USA — A case study

In a series of articles published in this Journal (November, 2009 to March, 2010) the concept of ‘Make Available’ used in the article in the Tax Treaties relating to ‘Fees for Technical Services (FTS)’ or ‘Fees for Included Services (FIS)’ has been discussed and analysed. We have also analysed in brief, Indian judicial decisions dealing with the subject and provided relevant information regarding all Indian DTAAs and related aspects and issues dealing with the subject. In this case study, we have sought to illustrate application of this concept.

1. Facts of the case :

    1.1 An educational foundation established by a leading Indian industrialist is in the process of setting up a world-class educational complex/university to provide cutting-edge higher education in all streams of physical sciences, technology, medicine and management services.

    1.2 The foundation has engaged a consultant in the USA to conduct a search for the Vice-Chancellor for the University and to locate, screen, interview and present qualified candidates for this position in the foundation.

    1.3 The main financial terms and conditions of the contract are as follow :

    Professional fees :

    The consultant works on a retainer arrangement. The minimum retainer fee for this assignment will be $ 1,50,000. The fee will be invoiced in four instalments.

    Engagement expenses :

    The consultant will also be reimbursed for direct and indirect expenses (‘Reimbursable Expenses’), which are invoiced on a monthly basis.

    Direct expenses are costs associated with the candidate development, interview and overall selection process.

    Examples include candidate’s travel, consultants’ travel to meet with the client and to interview candidates, project-specific advertising and mailing costs. Indirect expenses are costs that are attributable to client projects as incremental costs, but are not possible to be attributed to each individual project. Examples include com unications, courier and external database research costs.

    1.3 The consultant is a company incorporated in the USA and is a Tax Resident of USA and that it does not have a Permanent Establishment in India.

2. Issues for consideration :

    In the context of deducting tax at source from payment of Professional Fees to the consultant and reimbursement of expenses, the major issues for our consideration are as follows :

    (a) Whether the Professional Fees payable under the contract constitute ‘Fees for Included Services’ (FIS) as defined in Article 12(4) & (5) of the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) with the USA ?

    (b) Whether the said Professional Fees payable are taxable as ‘Business Profits’ under Article 7 read with Article 5 of the DTAA with the USA ? In other words, whether service activities of the consultant constitute a Service PE in term of Article 5(2)(l) of the India-USA DTAA ?

3. Analysis and observations :

    3.1 Fees for Included Services — Meaning thereof :

    The DTAA with the USA uses the term ‘Fees for Included Services’ (FIS), whereas other tax treaties use the term ‘Fees for Technical Services’ (FTS); both terms essentially relate to rendering of technical services. However, the term FIS has been defined differently in the India-USA DTAA when compared with the definition of the term FTS as used/defined in other tax treaties.

    3.2 Definition of FIS in Tax Treaty with USA :

    The term FIS has been defined in Article 12(4). Paragraphs (4), (5) and (6) of Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA are reproduced below :

    Article 12 — Royalties and fees for included services

    1.

    2.

    3. The term ‘royalties’ as used in this article means :

    (a) …………………

    (b) …………………

        4. For purposes of this article, ‘fees for included services’ means payments of any kind to any person in consideration for the rendering of any technical or consultancy services (including through the provision of services of technical or other personnel) if such services?:

        b. are ancillary and subsidiary to the application or enjoyment of the right, property or information for which a payment described in paragraph 3 is received; or

        a. make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how or processes, or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design.

        5. Notwithstanding paragraph 4, ‘fees for included services’ does not include amounts paid:
        a. for services that are ancillary and subsidiary, as well as inextricably and essentially linked, to the sale of property other than a sale described in paragraph 3(a);

        b. for services that are ancillary and subsidiary to the rental of ships, aircraft, containers or other equipment used in connection with the operation of ships or aircraft in international traffic;     
    c. for teaching in or by educational institutions;
        d. for services for the personal use of the individual or individuals making the payment; or
        e. to an employee of the person making the payments or to any individual or firm of individuals (other than a company) for professional services as defined in Article 15 (Independent Personal Services).

        6. The provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply if the beneficial owner of the royalties or fees for included services, being a resident of a Contracting State, carries on business in the other Contracting State, in which the royalties or fees for included services arise, through a permanent establishment situated therein, or performs in that other State independent personal services from a fixed base situated therein, and the royal-ties or fees for included services are attributable to such permanent establishment or fixed base. In such case the provisions of Article 7 (business profits) or Article 15 (Independent Personal Ser-vices), as the case may be, shall apply.

     7.   (a)
        (b)
        

    8.    …………………

    3.3    Extract from the Memorandum of Understanding dated 15th May, 1989:

    The Governments of India and the USA have signed a Memorandum of Understanding intended to give guidance in interpreting various aspects of Article 12 relating to the scope of ‘included services’ i.e., paragraph 4 of Article 12. We reproduce below the relevant extracts from the said MOU. Various examples given in the MOU have not been reproduced here as the same are different from the facts of the case and therefore, not relevant.

    Memorandum of understanding concerning fees for included services in Article 12

    Paragraph 4 (in general):

    This memorandum describes in some detail the category of services defined in paragraph 4 of Article 12 (Royalties and Fees for Included Services). It also provides examples of services intended to be covered within the definition of included services and those intended to be excluded, either because they do not satisfy the tests of paragraph 4, or because, notwithstanding the fact that they meet the tests of paragraph 4, they are dealt with under paragraph 5. The examples in either case are not intended as an exhaustive list but rather as illustrating a few typical cases. For ease of understanding, the examples in this memorandum describe U.S. persons providing services to Indian persons, but the rules of Article 12 are reciprocal in application.

    Article 12 includes only certain technical and con-sultancy services. By technical services, we mean in this context services requiring expertise in a technology. By consultancy services, we mean in this context advisory services. The categories of technical and consultancy services are to some extent overlapping because a consultancy service could also be a technical service. However, the category of consultancy services also includes an advisory service, whether or not expertise in a technology is required to perform it.

    Under paragraph 4, technical and consultancy services are considered included services only to the following extent?: (1) as described in paragraph 4(a), if they are ancillary and subsidiary to the application or enjoyment of a right, property or information for which a royalty payment is made; or (2) as described in paragraph 4(b), if they make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes, or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design. Thus, under paragraph 4(b), consultancy services which are not of a technical nature cannot be included services.

    Paragraph 4(a):

    Paragraph 4(a) of Article 12 refers to technical or consultancy services that are ancillary and subsidiary to the application or enjoyment of any right, property, or information for which a payment described in paragraph 3(a) or    is received. Thus, paragraph 4(a) includes technical and consultancy services that are ancillary and subsidiary to the application or enjoyment of an intangible for which a royalty is received under a licence or sale as described in paragraph 3(a), as well as those ancillary and subsidiary to the application or enjoyment of industrial, commercial, or scientific equipment for which a royalty is received under a lease as described in paragraph 3(b).

    It is understood that in order for a service fee to be considered ‘ancillary and subsidiary’ to the application or enjoyment of some right, property, or information for which a payment described in paragraph 3(a) or (b) is received, the service must be related to the application or enjoyment of the right, property or information. In addition, the clearly predominant purpose of the arrangement under which the payment of the service fee and such other payment are made must be the application or enjoyment of the right, property, or information described in paragraph 3. The question of whether the service is related to the application or enjoyment of the right, property, or information described in paragraph 3 and whether the clearly predominant purpose of the arrangement is such application or enjoyment must be determined by reference to the facts and circumstances of each case. Factors which may be relevant to such determination (although not necessarily controlling) include:

        1. the extent to which the services in question facilitate the effective application or enjoyment of the right, property, or information described in paragraph 3;

        2. the extent to which such services are customarily provided in the ordinary course of business arrangements involving royalties described in paragraph 3;

        3. whether the amount paid for the services (or which would be paid by parties operating at arm’s length) is an insubstantial portion of the combined payments for the services and the right, property, or information described in paragraph 3;

        4. whether the payment made for the services and the royalty described in paragraph 3 are made under a single contract (or a set of related contracts); and

        5. whether the person performing the services is the same person as, or a related person to, the person receiving the royalties described in paragraph 3 (for this purpose, persons are considered related if their relationship is described in Article 9 (Associated Enterprises) or if the person providing the service is doing so in connection with an overall arrangement which includes the payer and recipient of the royalties).

    To the extent that services are not considered ancillary and subsidiary to the application or enjoyment of some right, property, or information for which a royalty payment under paragraph 3 is made, such services shall be considered ‘included services’ only to the extent that they are described in paragraph 4(b).

    Paragraph 4(b):

    Paragraph 4(b) of Article 12 refers to technical or consultancy services that make available to the person acquiring the service technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes, or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design to such person. (For this purpose, the person acquiring the service shall be deemed to include an agent nominee, or transferee of such person.) This category is narrower than the category described in paragraph 4(a), because it excludes any service that does not make technology available to the person acquiring the service. Generally speaking, technology will be considered ‘made available’ when the person acquiring the service is enabled to apply the technology. The fact that the provision of the service may require technical input by the person providing the service does not per se mean that technical knowledge, skills, etc., are made available to the person purchasing the service, within the meaning of paragraph 4(b). Similarly, the use of a product which embodies technology shall not per se be considered to make the technology available”.

    (Emphasis supplied)

    3.4    In view of the above, in our opinion, the Professional Fees payable to the consultant do not satisfy the requirements of either clause or clause (b) of Article 12(4) as above and therefore the Professional Fees payable by the foundation to the consultant do not constitute FIS under Article 12(4) of the India-USA DTAA.

    3.5    Thus, we are of the opinion that professional fees payable by the foundation to the consultant do not constitute FIS as defined in Article 12(4) of the India-USA DTAA. We may, however, add that the same would constitute Fees for Technical Services (FTS) u/s.9(1)(vii) of the Income-tax Act, but in view of S. 90(2) of the Act, the Foundation has the option to be governed by the provisions of the Tax Treaty, if the same are more beneficial.

    However, though the payment would not constitute FIS, one has to consider whether the payment would be taxable as Business Profits. We shall discuss the issue in the following paragraphs.

    3.6  Whether the consultant’s activities in India    would constitute a Service PE  :


    Article 5 of the DTAA defines the term ‘Permanent Establishment’ as under  :
    “Article 5 — Permanent Establishment
    1.   For the purposes of this Convention, the term ‘permanent establishment’ means a fixed place of business through which the business of an enterprise is wholly or partly carried on.
    2.   The term ‘permanent establishment’ includes especially  :
    (a)  a place of management;
    (b)  a branch;
    (c)  an office;
    (d)  a factory;
    (e)  a workshop;
    (f)  a mine, an oil or gas well, a quarry, or any other place of extraction of natural resources;
    (g)  a warehouse, in relation to a person providing storage facilities for others;
    (h)  a farm, plantation or other place where agriculture, forestry, plantation or related activities are carried on;
    (i)  a store or premises used as a sales outlet;
    (j)  an installation or structure used for the exploration or exploitation of natural resources, but only if so used for a period of more than 120 days in any twelve-month period;
    (k)  a building site or construction, installation or assembly project or supervisory activities in connection therewith, where such site, project or activities (together with other such sites, projects or activities, if any) continue for a period of more than 120 days in any twelve-month period;
    (l)  the furnishing of services, other than included services as defined in Article 12 (royalties and fees for included services), within a Contracting State by an enterprise through employees or other personnel, but only if  :
    (i)  activities of that nature continue within that State for a period or periods aggregating to more than 90 days within any twelve-month period; or
    (ii)  the services are performed within that State for a related enterprise [within the meaning of paragraph 1 of Article 9 (associated enterprises)].
    3.   Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this article, the term ‘permanent establishment’ shall be deemed not to include any one or more of the following  :
      (a)  the use of facilities solely for the purpose of storage, display, or occasional delivery of goods or merchandise belonging to the enterprise;
      (b)  the maintenance of a stock of goods or merchandise belonging to the enterprise solely for the purpose of storage, display or occasional delivery;
      (c)  the maintenance of a stock of goods or merchandise belonging to the enterprise solely for the purpose of processing by another enterprise;
         (d)     the    maintenance    of    a    fixed    place    of    business    
    solely for the purpose of purchasing goods or merchandise, or of collecting information, for the enterprise;
         (e)     the    maintenance    of    a    fixed    place    of    business    
    solely for the purpose of advertising, for the supply    of    information,    for    scientific    research    or    for other activities which have a preparatory or    auxiliary    character,     for     the    enterprise.

        4. Not relevant

      5.  Not relevant

      6.  Not relevant”
    What is relevant for our purposes is Clause (l) of paragraph 2 of Article 5. All the Professional Services will be rendered in/from the USA, and, the con-sultant’s visits to India in this connection are not likely to exceed 90 days in a year. In other words, the professional activities of the consultant to the foundation would be for less than 90 days within 12-month period. The payee company does not appear to be covered under any other paragraph of Article 5 of the treaty. Therefore, the service activities of the consultant would not constitute a PE in India within the meaning of Article 5, and therefore, the professional fees receivable by the consultant, would not be taxable as Business Profits under Article 7 of the Tax Treaty.

    3.7    In view of the above, the foundation need not deduct any TDS from payment of Professional Fees to the consultant.

     4.   Reimbursement of expenses:

    Reimbursement of expenses will stand on the same footing as payment of Professional Fees. In view of discussion in paragraphs 3.1 to 3.8, the foundation need not deduct any TDS from reimbursement of various expenses under the said Contract.

       5. Precautions:

    The foundation should obtain a Tax Residency Certificate from the consultant to the effect that it is a tax resident of the USA in terms of Article 4 of India-USA DTAA to ensure that it is eligible to access the India-USA DTAA and that it does not have and is not likely to have a Permanent Establishment in India under Article 5 of the Treaty.

    6.    Summation:

    We wish to reiterate that the concept of ‘make available’ is still continuously subject to judicial scrutiny under different circumstances and in respect of various kinds of services. In some cases, there are conflicting/differing views and in some cases the concept has not been considered/applied while examining the taxability of the payment of FIS/FTS. As the law is not yet settled, continuous and ongoing monitoring and study of various judicial pronouncements would be necessary for the proper understanding and practical application of the concept in practice.

Fearing jail, thousands of laid-off migrants flee Dubai

New Page 22. Fearing
jail, thousands of laid-off migrants flee Dubai

Sofia, a 34-year-old
Frenchwoman, moved here a year ago to take a job in advertising. Confident about
Dubai’s fast-growing economy, she bought an apartment for $ 300,000 with a
15-year mortgage. Now, like many of the foreign workers who make up 90% of the
population here, she has been laid off and faces the prospect of being forced to
leave this Persian Gulf city — or worse. “I’m really scared of what could
happen, because I bought property here,” said Sofia. “If I can’t pay it off, I
was told I could end up in debtors’ prison.”

With Dubai’s economy in free
fall, newspapers have reported that more than 3,000 cars sit abandoned in the
parking lot at the Dubai airport, left by fleeing, debt-ridden foreigners (who
could in fact be imprisoned if they failed to pay their bills). Some are said to
have maxedout credit cards inside and notes of apology taped to the windshield.

Some things are clear : real
estate prices, which rose dramatically during Dubai’s six-year boom, have
dropped 30% or more over the past two or three months. Last week, Moody’s
Investor’s Service announced that it might downgrade its ratings on six of
Dubai’s most prominent state-owned companies, citing a deterioration in the
economic outlook. So many used luxury cars are for sale, they are sometimes sold
for 40% less than the asking price two months ago, car dealers say.

But Dubai, unlike Abu Dhabi,
Qatar and Saudi Arabia, does not have its own oil, and has built its reputation
on real estate, finance and tourism. Now, many expats here talk about Dubai as
though it were a con game all along.

(Source : The Times of India,
16-2-2009)

levitra

Soon, you can lodge online FIRs

New Page 21. Soon, you
can lodge online FIRs

In new system, complainants can
track their cases on net

The Government is in the
process of introducing a police station-based computerised programme through
which one can register complaints online.

One can also monitor the
progress of the case, like how far the probe has gone and if a charge-sheet has
been filed, among other facilities. “The erstwhile computerised intelligence
police system (CIPA) has been converted into the crime and criminal tracking
network system (CCTNS) to facilitate police stations in discharging their duties
and to try and make the system a little more citizen friendly.’’

“Our aim is to shortly provide
Internet connectivity to all police stations. Hence, information on each case
registered would be sent from the police station to district level, from
district to State and State to the Centre,’’ said the official, who is part of
the team working on implementation of the project.

“It is a very ambitious
project. It was approved last year with an outlay of about Rs.2,000 crore and
the MHA is in the process of finalising the details.’’ It is likely to be
entirely implemented by the end of 2010.

(Source : The Times of India,
9-2-2009)

levitra

Rotation of audit partners compulsory from 2009

New Page 4

8. Rotation of audit partners compulsory from
2009


In what could be a significant deterrent to corporate frauds,
the concept of rotation of partners received a green signal from the apex body
for chartered accountants, Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI),
and mandates change of partners after seven consecutive years with a listed
company.

The step, cleared by ICAI, will be operational from April
2009 and is expected to significantly reduce complexity between individual
partners in audit firms and their assigned companies, something that has been a
cause behind many of the big corporate frauds to have hit the financial world.

(Source : Times News Network, 25-2-2008)


levitra

Moodys (MCO) dismisses PricewaterhouseCoopers as auditor

New Page 4

7. Moodys (MCO) dismisses PricewaterhouseCoopers as auditor


The Board of the Moody’s Corporation (NYSE : MCO) approved
the recommendation of the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board to dismiss
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) as the independent registered public
accounting firm.

(Source : Internet New briefs, 28-2-2008)

levitra

A New Vision for Accounting Robert Herz and FASB are preparing a radical new format for financial statements

New Page 4

5. A New Vision for Accounting Robert Herz and FASB are
preparing a radical new format for financial statements


Last summer, McCormick & Co. controller Ken Kelly sliced and
diced his financial statements in ways he had never before imagined. For
starters, he split the income statement for the $2.7 billion international
spice-and-food company into the three categories of the cash-flow statement :
operating, financing, and investing. He extracted discontinued operations and
income taxes and placed them in separate categories, instead of peppering them
throughout the other results. He created a new form to distinguish which changes
in income were due to fair value and which to cash. One traditional ingredient,
meanwhile, was conspicuous by its absence : net income.

Kelly wasn’t just indulging a whim. Ahead of a public release
of a draft of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s new format for
financial statements in the second quarter of 2008, the McCormick controller was
trying out the financial statements of the future, a radical departure from
current conventions. FASB’s so-called financial statement presentation project
is ostensibly concerned only with the form, or the ‘face,’ of financial
statements, but it’s quickly becoming clear that it will change and expand their
content as well.

Some major changes under discussion : reconfigur-ing the
balance sheet and the income statement to follow the three categories of the
cash-flow statement, requiring companies to report cash flows with the
little-used direct method; and introducing a new reconciliation schedule that
would highlight fair-value changes. Companies will also likely have to report
more about their segments, possibly down to the same level of detail as they
currently report for the consolidated statements. Meanwhile, net income is
slated to disappear completely from GAAP financial statements, with no obvious
replacement for such commonly used metrics as earnings per share.

FASB, working with the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and accounting standards boards in the UK and Japan,
continues to work out the precise details of the new financial statements. “We
are trying to set the stage for what financial statements will look like across
the globe for decades to come,” says FASB Chairman Robert Herz. (Examples of the
proposed new financial statements can be viewed at FASB’s website.) If the
standard-setters stay their course, CFOs and controllers at every publicly
traded company in the world could be following Kelly’s lead as soon as 2010.

(Source : CFO Magazine, 1-2-2008)

levitra

PwC pays $ 30 M to settle claim of faulty audit

New Page 4

6. PwC pays $ 30 M to settle claim of faulty audit


PricewaterhouseCoopers agreed to pay $ 30 million to settle
claims stemming from its audit of Metropolitan Mortgage & Securities Co., a
financial conglomerate that went out of business four years ago.

The Big Four accounting firm was accused of helping
Metropolian Mortgage disguise its problems by creating an offshore investment
scheme that wound up being what was called “a cleverly disguised tax shelter,”
according to the trust that brought the lawsuit against PwC.

The paper said the $ 30 million would be distributed to
thousands of investors who lost more than $ 460 million in debentures when
Metropolitan collapsed. Most investors were retirees and their family members
living in the Northwest.

(Soruce : CFO.com, US, 4-3-2008)

levitra

Man jailed for attempting to launch ‘Jihad on accountants’

New Page 4

4. Man jailed for attempting to launch ‘Jihad on accountants’


A 44 year-old man from Sittingbourne, Kent, England, who
failed in his accounting exams, has been sentenced to two years’ imprisonment
for urging Moslems to launch terror attacks on accountants. Malcolm Hodges, 44,
had failed an exam set by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA)
ten years ago, and had been arguing about it with the Association ever since.
The grudge festered over time, and Hodges widened his one-man campaign by
writing a series of letters to the British royal family, the Chancellor, and the
Prime Minister, outlining the “grave injustice” behind his low marking.

Hodges’ mission changed from farcical to dangerous in
November 2006, when he began writing to UK mosques, claiming to be a follower of
Osama Bin Laden.

“Brothers, you are right to kill the infidels, but you are
making a mistake to try and attack planes and other targets,” he wrote. Instead
Islamists would be better off declaring a ‘jihad’ against the four accountancy
bodies.

(Source : AccountingWEB.co.uk, 26-2-2008)

levitra

India, Mauritius in talks to counter treaty shopping

New Page 4

3. India, Mauritius in talks to counter treaty shopping


India has kicked off talks with Mauritius to rework a 25-year
tax-treaty that spares FIIs based in that country from paying capital gains tax
on sale of shares of Indian companies. Indian revenue authorities have proposed
a ‘source-based’ taxation regime on capital gains made from sale of shares.
India wants Mauritius-based residents and FIIs to pay a tax on capital gains
here if they make profits by selling Indian shares.

However, the proposed tax treatment will apply only on future
investments in equities. Past investments will be spared. It will come into
force only after the two governments arrive at a consensus on the issue and
agree to revise the treaty. However, it is not yet clear whether Mauritius has
agreed to renegotiate the treaty.

(Source : The Economic Times, 15-2-2008)

levitra

Accountants must sharpen up on climate

New Page 4

2. Accountants must sharpen up on climate


Accountants have been ‘part of the problem’ in contributing
to climate change and now need to become part of the solution, Sir Michael Peat,
the Prince of Wales’ Private Secretary has warned.

Addressing a CIPFA sustainability conference on February 27,
Peat said accountants had ‘failed to develop the new accounting systems and
techniques needed to address the sustainability revolution’.

‘The accountancy profession’s failure to point out that
mankind is living off the world’s capital is the greatest accounting failure
ever seen,’ Peat told delegates.

All organisations needed to have a connected reporting
framework to ensure sustainability performance was reported more clearly,
concisely and consistently. ‘If it is not measured, it is not done,’ he said.

Peat called on all organisations to look at their decision-making processes and
policies that require senior management sign-off and ensure that sustainability
factors were clearly set out. ‘Are you giving equal weight to sustainability as
to general financial factors ?’ he asked.

(Source : Internet Editions, 29-2-2008)

levitra

Behave yourself

New Page 4

1. Behave yourself


Figures compiled for the Budget session alone for the past
seven years show that time lost to interruptions has varied from 13 hours to a
shocking 74 hours. Our legislators are obviously not doing what they have been
elected for. Most of the Govern-ment’s expenditure plans and policy initiatives
are being passed without any discussion whatsoever.

The Budget session is not an exception. The number of
sittings of the Lok Sabha has come down from an yearly average of 124 in the
first decade of 1952-61 to 81 between 1992 and 2001, a decline of 34 per cent.
This has meant that much of the discussion of legislation goes on behind the
scenes in parliamentary committees while the floor of the House is used for
shouting and heckling.

The Vice-President of India recently proposed that Parliament
sit for a minimum of 130 days a year. Somnath Chatterjee, who has presided over
a fractious Lok Sabha for the past four years, has suggested that MPs who
disrupt House proceedings be docked a day’s pay. But these proposals have
unsurprisingly been ignored.

(Source : The Times of India, 1-3-2008)

levitra

Taxation of Expatriates

Lecture Meeting

Subject : Taxation of Expatriates

Speaker: Pinakin Desai, C.A. Past President, BCAS

Venue : I.M.C. Hall, Churchgate, Mumbai.

Date : 4th March 2009

1. Broad scope : The learned speaker delivered his lecture and simultaneously displayed slides to ensure that all related issues get covered considering the complexity of subject. The determination of tax liability of an expatriate is governed by domestic law and DTAA provisions.

2. Coverage :

(a) Broadly, the subject will cover the tax liability of expatriates, who are either :
 
(i) Resident of other country, or
 
(ii) Persons of Indian origin coming to India for a short period for taking employment in India.
 
(b) The domestic law provides an option to get himself taxed in his home country on income carried in India, if the DTAA provides such option or otherwise to pay tax on income earned in India and to claim tax credit from tax determined in the home country on global income.
 
(c) Expatriates of the above category may be coming to India as employee of foreign company on deputation for rendering services on project undertaken by such foreign employer, or may take an employment with Indian company. In both cases, the tax liability under Indian Tax Law is attracted on salaries earned in India.

3. Dictionary meaning of Expatriate :

A person, who moves from his home country to another country to earn some emolument is known as expatriate.

4. The domestic law provisions applicable to salaries earned in India are :

S. 9(i)(ii) provides that salary earned in India by a non-resident individual will always be considered as chargeable in India.

5. The meaning of salary earned in India :

Explanation to S. 9(i)(ii) creates some controversy — salary paid for services rendered in India is chargeable to tax in India. There is distinction between salary chargeable in India and services rendered in India. One meaning is that whenever the person is physically present in India and renders services during such period, it is salary earned in India. A case may arise where a non-resident, during his service period is frequently travelling outside India, then whether the payment to him for the period when he is outside India is also covered by term services rendered in India. The term earned in India is a wider term which may include the earning outside India, if such earning has nexus with services rendered in India. There are two conflicting Tribunal judgments on this issue.

Under domestic law, salary earned in India is taxable. In case of employees working on rigs there is a cycle of working for say 21 days continuously followed by leave period of 21 days and so on. In such cases, the payment to him for vacation period, if followed by working period, then, salary for rest period will also be treated as salary earned in India liable to tax in India. The rest period preceding or succeeding the work period will also be considered as period of service. The right to enjoy the leave is an emolument flowing from services rendered continuously.

S. 10(6)(vi) provides tax exemption to salary if three conditions stated in that Section are fulfilled. This exemption is different from exemption available to a foreign technician; for S. 10(6)(vi) the persons need not be a technician.

6. Treaty provisions applicable to salary
earned in India and related issues :

Salary provisions are governed by treaty Article, which is titled as Dependent personal services or Income earned from employment. There must be employer-employee relationship for invoking this Article. The treaty provisions to be applied are from the treaty with the country of which the employee is a resident and not of the country of employer who may be resident of some other country.

This is important because where a non-resident taking employment abroad has to travel in another country in connection with his service in India the question may arise, in the absence of this Article as to fixation of liability to deduct tax in Multiple situations, based on source or on physical stay or place where contract is signed. This will create uncertainly about place and amount. The provisions in the treaty will resolve this chaotic situation. The tests to be applied for determining employer-employee relationship are too well known. They do not apply to a working partner of a firm or a professional person dealing on freelancer basis or Director of company as Board member.

Article 16(1) of India-US Treaty — (Dependent personal services) deals with salary, wages, derived by Non-Resident employee, who is resident of the USA. Such salary will be chargeable in the USA irrespective of place where services are rendered. The exception to this rule is where employment is exercised in India. In that case, credit of tax suffered in India can be availed by such USA resident in his country.

As observed earlier, an expatriate will mean and include an Indian citizen coming to India for employment or a foreign citizen taking employment with an Indian company or may be taking employment with a foreign company on deputation on a project undertaken by the foreign company or P.E. of the foreign company. The presence of such person in India to necessary on long-term basis.

7. Considerations not relevant for applying Article 16(1) are :

(i) The place where fruits of an employment are enjoyed is not a relevant factor. If work is exercised in India it is sufficient to attract tax liability under domestic law.
     
(ii) Place of signing contract, say, in UAE is not relevant where work is exercised in India.

(iii) Headquarters of the employer not relevant.

(iv) Place where emoluments are remitted is not relevant.
     
(v) Residence of employer or nationality of employee is not relevant. Exercise of employment should generally be of long-term nature and not just casual visit.

Article 16(2) of India-US Treaty:

Article 16(2) deals with circumstances where income may not be taxable in India: This Article provides that income from exercise of employment in India will be taxable in the USA if the following three conditions are fulfilled. The conditions or tests are negatively worded. When these negative tests are converted into positive tests, they become alternative condition. If anyone of these three conditions is fulfilled, then India gets right to tax such emolument in India.

(a)    The stay of U.S. Resident in India is more than 183 days.

(b)    Remuneration of such US employee is paid by or on behalf of a person, who is resident in India. The number of days stay in India as in (a) above is not relevant.

(c)    The employment should be functionally attached to P.E. of foreign company. In that case his salary will be taxable in India.

In all the above three tests, it will be necessary to show that employment was exercised in India, when such employee was present in India.

8. Analysis of above  conditions:

As regards first test of stay exceeding 183 days, if the stay is prolonged for more number of days due to sickness or hospitalisation, then such excess stay need not be considered, if otherwise the stay was less than 183 days.

There is some basic difference while interpreting provisions of law and provisions of Articles in treaty. The former is to be strictly construed even at the cost of equity, whereas the treaty being a commercial agreement between two countries, a liberal and equitable approach is permissible.

The second condition is residence of employer in India who is bearing the salary of the non-resident. Such person is normally an employee of foreign company which has deputed him in India for rendering services in India and after his term in India, he is returning to his foreign employer. Till his emoluments for services are rendered in India, the tax is chargeable in India. There may be a case where salary is initially paid by U.S. company and debited to Indian company, even then the position remains unchanged if there is a service contract with Indian company or if Indian company controls his performance of service. So also if the fruits of such service including intellectual property rights are vesting in Indian company, then this test can be said to have been satisfied. The third test is whether remuneration of foreign employee is borne by permanent establishment in India of foreign employer.

There is also reference of fixed base which has same meaning. The term ‘fixed base’ applies to foreign professional firm/ company, whereas P.E. is of business concern.

The logic in taxing emoluments of employee in India is that since the salary paid is claimed as deduction from income of P.E., the tax is chargeable in India. The position remains unchanged even if income of P.E. of foreign employer is taxed on presumptive scheme u/ s.44BB.

The working of income from salary in case of expatriate is to be done in the same manner as in case of resident salary earner.

9.    Following issues can arise in computation of salary:

(a)    Triangular situation:  Illustration:

Example: A U. S. company under a contract with a Norwegian resident deputes him on a project to explore business opportunities for US Co. in India during service period 1-12-2007 to 31-7-2008. The U.S. Company is not having a P.E. in India. Similarly, in both the financial years, viz. 2007-2008 and 2008-2009, the stay of the Norwegian employee is less than 182 days. The question for determining tax liability is which treaty is applicable. As seen earlier, the India-Norway treaty will apply and not India-U.S. treaty.

A recourse is to be taken to three alternative tests. Though the services are rendered in India, they are for less than 183 days in each financial year, so first test Of number of days stay fails. For 2nd test, though services are rendered in India, the employer company is not resident of India. It is U.S. company which is a Non-resident Co. and not having P.E. in India, nor US company is carrying on business in India. It is only exploring opportunities in India. So 2nd test also fails, As regards the 3rd test, the provisions in India-Norway treaty makes a difference.

Normally test of 183 days is to be applied for each financial year separately. In this case, the exemption u/s.l0(6)(vi) (where stay in each year has to be less than 90 days) is also not available to the foreign employee. In respect of India-Norway treaty, the stay for 183 days is to be worked out by taking stay for two consecutive fiscal years together. In view of this treaty provision, the Norwegian employee’s emoluments earned in India will be liable to tax under domestic law u/s.9(1)(ii).

(b)    Issue on split  residency/dual  residency test:

Example: A UK national comes to India in 1st April, 2007 and leaves for the UK in October’ 2007. He has permanent home in the UK. His residential status for India and the UK tax laws for Financial Year 2007-2008  will be as follows:

He is resident in India due to 182 days’ stay. He will also be resident of the UK per tax law of the UK. His earning in India up to September 2007 is liable to tax in India and if from October 2007 to March 2008 he has taken employment in the UK it will be liable to tax in the UK. The difficulty arises due to dual residential status as resident of both India & the UK. Though Indian tax law does not recognise split-residency concept, the UK. tax law considers this concept.

In another case, where a resident of UK has stayed and worked in India for say 21hyears and goes back to the UK he will be considered as Resident of the UK from the day of his returning to the UK.

In the first case for UK tax for first six months up to September, 2007 he is non-resident he being in India; for second six months he is Resident of UK. As per S. 6 he is resident of India considering his stay in earlier years and stay more than 60 days during April to September 2007. Similarly, per UK Law, he becomes resident of the UK the moment he arrives in the UK even though up to September, 2007 he was Non-Resident of UK he being in India.

In such situation, tie-breaker test as provided in OECD update of 2008, will have to be applied. This will apply to income earned in the UK between October 2007 to March 2008 determining which provision of treaty will apply. If it is found that he is treaty resident of the UK by applying tie breaker test, for last 6 months he will be taxed as if he is UK Resident and not as Resident of India.

(c)    Issue on Overseas Social Security Contribution:

The learned speaker cited two judgments on deductibility of contribution for social security viz. Gallotti Raoul 61 ITD453 (Mum.) and Eric Moroux (2008) TIDL 145 (Del.) while explaining the facts and ratio, he stated that it is a case of French National coming to India under employment of French Co. working in India. From emoluments earned in India, the Employer Co. used to make two mandatory deductions.

(i)    Contribution for benefit of all French nationals, and

(ii)    contribution to social security to cover the benefit and costs including impairment in earning potential, medical, old age, professional sickness, etc. These contributions were not providing addition to personal savings like P.P. contribution. There is no income potential provided under the scheme. The French I.T. Act permitted these contributions as deduction from salary income.

Considering these features, those contributions were treated as diversion by overriding title and deductible from gross salary earned in India, and not as application of income.

(d) Issue on ESOP Levy-Key  events and Triggers:

The applicable parameters are:

(i)    When ESOPs are granted, it is called ‘grant day’. Thereafter subject to the employee’s complying with certain conditions, there will be a vesting. Such shareholder will be eligible thereafter to exercise his right to get allotment.

At the stage of grant by employer there is no tax effect for the employer nor for employee. On the date of vesting, the value gets frozen, but at that time there is no taxability for FBT from employer. S. 115WB(i). After exercise of option, shares will be allotted and on that day the FBT will be payable on the value which was frozen. If the employer recovers the FBT from employee there is a cross charge of amount of FBT recovered from expatriate em-ployee. If, however, the expatriate employee remained outside India from date of grant till the date of exercise of option, then no FBT will be payable. In another situation where the employee was based in India for two years after ESOP was granted, but was outside India on date of exercise of option, after say 3 years the allotment is made, then FBT liabil-ity on frozen value will be worked out proportionately i.e., 2/5th or 40%. No FBT will be payable on balance 60%, when employee was outside India. The same rule will apply to foreign companies offering ESOP to employees based in India.
 
Where proportionate FBT is recovered from employee, this will not affect FBT liability of employer. As regards employee, if benefit of ESOP is taxed in foreign country in the hands of employee, then he can claim rebate or tax credit of FBT borne by him in India, because FBT is nothing but income-tax.

10.    Conversion rate for Salary earned in Foreign Currency Illustration:

Take a case where the salary due on the last day of each month, if actually paid on 10th day of succeeding month. Assuming that on 31st July was Rs.40 per $, whereas on 10th August the rate was say Rs.45 per $. In such case Rule 115provides that the income is to be worked out at the rate when salary is due i.e., 31st July in the present case and not at the rate prevailing on date of receipt. But can employee say that he will pay tax on Rs.40 and not Rs.45 which he has actually received. Similar situation arises re : capital gain received by foreign investor. Though arguable, it is possible to contend that Rule 115 will be binding on Tax Department.

But in opposite case whether the employee can say that his tax liability will be on actual lower realisation and real income principle should be applied.

11. Credit  for overseas  taxation  for TDS u/s.192:

Taking a hypothetical case, where an Indian Company has P.E. abroad, say, in Germany where its employees are working. Those employees are paying tax on their emoluments as per tax laws of Germany. If such employee was in India for part of the Financial Year and received salary in India and thereafter was posted abroad in P.E. of the Co., then the employer can work out the tax on total salary and give credit for the tax deducted in foreign country. The balance tax will be collectible u/s.l92.

However, the CBDT Circular giving guidance note on working of tax liability of employees is silent about giving tax credit for tax deducted in other country. A better view is that per Sec.90, if a treaty exists with a country which has deducted tax, then treaty provisions will supersede substantive provisions of S. 192. A caveat to this is that if foreign Government terms the deduction as provisional and refundable in appropriate cases, then the Indian employer should deduct tax out of abundant precaution.

The meeting terminated with a vote of thanks to the learned speaker Shri Pinakin Desai.

Valuation — Market Approach

New Page 6

Oscar Wilde once described a cynic as “A man who knows the
price of everything and the value of nothing”. He was probably describing those
who believe in ‘survivor investing’ i.e., the theory of the value of an asset
being irrelevant as long as there is a ‘bigger fool’ willing to buy the asset at
a higher price.

A postulate of sound investing is that an investor does not
pay more for an asset than its worth. While this statement seems logical and
obvious, it is forgotten and rediscovered at some time in every generation and
in every market.

Every asset, financial as well as real, has a value. The key
to successfully investing in and managing these assets lies in understanding not
only what the value is but also the sources of the value.

Valuation is a process of determining a value. It’s a myth
that the value is nothing but a price. Price paid and the value determined can
sometimes be two ends of a pole. Valuation is subjective and may not provide any
precise or accurate estimate of value. Minimal skills sets required to carry out
a valuation include accounts and finance background, research and analytical
abilities, technology, communication and common sense.

Typically, there are three primary approaches to value the
business in practice. These approaches make very different assumptions but they
do share some common characteristics and can be classified as hereunder :

1. Market approach :


The market approach assumes that companies operating in the
same industry will share similar characteristics and the company values will
correlate to those characteristics. Therefore, a comparison of the subject
company to similar companies whose financial information is publicly available
may provide a reasonable basis to estimate the subject company’s value. There
are three forms of the Market Approach — the Comparable Companies approach (‘CoCos’),
the Comparable Transactions approach (‘CoTrans’) and the Market Price Method.
Market Approach is typically used to provide a market cross-check to the
conclusions reached under a theoretical Discounted Cash Flow approach.

2. Income approach :


The income approach recognises that the value of an
investment is premised on the receipt of future economic benefits. These
benefits can include earnings, cost savings, tax deductions and the proceeds
from disposition. There are several different income approaches, including
earnings capitalisation method (ECM), discounted cash flow (‘DCF’), and the
excess earnings method (which is a hybrid of asset and income approaches). ECM
considers company’s adjusted historical financial data for a single period,
whereas DCF and excess earnings require data for multiple future periods.

3. Cost approach :


The cost approach considers reproduction or replacement cost
as an indicator of value. The cost approach is based on the assumption that a
prudent investor would pay no more for an asset than the amount for which he
could replace or re-create it or an asset with similar utility. Historical costs
are often used to estimate the current cost of replacing the entity valued. When
using the cost approach to value a business enterprise, the equity value is
calculated as the appraised fair market value of the individual assets that
consists of the business less the fair market value of the liabilities that
encumber those assets.

Under a going-concern premise, the cost approach is normally
best suited for use in valuing asset-intensive companies, such as investment or
real estate holding companies, or companies with unstable or unpredictable
earnings.

Valuers generally use a combination of different approaches
to arrive at the fair value of an asset. In this issue we will discuss some
important aspects of the market approach.

Important definitions :





à Fair market value — fair market value means the amount at
which an asset or property would change hands between, a willing seller and
a willing buyer when neither is acting under compulsion and when both have
knowledge of reasonable facts.



à Enterprise value — market value of invested capital in the
business which includes all types of stocks and interest-bearing debts or a
measure of a business value calculated as market cap plus interest-bearing
debt, minority interest and preferred shares, minus total cash and cash
equivalents, non-operating assets and surplus assets.



à Equity value — Equity value is the value of a company
available to owners or equity shareholders.



à Book value — Book value is the value at which an asset is
carried on a balance sheet. In simple words, the book value is nothing but
an net worth of a company.



à Valuation multiple — Valuation multiple is computed by
dividing the price of the company’s stock as of the valuation date by some
relevant economic variable observed or calculated from the company’s
financial statements.



à EBITDA — Earnings before interest tax depreciation and
amortisation



à EBIT — Earnings before interest and tax



à PAT — Profit after tax




Market approach :

In the real estate sector, recent sale of comparable homes in
an area are used to establish the reasonable price range within which any home
is likely to sell. Similarly, market comparables are used as guidelines to value
a business, security or an intangible asset based on recent transactions in
comparable businesses, securities or intangible assets.

We will discuss in detail the following methods of valuation
under the market approach :

    a. Comparable companies
    b. Comparable transactions
    c. Market price

Comparable Company Method (CoCo) or Guideline Company Method :
Under the comparable company method, valuation multiples are computed based on prices at which stocks of similar companies are traded in a public market. The valuation multiples thus computed will be applied to the subject company’s fundamental data to arrive at an estimate of value for the company.

The value derived from CoCo method often represents a publicly traded equivalent value or freely traded value. In other words, it is a price at which the stock would be expected to trade if it were traded publicly. Thus, the value indication is appropriate for a marketable, minority ownership inter-est, using the premise of value in continued use, as a going-concern business. The method leads to fair market value, as it is a value at which an asset can be exchanged between willing buyer and willing seller with a full market knowledge and on an arm’s-length transaction.

We will use an example of AB Television Limited (‘ABTV’) to demonstrate practical application of market approach. ABTV is a general and business news channel with :

    Revenues of INR 5,000 million;
    EBITDA of Loss. INR 2,000 million; and
    EBIT of Loss. INR 2,500 million.

ABTV has around 6 news channels in its bouquet which includes 1 general English news channel, 1 general Hindi news channel, 1 English business news channel and 1 Hindi business news channel. It also has 2 regional language general news channels. It also has its general news Internet portal named www.abtv.com.

    Identification of comparable companies :

Comparability of companies often becomes a central issue in litigated valuations. Companies can never be absolutely comparable to each other. The economics that drive the comparable companies should match those that drive the target company.

In order to determine the comparability factors such as product-mix, geographies, size, stages of business, market positioning, operating or EBITDA margins, dividend history, trading volumes, management, etc. should be considered.

Table 1 below shows list of broader comparables of ABTV.

The current portfolio of ABTV constitutes only news channels — business and general. It also includes its Internet business. Based on the business of ABTV and the above selection criteria, we selected com-panies like Zee News Limited, IBN 18 Broadcast Limited, TV Today Network, Television 18 Limited. NDTV has recently announced that it has sold off its 3 entertainment channels NDTV Imagine, NDTV Lumiere, NDTV Showbiz to Turner International. The TTM revenues of NDTV include revenues from the general entertainment business and hence, due to major restructuring of the businesses we have excluded NDTV Limited from the list of comparables. Though we have ignored the multiple of NDTV, we have tried to corroborate news channels’ multiples with the multiple of NDTV Limited.

    Normalise the financial statements :

Normalising the financial statements is essential to remove the impacts of non-recurring and non-operating income or expenses, accounting differences, etc. from the financials, to arrive at maintainable or sustainable earnings and margins, operating revenues, etc.

    Calculate multiples based on various financial parameters :

Multiples may take many forms. The numerator may be based on equity or enterprise value and the denominator may be based on a variety of normalised financial performance matrices on pretax or after tax basis.

If the numerator of a multiple is an equity value, then the denominator of the multiple should be an equity measure, such as PAT or net income or book value. Similarly, if it is enterprise value, then it should be operating parameter like operating revenue, EBIT-DA, EBIT, etc.

 

Company

Business

Country of

MCap

Net
worth

TTM sales

EBITDA

Trading

 

 

INR Millions

 

operation

 

 

margin

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zee News Ltd.

General and business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

news channels

India

12,420

2,406

5,801

20%

52%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IBN 18 Broadcast Ltd.

News and general

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

entertainment
channels

India

18,978

2,787

4,826

-13%

8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NDTV Ltd.

General and business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

news channel and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internet

India

10,076

2,614

5,237

-66%

79%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sun TV Network Ltd.

Regional entertainment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and news channels

India

124,165

17,016

12,790

82%

4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TV Today Network

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ltd.

General news channels

India

6,533

3,212

2,545

33%

23%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zee Entertainment

Regional and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enterprises Ltd.

entertainment
channels

India

96,749

33,995

20,611

34%

18%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Television Eighteen

News channels and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

India Ltd.

business news and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internet

India

11,570

4,442

4,853

-17%

81%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The time period used to calculate multiples is generally trailing twelve months (‘TTM’) or latest fiscal year. Sometimes the estimates of next year’s expected results also are considered.

Generally, TTM multiples display the latest information and the current state of operations, however they may not be readily available and need to be computed by using interim financial statements. Latest fiscal year multiples are directly available, but would not reflect the current state of operations. Forward multiples give a forward looking valuation, however they may not be accurate as they are estimates.

Valuation multiples computed from comparable company data for some time period (say, TTM), applied to the target company data for a different time period (say, last fiscal year) can result into consider-able distortions, especially if the industry conditions differ significantly between the time periods.

Either avoid comparable companies with recent corporate actions like mergers, acquisitions, etc., or make the adjustments to time period to arrive at real value. This is to make like to like comparisons and avoid speculative effect due to corporate announcements.

To calculate market capitalisation of the comparable companies, calculate 3 months’ or 6 months’ or 12 months’ volume-weighted average market price (‘VWAP’) to avoid daily fluctuations and speculative effect on the market prices.

In case of ABTV we have selected TTM revenue and TTM EBITDA to arrive at the enterprise value of the company. Further, we have considered 6 months’ VWAP for arriving at market capitalisation for the comparable companies.
 

Table 2 shows the range of multiples for ABTV Limited.

Notes : Market Cap. is Market Capitalisation; MI = Minority Interest; EV means Enterprise Value; TTM EBITDA numbers are adjusted for non-operat-ing and non-recurring items; NA is Not Applicable.

    Select the type of multiple to be applied :

Selecting the type of multiple requires significant judgment. Industry practices are good indicators of the type of multiple that can be selected. In case of companies that are mature and generate stable cash flows, one must consider using earnings multiples.

In Table 2, we have not considered EBIT multiple or PAT multiple as most of the companies including ABTV Limited are making losses at EBITDA level. Ideally, EBITDA and EBIT multiple are best parameters to judge the business value. Hence, the key parameters for valuing ABTV Limited would be EV/Revenue. EV/EBITDA should also be ignored as EBITDA multiple is derived based on 2 companies’ parameters which may distort the valuation. To get the robust multiple, larger set of comparable should be adopted. But if the similarity of the businesses of the two companies is very similar, then one can consider even two companies as benchmark. In other words, more the disparity in the businesses of the comparable companies, the larger should be the group.

Further, while valuing ABTV Limited, EBITDA multiple will have to be multiplied with EBITDA number of ABTV which is a negative number. Therefore, for the purpose of this example, we have only considered revenue multiple which is also in range of multiple of NDTV Limited.

    Selected comparable company multiple :

The median multiple is generally selected because the median provides a better measure of central tendency than the mean. Outliers would have a higher distorting effect on the mean than the median. The selected multiple needs to reflect the relative strengths and weaknesses of the subject company relative to comparable companies. If the outlook of the subject company is lower in terms of risk and/or more in terms of growth, then a multiple which is higher than the median may be selected.

In our illustration, the comparable companies are comparable in terms of risk and growth opportunities, as more or less all the companies are in business or general news channel except for IBN 18 broadcast which has various entertainment channels under its bouquet like MTV, Colours, Nick, and Vh1. It is also engaged in other businesses like film production, distribution of branded merchandise which though are in a start-up phase and are immaterial to its channel businesses. Therefore, if we remove it as an outlier, then median EV/Revenue is around 2.4x and average EV/Revenue is around 2.7x.

    Apply adjustments for non-operating as sets and liabilities :

Excess cash and other non-operating assets need to be added and non-operating liabilities and inter-est-bearing debts should be subtracted from the enterprise value arrived at by applying the selected multiple to the financial performance matrices of the target company.

For example, ABTV has cash and cash equivalent of INR 1,200 million and Debt + Minority interest of INR 9,125 million which needs to be adjusted to its enterprise value. Enterprise Value of ABTV = EV/Rev-enue x TTM Revenue.

Types of multiples :

    Price to earnings multiple :

Price to earnings (‘P/E’) multiple is calculated as follows :

Current Market Price

PE Multiple  = ————————————————

Earnings per Share

Earning power of a company is one of the key drivers of its valuation. P/E ratio is one of the most widely accepted valuation parameters. Net profit after taxes, post adjustments for extraordinary and non-recurring income should be used to calculate the P/E ratio. The ratio cannot be used for companies with negative earnings. The P/E ratio is significantly influenced by the accounting decisions of the company. The guideline companies should have similar financing structures to compare their P/E ratio.

    PEG ratio :

PEG ratio is calculated as follows :

                                                      PE Ratio
PEG ratio    =             _____________________________

                                           Expected Growth Rate

Analysts compare PE ratios of a company with its growth rate to identify undervalued and overvalued stocks. PEG ratio of a firm must be compared with other firms operating within the same industry. A lower PEG ratio indicates undervaluation and a higher PEG ratio indicates overvaluation. The firm’s equity is considered fairly valued if PEG ratio reaches value of one. PEG ratio is useful to predict future growth of companies.

    Price to book value multiple :

Price to book value multiple is calculated as follows :

                                                  Market price per share
Price to book value =_______________________________________

                                               Book value of equity per share

The price to book (‘P/B’) multiple can be used for companies with negative earnings. The multiple is stable as the book value of a company does not change much from year to year. Book value of an asset is driven by the original price paid for the asset and accounting decisions of the company. As common sense would suggest that there is significant degree of correlation between return on equity and price to book value. Hence, while considering multiples of comparable companies also correlate the return on equities of the comparable companies and subject company.

Book value multiple is used in traditional manufacturing companies that derive their value from assets in place and high capital expenditure. The multiple is useful to value finance, investment, insurance and banking firms that hold significant liquid assets. P/B ratio can also be used for firms that are going out of business. The multiple is generally not used for valuation of companies in service industries primarily, because the multiple does not capture the potential of identifiable and unidentifiable intangible assets.

    Revenue multiple :

Revenue multiple is calculated as follows :
Revenue Multiple = Enterprise Value/Revenue

Revenue multiple is another widely accepted valuation ratio because of several factors. Firstly, growth rate is a fundamental driver of valuation, which begins with sales. Secondly, sales information is subject to less manipulation than any other financial parameter. Besides, sales information is easily available for all types of firms including troubled and very young firms. Thirdly, revenue multiple is less volatile than the earnings multiple, therefore it can be used in cases where there are large fluctuations in earnings. A drawback of this ratio is that it does not capture the difference in cost structures and capital struc-tures between different companies. Further, it can be one of the best parameters for the companies in growth phase, or when company has launched new products and has not broke even.

    Enterprise value to EBITDA/EBIT :

EBITDA multiple is calculated as follows :

                                                        Enterprise Value
EV/EBITDA or EBIT    =            _______________________

                                                         EBITDA or EBIT

EBITDA or EBIT multiple is one of the best param-eters to analyse the business value of the company. Since EBITDA or EBIT are operating margins of the business they are best to use for any industry. EBIT-DA or EBIT multiple can be used for comparing firms with different degrees of leverage. For these rea-sons, this multiple is particularly useful for valuation of companies in almost all industry. It may not be useful when the companies are in the growth phas-es or haven’t broke even. Best time to use these multiple is when the industry or subject company are in stable phase or mature phase.

    Other multiples :

Analysts use other valuation multiples such as sec-tor specific ratios, for example price per hit ratio is used to value startup website companies, price per subscriber is used for valuation of cable and telecom companies, price per megawatt is used to value power generation companies, EV per tone can be used for cement or steel industry, etc.

Comparable Transaction Approach (‘Cotrans’) : One can derive indication of value from the price at which a company or an operating unit of a company has been sold or the price at which a significant in-terest in a company has changed hands. Such data is harder to find as compared to daily stock trading data. The steps followed by a valuer/analyst using the comparable transaction approach are similar to those of the comparable companies approach.

The primary difference between CoCos method and CoTrans method is that in CoTrans method the transaction price is the basis of calculating the multiple, whereas in CoCos method basis is the current market price of similar companies. Transactions in the target company’s industry or similar industry are analysed over a period of 3 to 5 years depending upon availability of set of transactions and changes in the industry.

This is because there are fewer transactions, and acquisition price multiples generally do not fluctuate a lot over time as compared to market price multiples. Characteristics of each transaction need to be analysed to decide which adjustments may be necessary in order to use the transaction price multiples. In case of ABTV we have considered the following as comparable transactions :

Valuer/Analysts should take into account the follow-ing aspects while using the CoTrans method :

    Source of data :

Generally, the availability of data for comparable transactions is comparatively scarce v. stock price data for comparable companies. Data on the acqui-sitions of private companies are not subject to any regulations and vary tremendously in scope and format. If the subject company itself has changed control in the last few years, the transaction may be an excellent source of valuation multiples.

 

Date

Target

 

Bidder

Deal

Stake

EV/

EV/

EV/

 

P/E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value

acquired

Revenue

EBITDA

EGIT

 

 

 

 

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31st Dec. 2009

NDTV imagine

 

Turner

81

92%

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

 

n.a.

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29th Oct. 2009

Zee News Limited

 

Zee Entertainment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enterprises Limited

252

N.A.

3.8

16.1

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

 

22nd Dec. 2008

Broadcast

 

HDIL Infra

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initiatives Limited

 

Projects Pvt. Ltd.

7

N.A.

2.6

1.0

1.0

 

N.A.

 

 

27th Oct. 2008

UTV Software

 

The Walt Disney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communications

 

Ltd.

302

N.A.

18.1

103.5

113.6

 

37.4

 

 

 

Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7th July 2008

New Delhi

 

Prannoy Roy,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Television Limited

 

Radhika Roy, RRPR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holdings Pvt. Ltd.

140

N.A.

10.9

96.6

241.9

 

N.A.

 

 

28th Feb. 2007

Udaya TV Private

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited

 

Sun TV Network

401

N.A.

19.7

36.5

N.A.

 

71.6

 

 

28th Feb. 2007

Gemini TV Pvt. Ltd.

 

Sun TV Network

603

N.A.

15.8

23.0

N.A.

 

59.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average-All

 

 

11.8

46.1

118.8

 

56.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Median-All

 

 

13.3

29.8

113.6

 

59.8

 

 

 

 

Average-post
outliers

 

 

11.8

19.1

1.0

 

65.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Median-post outliers

 

 

13.3

19.5

1.0

 

65.7

 

 

 

Average-recent
(2009)

 

 

3.2

8.5

1.0

 

N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Median-recent (2009)

 

 

3.2

8.5

1.0

 

N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Several databases are also available such as Bloomberg, Merger Market, Capital IQ, etc., which provide information on transactions across different sectors and different geographic locations. We have selected comparable transactions for ABTV from Merger Market.

    Non-availability of data :

In case of most transactions, financial data is not available. In case of acquisitions of privately held companies, the data with respect to purchase price, revenue or earnings measures of the target company, percentage stake acquired, etc. are usually not available in the public domain. Therefore, analysts need to use appropriate judgment in case of trans-actions where data is not available.

    Understanding the deal structure :

One must understand the rationale of each comparable transaction. For example, one must understand if the transaction was a strategic investment or financial investment, percentage of stake sold in the transaction, whether the sale was a distress sale, etc. Typically, due to different purposes of investments, transaction rationale and synergy benefits, different control premiums and minority discounts are embedded in the transaction values. Differences between the comparable transactions and the contemplated subject transaction should be noted and adjusted appropriately in developing valuation multiples. Due to lack of information on such parameters it would be difficult to really analyse these aspects of transactions and hence, comes the judgment of the Valuer.

    Announcement versus closing date

The announcement and the closing date of a trans-action can be months apart. There may be a difference between the indicated deal values on the two dates. Generally, the date used does not make a material difference to the valuation. Most multiples are developed based on announcement date. This gives an indication of what the buyer and seller originally intended to pay or receive for the company based on the information available at the time when the deal was originally analysed and negotiated.

    Rule of thumb :

Some industries have rules of thumb about how com-panies are valued for transfer of controlling ownership interests. If such rules of thumb are widely disseminated and referenced in the industry then, they should be used. Generally, there is no credible evidence on how these rules of thumb are developed. They fail to differentiate operating characteristics of one company to another and do not consider differences in the terms of the transactions.

    Control premium :

The value of a majority stake in a company is always more than the value of a minority stake, because the majority shareholder gets control of the financial and operating decisions of the company. Therefore, if a transaction considers the acquisition a majority stake, then the price includes a control premium. The market price considered in calculation of multiples in CoCos method does not take into account any control premium. Therefore analysts should adjust the transaction multiples to remove the effect of the control premium while valuing a minority stake in a company.

Market Price Method :
Under the market price method, an asset is valued based on the price at which it is traded in the open market. This method gives a reliable indication of the value of an asset as the market price reflects the value that a buyer is willing pay to a seller for an asset in the free market. In case of shares of a company that is listed on a stock exchange, one can consider the market price of the company based on the last six-month VWAP on the stock exchange where the company’s shares are most frequently traded. It may happen that the equity market may not reflect the fair value of a stock, as the equity prices on a stock exchange get influenced by the market sentiments. It is important for a valuer/analyst to consider these market sentiments while using the market price method. At times the valuation practitioner may choose to ignore this method of valuation if market price is not a fair reflection of the company’s underlying assets or profitability.

Real Estate Act

1. Introduction :

    1.1 In September 2009, the Ministry of Housing & Urban Poverty Alleviation, Government of India, introduced the draft of the Real Estate (Regulation of Development) Act (‘the Act’). It is expected that the Ministry would finalise this Act sooner than later. This article gives an overview of this all-important act for the real estate industry.

    1.2 The Act proposes to introduce a radical change in the real estate industry — for the first time a Real Estate Regulatory Authority would be constituted to regulate, control and promote planned and healthy development and construction, sale, transfer and management of residential properties. It aims to protect the public interest vis-à-vis real estate developers and also to facilitate the smooth and speedy construction and maintenance of residential properties. Thus, just as the capital markets have a regulator in the form of SEBI, the banking industry has RBI, the real estate sector would also have an authority. A reading of the Act shows that this is likely to be a State Act with each State having its own Regulator.

2. RERA :

    2.1 A Real Estate Regulatory Authority (‘RERA’) would be constituted under the Act. It will consist of a Chairman and two Members. The Chairperson must be a person of the post of the Principal Secretary to the State Government while the Members must be persons with expert knowledge in law, finance, management, urban development, etc. The RERA would have various powers and rights.

    2.2 The Act also constitutes a Real Estate Appellate Tribunal to adjudicate any dispute and hear and dispose of appeal against any direction, decision or order of the RERA under the Act. The Tribunal will consist of a Chairman and two Members. The
    Chairperson must be a Judge of a High Court while the Members must have held the post of the  Principal Secretary to the State Government or must be persons with expert knowledge in law, finance, management, urban development, etc.

3. Application of the Act :

    3.1 Although the Regulator would be known as the Real Estate Regulatory Authority, it is important to note that the Act does not apply to all types of property development. It only applies to the construction of the following properties :

(a) Construction of apartments : An apartment is defined to mean a dwelling unit by any name which is a separate and self-contained part of any property located in a residential building. Thus, only construction of residential buildings would be covered. A building constructed only for commercial, industrial, office, retail purposes, would not be covered. However, in certain cases this Act would not apply (see para 4.1 below).

(b) Construction of a colony : A colony has been defined to mean an area of land divided or proposed to be divided into plots or flats for residential, commercial or industrial purpose. Thus, if a colony is to be constructed, then it can include buildings constructed for commercial, industrial, office, retail purposes, etc. However, in certain cases this Act would not apply (see para 4.1 below).

    3.2 The Act applies to a promoter, meaning :

(a) a person who constructs a residential building consisting of apartments, for the purpose of selling all or some of the apartments to other persons; or

(b) a person who develops a colony for the
purpose of selling to other persons all or some of the plots, whether with or without structures thereon.

4. Registration of Project :

    4.1 The Act provides that a promoter shall not develop land into a colony of plots or construct a building for marketing all or some of the apartments, without registering such project with the RERA. It is important to note that the registration is required qua a project and not qua a developer. Thus, one developer would need to register each and every project to be undertaken by him. However, registration is not required if the number of apartments to be constructed does not exceed four or if the area of the colony’s land to be constructed does not exceed 1,000 square metres (10,764 square feet) or if the number of apartments does not exceed four.

    4.2 For making an application for registration, the promoter needs to apply in the prescribed form, submit all the relevant documents and pay the prescribed fees. One of the documents to be submitted is a copy of the approval and sanction from the Competent Authority, obtained in accordance with the building regulations. This means that the application can only be made after the developer receives the IOD/CC for the project and not before that.

    4.3 If the RERA does not take any action on the application within 30 days, then it is deemed to have granted its approval. In case, the RERA refuses to grant registration, then it must first give a hearing to the applicant.

    4.4 Each registration is valid for three years and can be renewed if the project completion time has been extended for reasons beyond the promoter’s control. A total of two renewals of one year each can be granted. Thus, the maximum time for one registration can be five years.

    4.5 The promoter is also required to make an application for allotment of a password on the RERA’s website. If the project has been registered by RERA, then it will also grant a password to the promoter.

    4.6 The Act provides an imprisonment of up to 3 years and/or a monetary penalty for non-registration of a project.

Pre-Emptive Rights Held Void — Trouble in Joint Venture Paradise

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

The Bombay High Court has
recently held (in Western Maharashtra Development Corpn. Ltd. vs. Bajaj Auto
Ltd.
— unreported, Arbitration Petition No. 174 of 2006, order dated
February 15, 2010) that an agreement between two shareholder groups that one
will not sell its shares, without offering them at the proposed sale terms to
the other, shall be void. This decision would effectively make other similar
agreements such as ‘tag-along rights’ (explained later) also void. Fears have
been expressed, exaggerated I think, that the decision is so unequivocal that
even statutory restrictions such as those under SEBI Guidelines and Regulations
such as those for lock-in period would also be affected.

This decision would apply
not just to listed companies but also to other public companies. However, its
significance and wide implications made it a worthy topic for this column.
Shareholders of surely thousands of companies have entered into such agreements
and clearly all these will suddenly find their arrangements disturbed.

The implication is that not
only the company cannot honour such agreements — not even if the terms of this
agreement are incorporated in its articles — but the agreement is void even
between the shareholders themselves.

The decision affects not
merely promoters who often have such agreements amongst themselves but also to
the large number of companies having private equity/strategic investors who are
relatively passive but still hold significant quantity of shares.

Let us make a quick review
of why and how such agreements are entered into. Typically, when two shareholder
groups join together in a company and invest in it, they would like to ensure
that the other group does not exit leaving the former halfway. This is
particularly so in case of investments by private equity and similar investors
who invest on the faith of the main and working promoters continuing with their
stake. There is also usually a certain level of faith on the skills and other
personal qualities of such promoters that prompt them to invest. Such investors
thus insist on certain terms. For example, they require that if the main
promoter seeks to sell his shares, he shall offer those shares to such other
group first at the same price and other terms offered by the outsider (‘right of
pre-emption’). The other group may alternatively ask that his shares be
‘tagged-along’ with the proposed sale and also sold at the same terms offered by
the outsider.

Depending upon the needs and
often the bargaining strengths of the parties, other terms are also agreed upon.

Often the company is also
made a party to such agreements and is required to effectively honour such
agreements, particularly by not allowing transfer of shares that are in
violation of such agreements. This raises the protection, practically and also
legally, since this is consistent with what the Supreme Court held in V. B.
Rangaraj v. V. B. Gopalakrishnan
[(1992) 1 SCC 160]. The Supreme Court had
held that for such restrictions to be binding on the company, such terms should
be incorporated in the articles of association of such company.

In a sense, then, it
appeared to be well-settled law, in the light of the aforesaid decision of the
Supreme Court and several other decisions that some of such restrictions are
valid inter-se the shareholders and also binding on the company if they are
incorporated in the Articles. The recent Bombay High Court decision now
overturns this state of affairs.

The facts of the case are
complicated and actually involved appeal against a ruling of an arbitrator on
several issues, but essentially, the issue for discussion here is whether such a
right of pre-emption was valid under law.

The Court considered the
Supreme Court’s decision in Rangaraj and also another Supreme Court’s decision,
i.e., M. S. Madhusoodhanan v. Kerala Kaumudi [(2003) 117 Com. Cases 19].

The Court then analysed the
provisions of S. 111A of the Companies Act, 1956, the relevant Ss.(2) of which
reads as under :

“Subject to the provisions
of this Section, the shares and debentures and any interest therein of a company
shall be freely transferable”. (emphasis supplied)

The aforesaid provision is
applicable to public companies, as compared to the provisions of S. 111 that is
applicable to private companies.

The Court then applied the
provisions of S. 9 of the Act, which says that any provisions in the Memorandum
and Articles, in any agreement entered into by the company or in resolutions,
etc. that is repugnant to the provisions of the Act would be to that extent
void.

The Court also analysed the
meaning of the term ‘freely transferable’ referring to dictionaries and
decisions and also the implications of such restrictive clauses being
incorporated in the Articles of Association of the company.

The Court held that in case
of private companies, the Articles are required by law to provide for
restrictions on transfer of shares. However, the position for public companies
is different. It observed, “situation involving the restriction on the
transferability of shares in a private company has to be contrasted with cases
involving public companies where the law provides for free transferability. Free
transferability of shares is the norm in the case of shares in a public
company”.

When persons form a public
company or buy shares of a public company, they should be conscious that the
shares are, by law, freely transferable and they cannot enter into agreements
that restrict such free transfer. The Court observed :

“The provision contained in the law for the free transferability of shares in a public company is founded on the principle that members of the public must have the freedom to purchase and, every share-holder, the freedom to transfer. The incorporation of a company in the public, as distinguished from the private, realm leads to specific consequences and the imposition of obligations envisaged in law. Those who promote and manage public companies assume those obligations. Corresponding to those obligations are rights, which the law recognises as inhering in the members of the public who subscribe to shares.

The principle of free transferability must be given a broad dimension in order to fulfil the object of the law. Imposing restrictions on the principle of free transferability, is a legislative function, simply because the postulate of free transferability was enunciated as a matter of legislative policy when the Parliament introduced S. 111A into the Companies’ Act, 1956. That is a binding precept which governs the discourse on transferability of shares. The word ‘transferable’ is of the widest possible import and the Parliament by using the expression ‘freely transferable’, has reinforced the legislative intent of allowing transfers of shares of public companies in a free and efficient domain.”

The Court particularly relied on a decision of the Delhi High Court in Smt. Pushpa Katoch v. Manu Maharani Hotels Ltd., [121 (2005) DLT 333] where too the grievance was that some shareholders, in violation of the agreement between the shareholders, transferred their shares without offering to others. The Court held that no provision was made in the articles of association recognising such restriction. Morever, even if such a restriction was contained, such restriction would have been void since the provisions of Act override the Articles and make contrary provisions void u/s.9. This part is as important as it is controversial, since it now holds that even a specific provision in the Articles of the company will not help — in fact, even this provision would be void.

The Court specifically rejected the argument that private agreements could still be made for such restrictions. The Court rejected the argument that the provisions of S. 111A were intended to curb the directors from refusing the transfer of shares.

To reiterate, the decisions would have far-reaching implications both for existing and new arrangements. Numerous companies, listed and unlisted, have entered into some form of such agreements to provide for rights for preemption and similar other restrictions. If the decision reflects the correct state of law, all these agreements would be deemed to be void.

It is submitted that, with great respect, this decision requires reconsideration on several grounds.

Firstly, the decision incorrectly relies on S. 9 which holds that provisions contained in articles, agreements, etc. that are contrary to the provisions of the Act are void. S. 9 clearly refers to such provisions in the “articles of a company, or in any agreement executed by it.”. Thus, S. 9 applies only where the company is a party and I also submit that it makes even such agreement void only as far as the company is concerned. While in the early part of the decision, the Court refers to the exact wording of this Section, in the concluding part, the Court observes that “A provision contained in the Memorandum, Articles, Agreement or Resolution is to the extent to which it is repugnant to the provisions of the Act, regarded as void.”. I submit respectfully that the Court has cast the net unjustifiably wider and has held even agreements to which the compa-ny is not a party to be void on account of S. 9 when that Section covers only agreements to which the company is a party.

Even the provisions of S. 111A are read out of context and particularly out of the mischief that provision was designed to cure. If one reads the heading of S. 111A, it reads ‘Rectification of register of transfer’. Even its originating S. 111 has the heading ‘Power to refuse registration and appeal against refusal’. If one traces the history and purpose of this Section, they were meant to cover the circumstances under which the Board of Directors of a company can refuse transfer of shares. Indeed, simultaneous with the introduction of S. 111A, the counterpart provision in the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, S. 22A, was omitted and this S. 22A dealt with the circumstances under which transfer of shares of a listed company could be refused.

S. 111A was also introduced in the context of demate-rialisation of shares and dealing of transfer of shares by a depository. In case of dematerialised shares, the transfer takes place electronically and there is no formal process of approval by the Board. In fact, for this reason itself, S. 111A was introduced to provide for ‘rectification’ post-transfer and a fairly wide power is given for raising objections against transfers taken place and reverse them.

However, having said that, it has to be conceded that the intention was also to emphasise free transferability of shares. The technical argument also could be that when the words itself are clear and unambiguous, one cannot refer to headings, history, etc.

Nevertheless, the scheme of provisions does point to the role of the company and its Board in inter-fering with transfer of shares. In fact, even for the Board, specific power has been given to interfere when there are specified factors present, such as violation of laws, etc. or even generally if there is ‘sufficient cause’.

Having stated the above, it is also apparent that many of these defensive arguments were actually raised before the Court and the Court did consider and rule on them. Thus, it may be tough to argue that the decision should have restricted application.

While one hopes that there is an early re-consideration of this decision at a higher appellate level, companies and promoters will have to be careful as regards their existing agreements and also new ones.

SEBI amends lock-in and other requirements

 This series of articles introducing securities laws for listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .

(1) SEBI has amended the DIP Guidelines vide Circular dated 24th February 2009 (available on http://www.sebi.gov.in/circulars/2009/ dip342009.pdf). It may be recollected that the SEBI DIP Guidelines provide for various requirements in connection with issue of shares and other securities by listed companies and for other matters. Some of the recent amendments are minor or consequential to other amendments while some have far-reaching impact. The amendments have been made to tighten up the schedule relating to IPOs and incidental matters. Some important amendments are highlighted here but two of them — those relating to Share Warrants and those relating to lock-in — are discussed in detail.

(2) Listing of equity shares with differential rights as to dividends, voting or otherwise :

    (a) Equity shares with differential rights as to dividends, voting, etc. are emerging instruments being tested in India. These are available globally. As they tend to protect and favour the Promoters/Founders, they are also criticised. However, many investors are happy with diluted voting rights if there are other sweeteners involved and hence such shares are often accepted as investments. The alternative is issuing shares with higher voting rights (but with lesser other rights) to the Promoters. It is also found in the West that even such a situation is acceptable. In India, amendments to the law permitting issue of such shares were made a decade back, but because of procedural hurdles and other reasons, these shares were not common in listed companies though recently some companies did experiment with such issues. SEBI has now made an amendment in the Guidelines to clarify some issues.

           (b) By an amendment, conditions for listing of such equity shares that are issued otherwise than by making an IPO have been laid down. Important substantive conditions are that such shares should be issued by way of rights/bonus to all existing shareholders and the Company should be compliant of minimum public shareholding norms for its equity shares already listed and also for the fresh issue.

(3) Listing of warrants offered along with NCDs under Chapter XIII-A (Qualified Institutions Placements) :

(a) Such warrants can now be considered for listing if there is a combined issue of NCDs/warrants and Chapter XIII-A is fully complied with for such issue.

 (b) There would be a minimum trading lot of such NCDs/warrants of Rs.1 lakh.

(c) The application for listing of the equity shares with differential rights and warrants/NCDs shall be made through the designated stock exchange which will forward the application to SEBI with its recommendations.

(4) Increase of minimum deposit on Share Warrants from 10% to 25% :

    (a) Share Warrants can be issued on a preferential basis to selective investors. One of the conditions for such issue is that the investor should pay a minimum deposit of 10% of the issue price which has to be forfeited if the Share Warrants are not exercised. It was increasingly felt that (as discussed in more detail in latter paragraphs) that this 10% deposit is too low. Finally, now, the minimum amount payable with application for Share Warrants in case of preferential issues has been raised from 10% to 25% of the issue price.

         
    (b) Considering the ongoing debate on such low deposit amount since a long time now, this amendment was the least unexpected. In my opinion, the amendment has come too late, because Share Warrants have already been heavily misused and abused. The amendment is also made at a time when Promoters are least likely to subscribe to Share Warrants. In fact, there appears to be literally a flood of cases of Promoters allowing the 10% deposit on existing Share Warrants to be forfeited.

(c)    It is also worth  considering  the very rationale – in idealistic theory and in actual practice – of Share Warrants.

(d)    Let us first quickly highlight some aspects of Share Warrants to place the recent amendment in context. Share Warrants are instruments that give a right and option to the holder to acquire shares within a specified time at a specified price. They are thus similar to ESOPs and also to options traded in markets, though the latter represent private contracts where the listed company is not involved.

(e)    Share Warrants have several advantages. You don’t need to pay the full share price up front. You can exercise the Share Warrants anytime. You even have the option to back out and let the deposit be forfeited.

(f)    For the Company, they were often useful as, for example, acting as sweeteners to otherwise unattractive unsecured, non-convertible bonds. They also had the weak justification, in the early years of globalisation, of allowing Promoters to increase their stake to prevent hostile takeovers. However, they quickly degenerated to being used almost exclusively to enrich Promoters, at the cost of the Company and other shareholders.

(g)    Consider, from the point of view of the Promoters, the undue advantage Share Warrants offer them.

(i)    They get Share Warrants (earlier for free) by paying just 10% deposit. Even if this deposit is forfeited, they still get to share it to the extent of their holding (e.g., a Promoter holding 50% of the Company thus shares 50% of the for-feited deposit).

(ii)    Even this deposit of 10% was an absurdly low amount – it barely covered the interest on the balance 90% for 18 months. But interest is obviously not the only factor. Often the bigger advantage is of the option. Even if you do simple valuation of such Share Warrants, applying even the basic Black-Scholes or similar formula, it will be seen that particularly in times of higher volatility, even the increased 25% deposit would be too low.

(iii)    Further, in case of market-traded options, the option premium is an additional cost and not part-payment of the purchase price. Thus, even if one decides to actually purchase the shares, one pays the full purchase price in addition to this premium. In case of Share Warrants, the deposit paid is adjusted  against the issue price.

(iv)    Till a recent prohibition, Share Warrants also represented simple arbitrage. Sell today and buy Share Warrants by paying 10% deposit. This also meant that the surplus cash could be used to acquire higher shares and raise the balance amount later.

(v)    It was also quickly realised by Promoters that Share Warrants could help avoid the creeping acquisition limits. Well planned, the Promoters could increase their holding by 15% over 18 months without violating the 5% creeping acquisition limits. All this by paying just 10% today and that too at today’s prices! Needless to say, this technique was widely used.

(h)    How sound was the deal from the point of view of the Company? Almost certainly a loss-making one since if the same deal was offered to a third party, he would have paid a far higher amount. The public shareholders also lost.

(i)    SEBI of course has been chipping away slowly at the anomalies. The early amendments included reducing the conversion period to 18 months. There is a ban on preferential allotment to those who have sold shares in the last six months. The lock-in period has been effectively increased, as discussed separately here.

(j)    Consider from a different perspective, these amendments over a period of time are mainly in-tended to protect Share Warrants from misuse by Promoters. How these amendments will impact Share Warrants as a financial instrument?

How sound a financial proposition  they appear to third  party  –  non-Promoter  investors?

How attractive would Share Warrants sound, if one has to :

  • pay 25% up front, if one converts them within 18 months, suffer double lock-in period,

  • and if the conversion price has to be a minimum one related to recent prices?

(k)    The latest amendment comes not only too late, but also at a time when Promoters are least in the mood to acquire ‘Share Warrants’, simply because the six-monthly average prices are typically higher than the current market price.

(1)    Share Warrants thus, the way they are generally issued now, result in profits to the Promoters at the cost of the Company and other shareholders. I would even go to the extent of recommending that they be simply prohibited.

(m)    Alternatively, major changes are required if they are to be continued. Linking their pricing and deposit for Share Warrants to past average prices is absurd. Share Warrants are equivalent to options and should be valued as ‘options’. Even a rudimentary version of the Black-Scholes formula would give a fairer price. Remember, this technique is already being used, albeit as an alternative, for valuing and accounting for ESOPs.

(n)    And, at the very least, it is this price that should be paid. The amount should be paid as a premium for being granted the Share Warrants and not as a deposit that is adjustable towards the issue price! At the risk of sounding petty, I would even suggest that if the amount paid by Promoters is forfeited, it should be distributed as a special dividend/bonus to non-promoter shareholders!

(o)    There should also be a commercial justification for issuance of Share Warrants, especially from the point of view of the Company. The Company puts itself in a peculiar position when it issues Share Warrants. Other potential investors are wary of the potential dilution and thus investment in the Company becomes slightly unattractive. The uncertainties involved are:

  • the Company may not receive the balance amount.

  • the balance price is to be received at any time the Promoters deem fit, though there is a time limit.

The question is :

‘Is it a commercially sound proposition for the Company to issue Share Warrants on such terms ?’

Unless the answer to the above issues is a clear yes, the Share Warrants should not be issued. I would suggest that there should be a ban on issuance of Share Warrants to only Promoters, just as ESOPs are banned.

(5)    Amendments clarifying lock-in of Share Warrants and shares arising out of exercise of Share Warrants:

(a) Readers  may recollect that in August  2008, the lock-in period relating to warrants, etc. were amended. There was controversy arising out of such amendment. SEBI has attempted to simplify the wording and make it internally consistent.

(b)    Let us again consider the background and con-text of this amendment. Securities issued on a preferential basis are typically locked in for 1 year from the date of allotment (Promoters face a lock-in for 3 years to some extent, but this aspect is not discussed here). Some of the securities such as Share Warrants, FCDs, etc. are convertible into equity shares. The requirement was that all securities so allotted should be locked in for one year and if convertible securities are converted into equity shares during such lock-in period, the shares so allotted would be locked in for the remaining period out of such one year. In other words, the shares allotted did not face a fresh lock-in period of one year but the period for which the convertible securities already suffered lock-in was netted of and the equity shares suffered lock-in for the balance period.

(c)    It was felt that Share Warrants were different from equity shares, FCDs, etc. since in case of Share Warrants, only a part of the amount was paid up front, there were other differences also. SEBI had amended the Guidelines in August 2008 whereby it intended to provide that the aforesaid rule of netting off shall not apply in case of Share Warrants. Thus, in case of Share Warrants, the shares allotted on exercise of Share Warrants will face a fresh lock-in period. However, the amendments were ambiguously worded – at least as opined by some experts
and so the latest amendments seek to make clarificatory amendments.

(d)    This has been done by. bifurcating the ambiguous clause relating to lock-in period of instruments/ shares into two parts.

(e)    The first part talks of lock-in period of instruments allotted to Promoter/Promoter Group and shares allotted to them on exercise of Warrants. Both shall be locked in for 1 year. These lock-in periods are obviously in addition to the 3-year period otherwise applicable for allotments to such persons, read with of course the 20% limit for the 3-year lock-in.

(f)    The second part is almost identically worded, except that it refers to instruments/shares allotted to persons other than such Promoters.

(g)    In clause (d), which refers to set-off of lock-in suffered by instruments, it is now provided that such instruments shall not include warrants.

(h)    The amended clauses are certainly worded better, if one compares only to the earlier wording, which was felt to be a little convoluted, being the result of redrafting exercises over time. However, despite such amendments and consistency in wording, certain basic ambiguities remain. Actually, the lock-in requirements are intended to be quite simple and the whole clause could have been redrafted, instead of focussing on the recent changes.

(6) The  Sat yam  amendments:

Several relaxations to pricing, disclosures, etc. are now provided for where SEBI has already granted exemption under the new Regulation 29A to the Takeover Regulations. Considering that Regulation 29A itself had, I think, effective applicability of one single case, the amendments will have similar shelf life. However, they will remain as part of Regulations and the DIP Guidelines till they are dropped.
 
(7)  Bonus shares:

These shall now be issued within 15 days of Board approval, where shareholder approval for such issue is not required. And the Board cannot change such decision. Where approval of shareholders is required as per the Company’s Articles of Association, the issue shall be made within 2 months of the Board meeting where such issue was announced.

(8)    The amendments made by these Guidelines are generally prospective but with two interesting exceptions.

(a)    The amendment increasing the minimum amount payable for issue of Share Warrants from 10% to 25% applies if the shareholders’ approval is obtained before 24th February 2009. This would affect all those cases (I presently do not know how many or if any) where notices are already issued and the general meeting is convened on 25th February 2009 or later.

(b)    It would be interesting to examine how the amendments relating to lock-in apply to issues made since the last amendment in August.

Risk Management Case Study

fiogf49gjkf0d

Risk


Preamble :

Case studies have been an excellent teaching and learning tool especially in a live setting. Thus, even though formal academic training relies primarily on texts, lectures and tests, in a less formal setting, especially for continuing education, the case study method is preferred.

In fact the tales of the Panchatantra and Hitopadesha are excellent examples of how this method can transform people making them smart, intelligent, successful, wise and knowledgeable.

I personally prefer case studies, as a case study cannot and does not have one right answer. In fact no answer given with enough understanding and application of mind can ever be wrong.

The case gives a situation, often a problem and seeks responses from the reader. The approach is to study the case, develop the situation, fill in the facts and suggest a solution.

Depending on the approach and perspective the solutions will differ but they all lead to a likely feasible solution. Ideally a case study is left to the imagination of the reader, as the possibilities are immense.

Readers’ inputs and solutions on the case are invited and will be shared with others in the next issue. A suggested solution from the author’s personal viewpoint has also been provided for guidance.

Strategic and Business Environment Risks :

Managing a business in modern times is an exercise in maximising shareholder value. Economic Value Added — EVA — and shareholder wealth maximisation are looked upon as key metrics in achieving this success.

In this context the entire business focus from setting vision, mission, goals and objectives leading to formulation of strategy for managing business processes, human resources, technology, environment and even down to operational level details is for providing value through mitigating and managing risks — that is — uncertainty. Hence, organisations
that expect to successfully meet stakeholder expectations whilst operating in a regulated civil society environment, need to have a ‘risk-based’ approach to business.

This and the following set of articles in the series aim to consider different risks that are faced by businesses at several levels of operation — viz. — the strategic, middle-management and operational level. We will cover in some detail diverse risks ranging from ‘difficult-to-control,’ ‘high-level’, ‘environmental’ and also internally controllable risks also in this series.

Each article will begin with a brief write-up and provide a case study covering each type of risk.

Overview of Strategic and Business Environment Risks : Strategy formulation requires understanding and dealing with the external-macro, as well as internal-micro environment, which is depicted in Figs. 1 and 2 below.

Macro environment of business :


A look at the business environment depicted above throws up a number of such examples of organisations formulating strategy and dealing sometimes successfully and at other times unsuccessfully with macro and micro environment changes and risk.

An example of this strategy is that of commercial banks. In India, commercial banks moved to having a greater emphasis on retail banking using Internet technology on the one hand and got into investment banking and portfolio management space for high net worth individuals on the other.

In the USA we saw the strategy of pushing complex financial products based on mortgages that ultimately turned out to be worth less/suspect floundering, and causing economic devastation not only in the USA but also in the entire economic world.

Strategy formulation and tackling changes in business environment need vision, foresight and an open mind. An organisation especially its top management needs to be focussed, alert, responsive and open to adopting changes to be successful. Many big organisations have been overcome and fallen by the wayside having been humbled by modern-day ‘Davids’.

The case study for this month’s study is a company selling ice-creams and milk products that turned itself around and is now on the threshold of taking off.

Koolkat Icecreams Ltd. has been in the business of dairy products especially ice-creams for the last 40 years with a factory in the interior of Karnataka. It has been pulling along and has maintained some name in the market despite having a good product.

Over the years it has seen itself being overtaken by the better known, well advertised brands and seen itself being edged off the shelf in most big cities. Even in its hometown and towns it does not have a significant presence.

What has helped Koolkat survive are the canteen sales through rate contract with many Government offices and departments and also contracts for supplying ice-creams in milk booths and kiosks operated by the Karnataka state dairy, that does not itself make ice-cream.

Hence, though having a good product, it has lost market share and not even attempted to seriously compete in the restaurant or even the low-end street vendor segment. In fact if one were to visit even the restaurants in small towns close to the factory, the company’s products are conspicuous by their absence. However, the factory operates at about 70% to 80% capacity and is doing reasonably well.

The young amongst the owners — that is — the top management have realised the changing market conditions and have decided to formulate strategy to deal with the various issues and risks.

Understanding the Environment :

Prior to the meeting that was called to formulate the strategy an analysis of the environment was made.

Political : Likely change expected in the ruling political party at the state level. Exit polls have indicated a 5% swing in favour of the opposition. New administration may be unfriendly leading to loss of assured government business.

Social/Cultural: The prevailing market conditions favour high-end and high-visibility products. The increasing middle class seems to be moving to international ‘and or high-end brands in ice-creams and dairy products. A recent market survey by a leading publication has shown a 20% shift in consumer preferences among the middle class towards high-end products.

Economic: The economic conditions with low level of liquidity, increasing borrowing costs and stringent market conditions indicate difficult times ahead.

Technological : Better infrastructure, transportation, communication and food preservation/manufacturing technology have lowered entry barriers. The distinction between international brands and smalltime manufactures in terms of both cost and quality is getting blurred.

The Company is currently dependent for its marketing effort on its dealer network and distributors/ agents who are being given incentives as per company scheme based on their performance. The entire marketing expenses and advertisements are locally incurred and fragmented. There is no centralised advertisement and marketing activity. The benefits from the schemes is mostly retained and used up by distributors and it does not contribute to building the brand. The complex duty structure and differential rates for products from outside the state are proving to be a problem, as the entire output supplied throughout India comes from the factory in Karnataka. The cost and quality of packing material is also posing issues due to rising costs. Finally, street vendors and local small-scale manufacturers are also giving the company a tough time due to low cost and better reach.

These aspects have strategic and environmental risks that need to be addressed.

These factors independently and in conjunction with other factors like internal conflicts may result in business risk. As a ‘risk manager/adviser’ you are expected to identify and analyse these risks and advise the company on strategy formulation, and come up with an implementable road map.

The  Solution  :

The suggested strategy is outlined and implemented as below:

Strategic  Options  :

Marketing  Thrust and Image Makeover:

The current marketing is entirely relying on dealer network and sub-distributors with very little central effort and advertisement support. Sales effort is scheme based with distributors enjoying benefit of schemes against offtake of products.

The proposed  strategy  is :

(1)    to increase spend on marketing and advertising and launch the existing product itself in a new ‘avatar’ and consider manufacturing at multiple locations.

(2)    to rationalise incentive schemes, especially those schemes that are bleeding the company.
 
(3)    to consider phasing out schemes which are not yielding results.

(4)    to utilise money saved to increase high-end visibility – that is – increase initially local advertising rather than newspaper or magazine advertising.

(5)    use local language TV channels which are cheaper than national TV channels.

Production through licences, franchises and tieup units:

Considering the nature of the product, transportation/logistic requirements and taxation structure, it is beneficial for foodstuffs to be manufactured and sold locally. The company should formulate a plan to increase production through tie-ups to at least 10 locations across different states initially and expand to 14 by year end and to 24 by end of year 2.

Ancillary activities:

Consider – investigate setting up facility for making plastic cups, spoons to reduce costs and ensure supply of quality packing material. This would also control counterfeiting. In the alternative seek a dedicated small-scale manufacturer – that is – a sole supplier – who would produce under company’s supervision to ensure quality.

Low-end  Penetration:

To consider employing strategy of de-risking its operations by lowering costs of production, cutting frills and targeting low-end consumers by introducing another brand through street vendors. The strategy advised and adopted was:


* change in packaging of the established brand – that is – for the existing product.

* introduce a low-end product under a new brand name with different packaging.

Note:

The company successfully implemented this strategy over a period of 12 months. This increased its market share in both low-end and high-end products. It today competes with local low-end brands and high-end brands like Kwality and Baskins and Robins.

Concept of ‘Beneficial Ownership’ under tax treaties — Decision of Canadian Federal Court of Appeal in case of Prévost Car Inc.

International Taxation

1. Background :

1.1 On February 26, 2009 the Canadian Federal Court of Appeal (‘the Federal Court’) unanimously dismissed the Revenue’s appeal in Prévost Car Inc.

v. The Queen, (2009 FCA 57). The Court held that a Dutch holding company was the ‘beneficial owner’ of dividends received from its Canadian subsidiary for purposes of the Canada-Netherlands Tax Treaty, despite having distributed substantially all of the dividends to its shareholders resident in other countries. The Court thus affirmed that the Dutch company was not a mere conduit for its shareholders as had been alleged by the Revenue. This is the first appellate decision in Canada to interpret the term ‘beneficial owner’ in the tax treaty context.

1.2 This decision of the Federal Court of Appeal upholds the principle that in determining the applicable withholding rate on dividends, interest, royalties and other payments to treaty countries and other intermediary jurisdictions with low withholding tax rates, the Revenue cannot ignore the intermediary jurisdiction and apply a higher rate that may be applicable had the payment been made directly. This is a watershed decision which will have implications for existing structures and may create opportunities for new planning.

1.3 We have discussed the facts of the case, contentions of parties and the Tax Court’s decision in detail in July & August, 2008 issues of BCAJ. Therefore, the facts of the case and the decision of the Tax Court are not repeated here in detail. In this Article, we shall discuss the decision of the Federal Court in some detail.


2. Context and issue before the Federal Court :

2.1 The issue before the Court was the interpretation of the term ‘beneficial owner’ in Article 10(2) of the DTAA between Canada and the Netherlands (the ‘Tax Treaty’). The Tax Treaty came into force on November 27, 1986 and was based on the OECD Model.

2.2 The context in which the issue was raised was that of a payment of dividends by a resident Canadian corporation, Prévost Car Inc. (‘Prevost’) to its shareholder Prevost Holding B.V. (‘Prevost Holding’), a corporation resident in the Netherlands, which in turn paid dividends in substantially the same amount to its corporate shareholders Volvo Bussar Corporation (Volvo), a resident of Sweden
and Henlys Group plc (Henlys), a resident of the United Kingdom.


2.3 If Prevost Holding was found to be the beneficial owner, the rate of withholding tax by virtue of the Canadian Income Tax Act (the Act) and in accordance with Article 10 of the Tax Treaty would be 5%. However, if Volvo and Henlys be found to be the beneficial owners, Ss.215(c) of the Act would have required Prevost to withhold 25% (reduced to 15% in the case of the dividend paid to Volvo because of the Canada-Sweden Tax Treaty and 10% in the case of the dividend paid to Henlys because of the Canada-U.K. Tax Treaty).

2.4
The Tax Court (2008 TCC 231) found that the beneficial owner was Prevost Holding.

3. Revenue case :

The Revenue argued that the Tax Court used an incorrect approach in its interpretation of the term ‘beneficial owner’ and in the end committed a palpable and overriding error in finding that Prevost Holding was, in the circumstances of this case, the beneficial owner.

The main thrust of the Revenue’s argument was that the Tax Court gave to the term ‘beneficial owner’ the meaning they have in common law, thereby ignoring the meaning they have in civil law and in inter-national law.


4. Observations and decision of the Federal Court of Appeal :

4.1 It is common ground that there is no settled definition of ‘beneficial ownership’ (or in French, ‘beneficiaire effectif’) in the Model Convention, in the Tax Treaty or in the Canadian Income Tax Act. In its search for the meaning of these terms, the Tax Court closely examined their ordinary meaning, their technical meaning and the meaning they might have in common law, in Quebec’s civil law, in Dutch law and in international law. The Tax Court relied, inter alia, on the OECD Commentary for Article 10(2) of the Model Convention and on OECD documents issued subsequently to the 1977 Commentary, i.e., the OECD Conduit Companies Report adopted by the OECD Council on November 27, 1986 and the amendments made in 2003 by the OECD to its 1977 Commentary. The Tax Court also had the benefit of expert evidence.

4.2 The counsel for both sides agreed that the Tax Court was entitled to rely on subsequent documents issued by the OECD in order to interpret the Model Convention. The Federal Court shared their view.

4.3 Relevance and importance of OECD Model Commentary :

The worldwide recognition of the provisions of the Model Convention and their incorporation into a majority of bilateral conventions have made the Commentaries on the provisions of the OECD Model a widely-accepted guide to interpretation and application of the provisions of existing bilateral conventions [see Crown Forest Industries Ltd. v. Canada, (1995) 2 S.c.R. 802; Klaus Vogel, ‘Klaus Vogel on Double Taxation Conventions’ 3rd ed. (The Hague: Kluwer Law International, 1997) at 43]. In the case before the Court, Article 10(2) of the Tax Treaty was mirrored on Article 10(2) of the Model Convention. The same may be said with respect to later commentaries when they represent a fair inter-pretation of the words of the Model Convention and do not conflict with Commentaries in existence at the time a specific treaty was entered into and when, of course, neither treaty partner has registered aft objection to the new Commentaries. For example, in the introduction to the Income and Capital Model Convention and Commentary (2003), the OECD invites its members to interpret their bilateral treaties in accordance with the Commentaries ‘as modified from time to time’ (paragraph 3) and ‘in the spirit of the revised Commentaries’ (paragraph 33). The introduction goes on, at paragraph 35, to note that changes to the Commentaries are not relevant ‘where the provisions …. are different in substance from the amended Articles’ and, at para 36, that many amendments are intended to simply clarify, not change, the meaning of the Articles or the Commentaries”.
 
4.4 The Federal Court, therefore, reached the conclusion that for the purposes of interpreting the Tax Treaty, the OECD Conduit Companies Report (in 1986) as well as the OECD 2003 Amendments to the 1977 Commentary are a helpful complement to the earlier Commentaries, insofar as they are eliciting, rather than contradicting, views previously expressed. Needless to say, the Commentaries apply to both the English text of the Model Convention (‘beneficial owner ‘) and to the French text (‘beneficiaire effectif’).

4.5 In the end the Tax Court held that the ‘beneficial owner’ of dividends is the person who receives the dividends for his or her own use and enjoyment and assumes the risk and control of the dividend he or she received. To illustrate this point of view, the Tax Court observed as follows :

“Where an agency or mandate exists or the property is in the name of a nominee, one looks to find ?n whose behalf the agent or mandatary is acting or for whom the nominee has lent his or her name. When corporate entities are concerned, one does not pierce the corporate veil unless the corporation is a conduit for another person and has absolutely no discretion as to the use or application of funds put through it as conduit, or has agreed to act on someone else’s behalf pursuant to that person’s instructions without any right to do other than what that person instructs it, for example, a stockbroker who is the registered owner of the shares it holds for clients.”

4.6 The Tax Court’s formulation captures the essence of the concept of ‘beneficial owner’ as it emerges from the review of the general, technical and legal meanings of the terms. Most importantly, perhaps, the formulation accords with what is stated in the OECD Commentaries and in the Conduit Companies Report.

4.7 The counsel for the Revenue invited the Court to determine that ‘beneficial owner’, ‘beneficiaire effectif’, ‘mean the person who can, in fact, ultimately benefit from the dividend’. That proposed definition does not appear anywhere in the OECD documents and the very use of the word’ can’ opens up a myriad of possibilities which would jeopardize the relative degree of certainty and stability that a tax treaty seeks to achieve. The Revenue is asking the Court to adopt a pejorative view of holding companies which neither the Canadian domestic J law, the international community, nor the Canadian government through the process of objection, have adopted.

4.8 Finding of the Tax Court:

As per the Federal Court, the findings of the Tax Court can be summarised as follows :

(a)    the relationship between Prevost Holding and its shareholders is not one of agency, or mandate nor one where the property is in the name of a nominee;

(b)    the corporate veil should not be pierced because Prevost Holding is not ‘a conduit for another person’. It cannot be said to have ‘absolutely no discretion as to the use or application of funds put through it as a conduit’ and has not ‘agreed to act on someone else’s behalf pursuant to that person’s instructions without any right to do other than what that person instructs it; for example a stockbroker who is the registered owner of the shares it holds for clients;

(c)    there is no evidence that Prevost Holding was a conduit for Volvo and Henlys and there was no predetermined or automatic flow of funds to Volvo and Henlys;

(d)    Prevost Holding was a statutory entity carrying on business operations and corporate activity in accordance with the Dutch law under which it was constituted;

(e)    Prevost Holding was not party to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

(f)    neither Henlys nor Volvo could take action against Prevost Holding for failure to follow the dividend policy described in the Shareholders’ Agreement;

(g)    Prevost Holding’s Deed of Incorporation did not obligate it to pay any dividend to its shareholders;

(h)    when Prevost Holding decides to pay dividends, it must pay the dividends in accordance with the Dutch law;

(i)    Prevost  Holding  was  the registered  owner  of Prevost shares, paid for the shares and owned the shares for itself; when dividends are received by Prevost Holding in respect of shares it owns, the dividends are the property of Prevost Holding and are available to its creditors, if any, until such time as the management board declares a dividend and the dividend is approved by the shareholders.

The Federal Court held that these findings, to the extent that they are findings of fact, are supported by the evidence. No palpable or overriding error has been shown.

5.    The Federal Court held that as these findings are based on the interpretation of the contractual relationships between Prevost, Prevost Holding, Volvo and Henlys, no error of law has been shown. Accordingly, the Federal Court dismissed the Revenue’s appeal with costs.

6.    Comments:

6.1 Although the taxpayer won this case, the facts of the case were favourable to the taxpayer, and it is certain that the Revenue will not give up its efforts to attack such structures. The case may be appealed further to the Supreme Court of Canada, and even if not overturned, it is certain that the Revenue will seek to apply Prevost Car as narrowly as possible, seek out every opportunity to make distinctions on the facts, and assess accordingly. Canada has no anti-treaty shopping provisions in its treaties with low-withholding intermediary jurisdictions, but the Revenue has sought to achieve the same result by applying domestic principles such as agency and General Anti-Avoidance Regulations. Prevost Car does not signal an end to this, and taxpayers need therefore to plan accordingly.

6.2 To better ensure a structure which can with-stand the Revenue’s attack, the following steps should be considered:

A real commercial purpose for the intermediary jurisdiction holding company;

As much substance as is feasible in the intermediary jurisdiction, including if possible, employees, and especially if possible, other investments and particularly in the intermediary jurisdiction;

A board of directors that consists of a majority of local directors, and proper directors’ meetings, preferably with local directors present; and

Avoid back-to-back financing arrangements, and if necessary, ensure that

  • there is a spread in interest rates or royalty rates;
  • there is minimal, if any, contractual tie-in to automatically flow through amounts – this will be a difficult fact to overcome; and
  • the holding company takes some risk.

6.3 Care must be exercised up front to ensure a good fact pattern, and regular ‘risk management’ review is warranted to ensure that those responsible for implementing the plan ‘respect’ the proper legal steps that are required to make such planning work.

SAT speaks — a few recent and interesting decisions of SAT

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) The Securities Appellate Tribunal (‘the SAT’) is a vital
appellate authority. It hears appeals from decisions of SEBI. For most small and
medium entities and persons, it is for all practical purposes, the last
appellate authority, since appeals against decisions of SAT are to be made
directly to the Supreme Court.

(2) Another interesting feature of the Hon’ble SAT is that
its Bench consists of a mix of Members with legal and commercial backgrounds.
SAT, like SEBI, examines issues that are not purely legal and are often
commercial issues where an in-depth knowledge of the current dynamics of the
securities markets is required. Even the procedural rules help the Hon’ble SAT
to ignore at times the highly technical and legal niceties.

(3) Yet another interesting aspect is that SAT is an
all-India appellate body, in the sense that there is a single Bench for the
whole of India. Contrast this with, e.g., the Income-tax Appellate
Tribunal which has state-wise Benches. One advantage of this is that one does
not face the confusion of differing decisions from Benches of the Tribunal.
Undoubtedly, while the SAT may, in its wisdom, reverse its earlier decisions if
it deems fit, generally speaking, SAT follows its earlier precedents. This, once
again, establishes the importance of a person dealing with the securities market
to keep abreast of the decisions of SAT.

(4) Finally, it is necessary for a Chartered Accountant to be
aware of the SAT decisions, because as an auditor he should be able to advise
the auditee of recent developments and he can also appear before SAT.

(6) Mefcom Securities Limited v. SEBI,


(2008) 82 SCL 193 :

(a) SEBI’s framework also requires regular checking of the
compliance of ‘intermediaries’ by auditors. Auditors during the conduct of audit
may come across irregularities which may be both mundane — that is —
non-compliances in documentation and involving serious violation of law. Often,
SEBI itself censures the broker or levies nominal penalties. The logic behind
the requirements are often thought to be procedural — more so when the
irregularities are not in the nature of manipulations or fraud. Of course, some
requirements lie between being merely procedural on the one hand and being a
blatant manipulation/fraud on the other hand. In this background, SEBI’s
decision to levy a hefty penalty of Rs.10 lakhs on a broker and the Hon’ble
SAT’s upholding of the same with reasons make this decision of SAT worthy of
note.

(b) In this decision, the audit resulted in many findings,
such as failure to maintain separate books of account for transactions,
non-maintenance of client agreements, failure to separate clients’ funds from
own funds, dealing with unregistered sub-brokers, etc. SEBI deemed it fit to
levy a penalty of Rs.10 lakhs.

(c) In appeal, the appellant made, inter alia, an
important submission that 83% of its trades were proprietary in nature. Further,
of the remaining 17%, 14% did not result in deliveries and only 3% resulted in
deliveries. Often, it is seen that brokers shun clients and do exclusively or
predominantly own trading, since having even a few clients would need compliance
with several requirements. The appellant also submitted that there was no
complaint made by any client.

(d) However, the SAT upheld the penalty on several grounds.
It did not accept that the defaults were merely technical ones. It explained the
logic of some requirements and the consequences that may result if these are not
complied with. It upheld the whole of such penalty. Consider some extracts from
the decision of SAT :

“The proportion of the trade of the appellant on account of
clients vis-à-vis his proprietary trade has little to do with the
extent of care and skill to be exercised by him in adhering to the regulatory
requirements that are meant to protect the interest of investors. The size of
the clientele is not relevant in this respect, nor is the fact whether there
are complaints from the clients. We also do not agree that the violations of
regulations found during inspection were merely technical in nature. In any
case, the appellant had no reason whatsoever to allow its banker the authority
to transfer funds from and to the accounts of the clients, since this was a
gross violation of a statutory regulation. While some of the infractions are
of procedural nature, others could be quite serious in their consequences. For
example, segregation of every client’s account from the broker’s account as
well as use of unique client code leads to greater transparency in the
business operations of the brokers and thereby enhances the integrity and
quality of the securities markets. It is far from correct to hold that such
requirements are ‘merely’ technical in nature. Similarly, absence of
broker-client agreement would lead to difficulties or even failure in
retrieval of information by regulators during any check or investigation and
this would seriously affect the efficacy of the regulation process. The lapses
on the part of the appellant clearly reflect a lack of exercise of due care,
skill and diligence required of a broker and deserve to be viewed seriously.”


(e) Thus, in one stroke many of the standard defenses pleaded
by brokers have been categorically rejected. One hopes that this decision
removes the complacency often found in ‘intermediaries’ with regard to
compliance with procedural requirements.

(7) Deep Kumar Trivedi v. SEBI, (2008) 82 SCL 209 :

a) The issue in this decision is actually more on facts than of law. SEBI alleged that it had served a summons on the appellant, seeking that he appear before it. When the appellant did not appear, SEBI levied penalty of Rs.10 lakhs on the appellant for such non-appearance. In appeal, the appellant denied that he was served with the summons. The Hon’ble SAT went into the documents and contentions relating to the service of notice. On review of the facts, SAT finally held that it was not conclusively brought out that the summons was indeed served. The SAT also made an important observation that the appellant was not informed at any stage in the related proceedings that a summons was served and that the appellant had not complied with it. The order of penalty was thus set aside.

b) One reason for highlighting this decision is that several such proceedings have been required to be dropped on similar grounds. In several cases, at the level of the Adjudicating Officer itself, the )-proceedings are formally dropped on the ground that no adequate proof existed for summons/notice having been served.

c) Further, often, the distinction between summons for ‘Information’ and summons for ‘Presence’ is forgotten. A summons for information (as the wording of the summons itself clearly brings it out) seeks information that is to be filed with SEBI.The summons does not state at any place that the person served with such summons should appear before the SEBI Officer. Indeed, no date and time is given and, in fact, a last date is usually given for filing of the information. However, though the person concerned files the information, later on, it is alleged that the person should have appeared personally also. Usually, these proceedings are dropped, but the party has to undergo the suffering of the proceedings.

8) HFCL Infotel  Ltd. v. SEBI, 82 SCL 199 (2008) :

a) Often, a difficulty is faced by parties who have proceedings initiated against them under one or more provisions of securities laws. While these proceedings are pending, the party may need to – approach SEBI for one or more clearances, registrations, etc. SEBI is naturally in a dilemma. If it does not give such clearances, etc., and if it is ultimately found that the party has not violated securities laws as alleged, then there would be injustice. However, in the reverse situation, if the party was indeed guilty, by allowing it further access to securities markets, SEBI would have effectively allowed it perhaps to commit more irregularities.

b) As the decision cited above shows, it is not uncommon that such a party may find that its proposals before SEBI may be held up indefinitely. In fact, the party may have to suffer because SEBI itself may take quite a long time to complete the proceedings. Having said that, it is also interesting to note that SEBI has framed guidelines on how to expeditiously dispose such matters. So let us consider this case to know what SAT spoke on these issues.

c) The facts of the case were that the appellant company was the result of a merger between an unlisted company and a listed company. The unlisted company was of far greater size than the listed company. Without going into more details, it may be stated here that a requirement was placed on the appellant to make an offer of a certain number of shares to the public. The appellant initiated the process for this and filed an offer document in 2003. The offer document was held up by SEBI, because SEBIhad initiated proceedings against the company and other parties in relation to alleged violations of the SEBI FUTP Regulations. Till the offer was not made, the shares of the appellant that were issued pursuant to the merger could not be listed. The appellant appealed to SAT against the holding up of such clearance.

d) The Hon’ble SAT noted the fact that there was an undue delay. A huge quantity of shares got held up for listing on account of a small quantity of shares that were required to be offered to the public. The Hon’ble SAT also pointed out that SEBI itself has framed Guidelines for its guidance in such matters and the delay in the present case was against these very Guidelines.

e) The following were some extracts from the Guidelines:

“2. Treatment where show-cause notice has been issued. – Where a show-cause notice has been issued to the entities, observations on draft offer document(s) filed by the issuer with the Board shall be kept in abeyance for a period of 90 days from the date of show-cause notice or filing of draft offer document with the Board, whichever is later. The appropriate authority shall, in a fit case, within the period of 90 days, pass an appropriate interim or final order after hearing the person affected;

Provided that where there is any pending show-cause notice as on the date of issuance of this General Order, the period of 90 days shall begin from the date of issuance of this General Order:

Provided further that any time taken by such entities/notice(s) shall be excluded while computing the 90 days period.

Where no such interim or final order is passed within the period of 90 days, the Board may process the draft offer document for the purpose of issuance of observations subject to relevant disclosures in the offer document about receipt of the show-cause notice and the possible adverse impact of the order on the entities.”

9. Allowing the appeal and directing SEBIto dispose of the application within six weeks, the SAT observed as follows :

“The Board itself observes in this order that no person is presumed to be guilty unless proved to be so and, therefore, it would be in the interest of the investors and the securities market that their application for the consideration of offer documents be considered and disposed of within a reasonable period even when proceedings against such entities are contemplated or have been initiated. The guidelines framed by the Board provide that the offer documents are to be disposed of within a period of 21 days, but in the case of entities against whom proceedings are either contemplated or have been initiated, the same shall be disposed of within a period of 90 days. This period has long expired and no action has been taken. There is logic in what the Board has said in the general order. In the case of offer documents presented by entities against whom any regulatory action is contemplated or to whom show-cause notices have been issued, the Board insists that they ‘should make all relevant disclosures in the offer document including the receipt of show-cause notice and the possible adverse impact it could have, so that the investing public is adequately informed. The purpose of these disclosures is to enable the investing public to make informed investment decisions. It follows and the Board is aware that in the case of such entities, the consideration of the offer document is not to be withheld till the disposal of the proceedings against them, but relevant disclosures are to be insisted upon. In the case in hand, the Board should and, we have no doubt that it shall, insist for such disclosures and leave it to the public to invest or not. Whoever then invests shall do so with eyes open and will have no cause to complain later. The guidelines also provide for such disclosures. This is in accordance with the scheme of the Act, different regulations and guidelines framed thereunder. The Board as a regulator has a duty to protect the interest of the investors and to promote the development of and to regulate the securities market by such measures as it thinks fit. It thought fit in its wisdom to issue the general order, which in our opinion, is in the interest of investors and the securities market and there is a recital to this effect in that order. In view of the general order passed by the Board, it should have itself disposed of the letter of offer as per the procedure stated therein.”

a) In conclusion, I may add that parties do not merely face the problem of delay of clearances, etc. but often, a more serious issue arises, viz., if, during pendency of such proceedings, the party has to make an application for renewal of registration or they propose to make an application for registration as another form of intermediary, the entity faces the possibility of its application being rejected on the ground that it is not a ‘fit and proper’ person (see the column in this series for September 2007 issue of BCAJfor several such examples). ‘Justice delayed is justice denied’ may sound to be a cliche, but the impact of this denial of justice is really experienced only by persons whose proposals are indefinitely put on hold or, worse, rejected, on account of such pending proceedings.

Hence, speedy disposal of such issues is advocated and this is what SAT suggests in this decision.

On facts, transaction was for supply of technology and therefore, the p

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Bajaj Holdings & Investments Ltd vs. ADIT
(2013)141 ITD 62 (Mumbai -Trib)
Article 13 of India-UK DTAA; Section 9 of I-T Act
Asst Year: 2008-09
Decided on: 16th January 2013
Before Rajendra (AM) and D K Agarwal (JM)

On facts, transaction was for supply of technology and therefore, the payment was FTS  under Article 13(4) of India-UK DTAA.


Facts

The taxpayer was an Indian company manufacturing automotive two-wheelers. The taxpayer entered into an agreement with a UK company (“UKCo”) for developing inkjet printing solution comprising printers and special inks for decoration of two-wheelers. The printing solution was to be developed as per the specifications of the taxpayer and was to be installed and commissioned at the plant of the taxpayer in India. The taxpayer was required to pay certain startup fees for printing solution, and, also the manufacturing cost of printer. In terms of the agreement, the taxpayer was to exclusively own intellectual property for its own field (namely, inkjet decoration for two-wheelers) and even had the right to obtain a patent on the same. The supplier was restrained from supplying the same printing solution in India but there was no restraint for such supply outside India. The issue before the Tribunal was whether the payment made to UKCo was for supply of machinery or for supply of technology (which would constitute FTS).

Held

The Tribunal observed and held as follows. As per the agreement, UKCo had supplied technology to the taxpayer who even had right to obtain patent. Hence the transaction was not for supply of printer but for supply of technology, which was exclusively made available to the taxpayer. Accordingly, the consideration paid was in the nature of FTS under Article 13(4) of India-UK DTAA.

levitra

Recent Global Developments in International Taxation – Part I

fiogf49gjkf0d
In this Article, we discuss the recent global
developments in the sphere of international taxation which would be of
relevance and use in day to day practice. We intend to keep the readers
informed about such developments from time to time in the future.

1. OECD

(i) OECD issues report Aggressive Tax Planning based on After-Tax Hedging

On
13th March 2013, the OECD issued the report Aggressive Tax Planning
based on After-Tax Hedging, describing the features of aggressive tax
planning (ATP) schemes based on after-tax hedging as well as the
strategies used to detect and respond to those schemes. This report
follows after the 2011 OECD report Corporate Loss Utilisation through
Aggressive Tax Planning, which recommends countries to analyse the
policy and compliance implications of after-tax hedges in order to
evaluate the appropriate options available to address them.

Risk
management and hedging are key issues in corporate management. In
certain cases, taxpayers may see an opportunity or a need to factor
taxation into their hedging transactions to be fully hedged on an
after-tax basis. However, after-tax hedging, while not of itself
aggressive, may be used as a feature of schemes which are designed to
allow taxpayers to achieve higher returns, without actually bearing the
associated risk which is in effect passed on to the government through
the tax charge.

In general terms, after-tax hedging consists of taking
opposite positions for an amount which takes into account the tax
treatment of the results from those positions (gains or losses) so that,
on an after-tax basis, the risk associated with one position is
neutralised by the results from the opposite position.

ATP schemes based
on after-tax hedging pose a threat to countries’ revenue base:
empirical evidence suggests that hundreds of millions of US dollars are
at stake, with a number of multi-billion US-dollar transactions
identified by certain countries. ATP schemes based on after-tax hedging
exploit the disparate tax treatment between the results (gain or loss)
from the hedged transaction/risk on the one hand, and the results (gain
or loss) from the hedging instrument on the other. In some of these
schemes, the tax treatment of gains and losses arising from each
transaction is symmetrical, while in others the tax treatment is
asymmetrical. Other schemes rely on similar building blocks and are
often structured around asymmetric swaps or other derivatives. ATP
schemes based on after-tax hedging can exploit differences in tax
treatment within one tax system and are in that sense mostly a domestic
law issue. Any country that taxes the results of a hedging instrument
differently from the results of the hedged transaction/risk is
potentially exposed. The issue of after-tax hedging also arises in a
cross-border context with groups of companies operating across different
tax systems, which gives rise to additional challenges for tax
administrations.

The report describes the following main challenges
raised by after-tax hedging from a compliance and policy perspective,
and takes the following positions:

• The difficulty in drawing a line
between acceptable and non-acceptable after-tax hedging. The report
concludes that, in practice, the decision of where to draw the line will
depend on a number of elements, including the facts and circumstances
of each case, the commercial reasons underlying the transactions, and
the intent of the applicable domestic law.

• The difficulties in
detecting ATP schemes based on after-tax hedging, especially crossborder
schemes. These difficulties arise because often there is no explicit
link between the hedged item and the hedging instrument or because there
is no trace of them in the taxpayers’ financial statements.

• Here, the
report underlines that, in order for tax administrations to be able to
face the above challenges, it is important for them to ensure they have
sufficient resources and expertise to understand schemes of this nature
which are often very complex. A fair and transparent dialogue with the
taxpayer, as part of discussions which take place under cooperative
compliance programmes, has also proven to help tax administrations gain a
better understanding.

• Deciding how to respond to ATP schemes based on
after-tax hedging. The report shows that different response strategies
have been used, including strategies seeking to deter taxpayers from
entering into such schemes and/or promoters/advisors from promoting the
use of such schemes.

Finally, the report recommends countries concerned
with ATP schemes based on aftertax hedging to:

• Focus on detecting
these schemes and ensure that their tax administrations have access to
sufficient resources (in particular expertise in financial instruments
and hedge accounting) to detect and examine in detail after-tax hedging
schemes.

• Introduce rules to avoid or mitigate the disparate tax
treatment of hedged items and hedging instruments.

• Verify whether
their existing general or specific anti-avoidance rules are suitable to
counter ATP schemes based on after-tax hedging and, if not, to consider
amending those rules or introducing new rules.

• Adopt a balanced
approach in their response to after-tax hedging, recognising that not
all arrangements are aggressive, that hedging in and of itself is not an
issue and that ATP schemes based on after-tax hedging may necessitate a
combination of response strategies.

• Continue to exchange information
spontaneously and share relevant intelligence on ATP schemes based on
after-tax hedging, including deterrence, detection and response
strategies used, and monitor their effectiveness.

(ii) OECD releases
study on electronic sales suppression

On 19th February 2013, the OECD
released the study Electronic Sales Suppression: A Threat to Tax
Revenues, to help all countries understand and address this risk.
“Electronic sales suppression” techniques facilitate tax evasion and
result in massive tax loss globally. Point of sales systems (POS) in the
retail sector are a key component in comprehensive sales and accounting
systems and are relied on as effective business accounting tools for
managing the enterprise. Consequently, they are expected to contain the
original data which tax auditors can inspect. In reality such systems
not only permit “skimming” of cash receipts just as much as manual
systems like a cash box, but once equipped with electronic sales
suppression software, they facilitate far more elaborate frauds because
of their ability to reconstitute records to match the skimming activity.

Tax administrations are losing billions of dollars/ euros through
unreported sales and income hidden by the use of these techniques. A
Canadian restaurant association estimates sales suppression in Canadian
restaurants at some CAD 2.4 billion in one year. Since the OECD’s Task
Force on Tax Crimes and Other Crimes (TFTC) began to work on and to
spread awareness of this phenomenon a number of countries (including
France, Ireland, Norway and the United Kingdom) have tested their retail
sector and found significant problems.

The report describes the
functions of POS systems and the specific risk areas. It sets out in
detail the electronic sales suppression techniques that have been
uncovered by experts, in particular “Phantomware” and “Zappers”, and
shows how such methods can be detected by tax auditors and
investigators.

Phantomware is a software program already installed or embedded in the accounting application software of the electronic cash registers (ECR) or computerised POS system. It is concealed from the unsuspecting user and may be accessed by clicking on an invisible button on the screen or a specific command sequence or key combination. This brings up a menu of options for selectively deleting sales transactions and/or for printing sales reports with missing lines.

Zappers are external software programs for carrying out sales suppression. They are carried on some form of electronic media such as USB keys, removable CDs, or they can be accessed online through an internet link. Zappers are designed, sold, and maintained by the same people who develop industry-specific POS systems, but some independent contractors have also developed these techniques.

The report compiles and analyses the range of government responses that are being used to tackle the abuse created by electronic sales suppression and identifies some best practices. These include strengthening compliance with a focus on voluntary compliance through industry bodies, raising awareness with all stakeholders including the public, improving audit and investigation skills, developing and sharing intelligence and the use of technical solutions such as certified POS systems.

The report makes the following recommendations:

•    Tax administrations should develop a strategy for tackling electronic sales suppression within their overall approach to tax compliance to ensure that it deals with the risks posed by electronic sales suppression systems and promotes voluntary compliance as well as improving detection and counter measures.

•    A communications programme should be developed aimed at raising awareness among all the stakeholders of the criminal nature of the use of such techniques and the serious consequences of investigation and prosecution.

•    Tax administrations should review whether their legal powers are adequate for the audit and forensic examination of POS systems.

•    Tax administrations should invest in acquiring the skills and tools to audit and investigate POS systems including developing the role of specialist e-auditors and recruiting digital forensic specialists where appropriate.

•    Tax administrations should consider recommending legislation criminalising the supply, possession and use of electronic sales suppression software.

2.    Singapore

(i)    Taxation of property developers

The Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) issued an e-Tax Guide on the taxation of property developers on 6th March 2013. The main details of the Guide are as follows:

•    the date of commencement of a property development business is the date of ac-quisition of any land/property acquired for development for sale;

•    for tax purposes, the profits of a property development project are recognised when the Temporary Occupation Permit (TOP) is issued;

•    taxable profit is generally computed as sale proceeds of the property units in accordance with the sales and purchase agreement payment schedule less development costs incurred up to that date;

•    income from the lands/properties accruing before and during development is, depending on the nature of the income, either taxed upfront or set-off against development costs;

•    expenses that are directly attributable to the acquisition of land and property development activities are to be capitalised and accumulated in the Development Cost Account up to the TOP year of assessment;

•    provisions (e.g. for diminution in value, warranty liability etc.) are generally non-deductible;

•    expenditure related to development projects that are held partly for sale and partly for investment, or for mixed uses should be apportioned based on actual costs incurred;

•    all gains from the sale of land or uncompleted development projects and rental income earned from the letting out of unsold properties are taxable; and

•    discounts on sale of properties to employees are taxable as benefits-in-kind.

(ii)    Rights-based approach for software payments – e-Tax Guide issued

Further to the Inland Revenue of Singapore’s (IRAS) Consultation on Software Payments, an e-Tax Guide (the Guide) on the same was issued on 8th February 2013. The Guide reiterates the rights-based approach proposed in the consultation paper, which draws a distinction between the transfer of a “copyright right” and the transfer of a “copyrighted article” from the owner to the payer, with effect from 28th February 2013. With this, the withholding tax exemptions u/s. 13(4) of the Income-tax Act for certain payments for soft-ware and rights to use information are abolished.

The Guide clarifies the following:

•    A transaction involves a copyright right if the payer is allowed to commercially exploit (as defined in the Guide) the copyright.

•    A copyrighted article is transferred if the rights are limited to those necessary to enable the payer to operate the software or use the information or digitised goods for personal consumption or for use within his business operations. Such payments are not treated as royalty and hence are not subject to withholding tax when made to non-residents. However, where the payments constitute income derived from a trade or profession of the non-resident in Singapore, or is effectively connected with a permanent establishment of that person in Singapore,

he will be required to file an income tax return to declare the income which is subject to tax in Singapore.

•    Where a payer obtains multiple rights, the primary purpose of the payment will be examined in determining whether a payment is for the right to use a copyrighted article or a copyright right.

•    Payment for the transfer of partial rights in a copyright is treated as a royalty, which is subject to withholding tax if made to a non-resident.

•    Payment for the complete alienation of the transferor’s copyright right in the software, information or digitised goods is treated as business income or capital gains, which is not subject to withholding tax.

3.    Japan: Earnings stripping provisions to take effect from 1st April 2013

As part of the 2012 Tax Reform, Japan adopted earnings stripping provisions under which a corporation’s deduction for net interest expense paid to a related party will be limited to 50% of adjusted income effective for tax years beginning on or after 1st April 2013.

Related party
A related party is defined to be any:

(i)    person with whom the corporation has a 50% of more equity relationship;

(ii)    person with whom the corporation has a de facto controlling or controlled relation-ship; or

(iii)    third party lender which is financially guar-anteed by a person in (i) or (ii) above.

Net interest

Net interest is the difference between the interest paid to related parties and any interest income which corresponds to such interest paid. Interest paid to related parties includes interest and inter-est in the form of lease payments or guarantee payments, but excludes back-to-back repo interest and interest paid to a related party lender which is subject to Japan corporation tax.

Corresponding interest income includes a pro rata portion of interest income and interest in the form of lease payments received based on the ratio of interest from related parties to total gross interest income, but excludes interest income from resident related parties, domestic corporations, and non-residents and foreign corporations with a permanent establishment in Japan.

Adjusted income

Adjusted income is taxable income to which is added back (or subtracted) net interest expense, depreciation expense, excluded dividend income, and extraordinary loss (or income).

Net interest expense which exceeds 50% of adjusted income is not deductible, but may be carried forward for up to seven years and deducted in such future tax year up to the 50% threshold computed for that tax year. In addition, the unused carry-forward amount of a disappearing corporation in a tax qualified merger, or 100% subsidiary in liquidation, is transferred to the surviving, or parent corporation.

The limitation does not apply if net interest expense for the tax year is JPY 10 million or less, or if interest paid to related parties (after deducting back-to-back repo interest, but before deducting corresponding interest income from third parties or non-residents) is 50% or less of the total interest expense (excluding interest paid to related parties which is subject to corporation tax).

In the case of a corporation which is part of a consolidated group tax filing, the excess of the corporation’s net interest (excluding interest of other consolidated group members) over 50% of the adjusted consolidated income, is not deductible.

Where the thin capitalisation interest limitations apply (i.e. when the debt-to-equity ratio exceeds 3:1), the deductible interest expense is the lower of the limit under either the thin capitalisation or these earnings stripping rules.

If the corporation is subject to the anti-tax haven (controlled foreign corporation) rule, the non-deductible interest paid to the tax haven company (the corporation’s foreign subsidiary) is reduced to the extent that the corporation is subject to current tax on the interest income of the tax haven company.

4.    South Korea: Arm’s length calculation for inter-company guaranty transactions clarified

In response to a growing number of disputes involving companies receiving guarantee fees from their foreign subsidiaries, the Ministry of Strategy and Finance (MOSF) has amended the Law for the Coordination of International Tax Affairs (LCITA) to provide new standards for Korean companies to calculate the arm’s length price for intercompany guaranty transactions.

Under the new standards, there are four methods that may be used in calculating the arm’s length price of guaranty fees for intercompany guaranty transactions. The new standards, which will be effective from January 2013, are summarised as follows:

•    Benefit approach: This method is based on the benefit that a company is expected to receive from a guarantor’s guaranty. The arm’s length price is to be calculated as the difference in the company’s financing cost, with and without the intercompany guaranty.

•    Cost approach: This method is based on the guarantor’s expected risks and costs. The arm’s length price is calculated as a sum of the guarantor’s expected risks from the guaranty provided and the related costs incurred.

•    Cost-benefit approach: This method is based on both the guarantor’s expected risks and costs, and the company’s expected benefits. The arm’s length price is reasonably ad-justed from the arm’s length range derived from using the benefit approach and the cost approach taking into consideration the guarantor’s expected risks and costs and the company’s expected returns.

•    Price deemed arm’s length: If a guaranty fee was calculated based on the difference between borrowing rates, quoted by a lending financial institution, with and without a guarantee, or calculated with a method specified by a commissioner of the National Tax Service (NTS), then it is deemed to be an arm’s length price.

5.    Poland : Introduction of general anti-avoidance rules announced

The Minister of Finance (MF) announced to introduce comprehensive modifications to the Tax Code, which regulates the administration of taxes. The most significant changes that are proposed are as follows:

•    General anti-avoidance rules (GAAR) are to be introduced aiming at counteracting avoidance of tax, with a particular focus on transactions and arrangements of artificial and abusive character, the only purpose of which is the obtaining of a tax advantage.

•    Bank secrecy: The fiscal authorities are to be granted a larger access to the taxpayer’s personal and account information available to banks.

•    GAAR Ombudsman: MF proposes to set up a council of GAAR Ombudsman, the role of which will be limited to non-binding opinions in the appealing proceedings, concerning tax abusive transactions. The GAAR Ombudsman will consist of the representatives of the Supreme Administrative Court and Supreme Court, Ombudsman, National Chamber of Tax Advisors, Attorney-General, universities and the Minister of Finance.

Note: Currently the concept of a general Tax Ombuds-man does not exist in Poland.

•    Tax rulings: Taxpayers will be entitled to apply for a tax ruling exclusively by way of using electronic means. The very application for the ruling will already be subject to a fee, whereas currently, the fee is paid only upon the receipt of the tax ruling. MF proposes that the issue of a tax ruling may be denied if the facts imply the taxpayer’s intention to avoid taxation.

•    Statute of limitations: MF intends to expand the catalogue of events, which lead to the suspension of the limitation period (e.g. consulting the tax institutions of other countries about the taxpayer’s “hidden” income will be included in the catalogue). Additionally, adjudication of bankruptcy or starting of the enforcement proceedings will entail the restarting of the limitations period, instead of its suspension. In practice, upon the completion of the enforcement proceedings, the new period of limitation will commence.

6.    Australia : Non-residents will be ineligible for capital gains tax concession

The Assistant Treasurer released Exposure Draft Legislation that will make non-resident individuals ineligible for the Capital Gains Tax (CGT) discount in respect of gains from disposal of taxable Australian property with effect from 8th May 2012, when this measure was initially announced.

At present, individuals may be entitled to a 50% reduction, or discount, of their net capital gains in respect of assets held more than a year. Capital gains of non-residents are subject to tax only to the extent the gains are from Australian taxable property, such as Australian real estate.

The proposed changes will retain the discount for the gains to the extent the increase in value that contributed to the gain occurred before 9th May 2012, but any increase in value after that date that contributed to a capital gain made by non-resident individuals will be ineligible for the concessional treatment.

Temporary residents and relevant individual beneficiaries of trust estates will also be ineligible for the capital gain discount.

The Draft Exposure legislation was released on 8th March 2013.

7.    Switzerland : Revised lump-sum taxation regime enters into force in 2016

On 20th February 2013, the Swiss Federal Council decided that the revised lump-sum taxation regime will enter into force as per 1st January 2016. The Swiss cantons are given two 2 years’ time to adapt their cantonal tax legislation.

The lump-sum taxation regime is granted to individual taxpayers at the federal level and (with the exception of the cantons of Basel-Landschaft, Basel-Stadt, Zurich, Schaffhausen and Appenzell-Ausserrhoden) in all cantons of Switzerland. The privilege is granted only to a resident individual with foreign nationality who does not derive in-come from employment in Switzerland.

The worldwide annual living expenses form the lump-sum tax base, but with a minimum pre-determined threshold:

•    for federal and cantonal tax purposes, the lump-sum tax base will be at least:

  •     seven times the rental value of the individual’s own property; or

  •     seven times the rent paid to the landlord in Switzerland; or

  •     three times the costs for board and lodging;

•    for federal tax purposes, the minimum tax base will be CHF 400,000;

•    for cantonal tax purposes, the minimum tax base will be freely determined by the canton concerned; and

•    the cantons will levy a wealth tax.

Individuals who at the time of the entry into force of the revised tax legislation benefit from a lump-sum taxation agreement with the tax authorities which is more relaxed compared to the new tax legislation benefit from a transition period of five years.

8. United Kingdom

(i)    Non-standard treaty tie-breaker rules for company residence – guidelines published

On 14th January 2013, HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) published new section INTM120085 of the International Manual on company residence, providing clarification on non-standard treaty tie-breaker rules.

According to certain double taxation agreements, e.g. Canada – United Kingdom Income Tax Treaty (1978), Netherlands – United Kingdom Income Tax Treaty (2008) and United Kingdom – United States Income Tax Treaty (2001), when a person, other than an individual, is a resident of both States, the competent authorities of the two States determine by mutual agreement the State of which the person shall be deemed to be a resident (see also section INTM120080). The person is not able to attend or directly take part in the discussions, but can make representations regarding the State in which it considers itself to be actually resident.

Different criteria may be used by the competent authorities when discussing the question of residence and, according to HMRC, the relevant fac-tors that are likely to be considered are as follows:

•    place of incorporation;

•    place of central management and control;

•    place of effective management;

•    where company’s business activities are;

•    economic linkages to each State;

•    if there is actually double taxation; and

•    the simplest administrative route for the company.

In addition, the section provides for several example scenarios.

(ii)    Settlement opportunity for participant in tax avoidance schemes

On 8th January 2013, HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) announced that it will offer to individuals, companies and partnerships that have entered into specific tax avoidance schemes, the opportunity to finalise their tax position and settle their tax liabilities by agreement without recourse to litigation.

The schemes covered include UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP) Partnership and schemes seeking to access the film relief leg-islation for production expenditure or create losses in partnerships through specific reliefs.

However, the settlement opportunity will not be available to participants in film partnership sale and lease-back schemes, interest relief schemes and schemes falling within HMRC’s criminal investigation policy or civil investigation of fraud procedures.

HM Revenue and Customs published the terms of the settlement opportunity open to individuals taking part in UK GAAP Partnerships and will publish the details of the opportunity available for other eligible schemes as they become available.

9. New Zealand

(i)    Issues paper on review of the thin capitalisation rules

An officials’ issues paper, “Review of the thin capitalisation rules”, released on 14th January 2013, invites public submissions on proposed changes to the thin capitalisation rules as part of a continuing improvement to the international tax rules.

The proposed changes include:

•    extension of the thin capitalisation rules to apply not only to investments controlled by single non-residents, but also to groups of non-residents, provided that those investors are acting together either specifically by agreement or by co-ordination by a party, e.g. a private equity manager;

•    extension of the current rules applying to a resident trustee where more than 50% of settlements on the trust are made by a non-resident, to include settlements made by a group of non-residents acting together, or another entity which is subject to the rules;

•    exclusion of related-party debt from the debt-to-asset ratio of a multinational’s worldwide group for the purposes of the thin capitalisation calculations. Debt from third parties would not be affected;

•    exclusion of capitalised interest from assets when a tax deduction has been taken in New Zealand for the interest;

•    exclusion of increased asset values as a result of internal sales of assets, with the exception of internal sales that are part of the sale of an entire worldwide group; and

•    consolidation of individual owners’ interests with those of an outbound group.

(ii) Officials’ report on taxation of large multi-national companies

On 19th December 2012, the Minister of Revenue released an officials’ report on issues relating to the taxation of large multi-national companies.

The report considers the global issue of large multi-national companies paying little or no taxation in any country. The broad options put forward to tackle the problem are:

•    to identify and amend the deficiencies in New Zealand’s base protection rules that apply to non-resident investment in New Zealand;

•    promote best practice for residence taxation by all countries under their domestic law;

•    participate in work to update and improve the international tax framework, in particular in the OECD tax base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) project; and

•    work closely with Australia at an official level to develop measures to address the problem.

Officials will report back to government on the issues in March 2013.

[Acknowledgment: We have compiled the above information from the Tax News Service of the IBFD for the period 18-12-2012 to 18-03-2013.]

S. 195 would not apply to payments made to a resident holding power of attorney from non-residents.

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 2


Tribunal News

Geeta Jani, Dhishat B. Mehta


Chartered
Accountants

Part C : Tribunal & AAR International Tax Decisions

3. Rakesh Chauhan v. DDIT

(2010) 128 TTJ (Chd.) 116

S. 195, Income-tax Act

A.Y. : 2005-06. Dated : 27-11-2009

S. 195 would not apply to payments made to a
resident holding power of attorney from non-residents.

Facts :

Five individuals based in the UK owned land in
India as co-owners. The non-resident co-owners had issued a power of attorney in
respect of the land in favour of one PS who was a resident in terms of the
Income-tax Act. PS was vested with the rights to sell the land as well as
receive the payment. The appellant purchased the land and paid the consideration
to PS.

In his order, the AO noted that the appellant had
not furnished any explanation for non-deduction of tax from payment made to PS,
who acted as representative of non-residents. The AO also noted that the
appellant had not applied u/s.195(2) of the Income-tax Act and hence, relying on
the Supreme Court’s decision in Transmission Corporation of AP Ltd. v. CIT,
(1999) 239 ITR 587 (SC), he concluded that the appellant had made payment to
non-resident without deducting tax, which he was required to deduct u/s.195 of
the Income-tax Act. As the appellant had not so deducted the tax, he was an
assessee in default u/s.201 and u/s.201(1A) of the Income-tax Act. The AO, thus,
raised demand of tax and interest on the appellant. In appeal, the CIT(A)
concluded that as the sale deeds were executed by PS on behalf of non-residents,
and as PS was acting on behalf of non-residents, he received the money on their
behalf. Hence, the
payment was to be considered as payment to non-residents.

The Tribunal observed that though the payment was
made for purchase of land which belonged to non-residents, rights therein were
assigned unequivocally to PS. PS was not merely acting as an agent of the
non-residents to receive money, but as a person who had the right to alienate
the land by the virtue of rights vested in him by the power of attorneys signed
by the co-owners. The payment was not made to PS as a representative nominated
by non-residents. The Tribunal noted the decision of the Bombay High Court in
Narsee Nagsee & Co. v. CIT, (1959) 35 ITR 134 (Bom.) to the effect that if the
non-resident nominates a particular agent to whom
payment is to be made and pursuant to that direction, a taxpayer makes payment
to that nominee-agent, S. 195 would apply. However, the facts in case of the
appellant were materially different as the rights in the land were assigned to
PS and thus, PS was not merely acting as agent of non-residents to receive money
by virtue of rights vested in him by co-owners. The Tribunal further observed
that in Tecumesh Products (I) Ltd. v. DCIT, (2007) 13 SOT 489 (Hyd.), it was
held that when a payment is made to resident even on behalf of non-residents, S.
195 does not apply.

Held :

The Tribunal held that S. 195 would not apply when
the appellant made the payment to the power of attorney holder, but it would
apply when payment is made to non-residents. Hence, it will come into play only
when PS makes the payment to the actual owners of the land.

levitra

If India-specific accounts are furnished to the tax authorities, normative attribution of profits cannot be made.

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 2


Tribunal News




Part C : Tribunal & AAR International Tax Decisions

4. BBC Worldwide Ltd. v. DDIT, New
Delhi

(2010) TIOL 59 ITAT (Del.)

S. 92, Circular No. 742, Article 5 of India UK DTAA

A.Y. : 2000-01. Dated : 15-1-2010

If the commission paid to dependant agenfor
rendering agency services in India is on an arm’s-length basis, no further
attribution of profits is required in the hands of the assessee.

If India-specific accounts are furnished to the tax
authorities, normative attribution of profits cannot be made.



Facts :




The assessee, a British company, was operating
as an international consumer media company in the areas of television,
publishing, programme licensing, etc. The assessee had appointed BBC
Worldwide (India) Pvt. Ltd. (ICO), its indirect subsidiary, as its
authorised agent in India under the Airtime Sales Agreement (ASA) to market
and procure orders for the sale of airtime on its news channel.

ICO was paid marketing commission at 15% of the
advertisement revenue received by the assessee from Indian customers.

The assessee claimed that it did not attract
tax liability in India in the absence of permanent establishment (PE) in
India and in any case there was no tax attribution possible as its agent was
remunerated at fair price.

The Assessing Officer rejected the contention
of the assessee and estimated 20% of the advertisement revenue as income
attributable to Dependant Agent PE of the taxpayer in India.

The CIT(A) upheld the order of the Assessing
Officer, but reduced the estimated attributable profits to 10%, based on the
CBDT Circular 742, dated 2nd May 19961.

Before the ITAT, the assessee contended
that :

(a) It did not have a business connection or PE
in India.

(b) In any case ICO was remunerated on fair
transfer price. In support of this, reliance was placed on own transfer
pricing order of the ICO for the subsequent year. Reliance was also placed
by the assessee on the decisions in the case of Set Satellite Singapore Pte
Limited (2008 TIOL 414 HC Mum.) and Galileo International Inc, (2007 TIOL
447 ITAT DEL) to support that payment of commission exhausted charge of
taxation in respect of dependant agent PE.

(c) The assessee also placed reliance on the
CBDT Circular No. 23 of 1969, which states that if the commission paid fully
represents the value of profit attributable to the services, it would prima
facie extinguish the assessment of the foreign principal.

(d) The assessee also contended that since
audited accounts were filed indicating the allocation of revenue and
expenses of the Indian activity, the CBDT’s Circular No. 742, which was
relied on by the Department, was not applicable.



ITAT held :






(a) The ITAT proceeded on the basis that the
issue of PE or absence of business connection was not challenged before it.
Having admitted that, the ITAT confirmed that upon payment of arm’s-length
remuneration, the agent would extinguish the charge arising on account of
presence of dependant agent. For this purpose it relied on the following :

Set Satellite Singapore Pte Limited (2008
TIOL 414 HC Mum.);

Galileo International Inc, (2007 TIOL 447 ITAT
DEL); and

Circular No. 23 of 1969




(b) The CBDT Circular permitting normative taxation @ 10% of
receipts net of commission is not applicable to the facts of the case as the
applicant made available India-specific accounts to the tax officer which
revealed that the taxpayer had incurred loss in the Indian segment.

levitra

On facts, where technical knowledge, etc. was ‘made available’, fees paid held taxable in terms of Article 13(4)(c) of India-UK DTAA.

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 1


Tribunal News

Geeta Jani, Dhishat B. Mehta

Chartered
Accountants

Part C : Tribunal & AAR International Tax Decisions


 

1. TVS Motor Co. Ltd. v. ITO

(2010) 35 SOT 230 (Chennai)

Articles 7, 13, India-UK DTAA

A.Ys. : 2001-02 and 2002-03

Dated : 18-9-2009

On facts, where technical knowledge, etc. was ‘made
available’, fees paid held taxable in terms of Article 13(4)(c) of India-UK DTAA.

Facts :

The appellant is an Indian company manufacturing
motorcycles. The appellant engaged a UK company (UK Co) for two projects.

Under first project, UK Co was to :



à
fully document and make available future design solutions to the appellant;

à encourage
active participation of engineers of the appellant and share relevant
information with them; and

à provide
specific training to engineers of the appellant in test techniques and
procedures.


Under the second project, UK Co was to carry out
appraisal of motorcycles manufactured by the appellant. UK Co had extensive
experience of product development, including use of experimental and analytical
techniques, to improve the dynamic behavior (ride, handling, vibration, etc.) of
vehicle system.

The appellant filed returns of income for UK Co as
a representative assessee and claimed that the fees for technical services
received by UK Co were exempt particularly in terms of provisions of India- UK
treaty. The AO rejected the claim and concluded that the income was taxable in
India. On appeal, the CIT(A) confirmed the AO’s order.

Before the Tribunal, the appellant contended that :



à UK Co did not
provide any technical know-how, plan or design;

à UK Co was in
business of testing vehicles and it did not have PE in India;

à the appellant
had sent the prototype machines to UK Co in UK;

à UK Co merely
carried out the tests and no technical knowledge, experience, skill,
know-how or processes were ‘made available’ (in terms of Article 13(4)(c) of
India-UK DTAA) by UK Co to the appellant;

à no ‘development
and transfer of a technical plan or design’ had occurred;

à the payments
were towards business income covered by Article 7 and not royalties or fees
for included services in terms of Article 13; and

à
in terms of Article 7, business profits cannot be taxed in India, if UK Co
does not have PE in India as the entire services were rendered only in UK.


The tax authorities contended that from perusal of
the contract between the appellant and UK Co, particularly ‘Objectives’ and
‘Project Scope and Technical Content’, UK Co had ‘made available’ technical
knowledge, experience, skill, know-how or processes to the appellant and hence,
the payments were covered by Article 13(4)(c) of India-UK DTAA.

As regards the first project, the Tribunal referred
to ‘Objectives’ and ‘Project Scope and Technical Content’ and observed that UK
Co was to provide training in test techniques and procedures to the appellant’s
staff. UK Co was also to undertake data collection, measurement of dynamic
properties of machineries and to fully document and make available the model to
enable the appellant to investigate future design solutions.

As regards the second project, the Tribunal
observed that UK Co was merely to provide an independent pre-launch evaluation
of the motorcycle.

Held :

On facts, the Tribunal held that in respect of the
first project where UK Co ‘made available’ technical knowledge, experience,
skill, know-how and processes, the payments were fees for technical services
within the meaning of Article 13(4)(c) and were taxable accordingly. As regards
the second project where UK Co merely provided pre-launch independent evaluation
of the motorcycle, no technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how or
processes was ‘made available’ and hence, it was not taxable.


levitra

Payments made to American company for supply of personnel are not ‘fees for included services’ under Article 12(4)(b) of India-USA DTAA.

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 1


Tribunal News

Geeta Jani, Dhishat B. Mehta

Chartered
Accountants

Part C : Tribunal & AAR International Tax Decisions


2. ACIT v. IIC Systems (P) Ltd.

(2010) 127 TTJ 435 (Hyderabad)

S. 9(1)(vii), S. 90, S. 195 & S. 201(1)

Income-tax Act; Article 12(4),

India-USA DTAA

A.Ys. : 2005-06 and 2006-07. Dated : 9-10-2009

Payments made to American company for supply of
personnel are not ‘fees for included services’ under Article 12(4)(b) of
India-USA DTAA.

Facts :

The appellant is an Indian company. It is
subsidiary of an American company. The appellant entered into a contract with
another Indian company (which was an affiliate of IBM) in Bangalore for
providing software personnel by the appellant for global (including the USA)
projects of IBM. The appellant, in turn, entered into contract with another US
company by name ACSC. In terms of the contract between the appellant and ACSC,
ACSC was to supply software personnel in the USA for projects of IBM (which were
awarded to the appellant) in the USA. Thus, whenever IBM Bangalore required
personnel for a project in the USA, it instructed the appellant. The appellant,
in turn, would instruct ACSC and procure the personnel from ACSC and would
deploy them for IBM projects in the USA. ACSC raised invoice on the appellant on
monthly basis and the appellant, in turn, raised its invoice on IBM. The
appellant remitted the payments to ACSC in US $, but had not deducted tax at
source on the same.

The AO was of the view that (i) the payments made
by the appellant to ACSC were for supply of software professionals for executing
on site work in the USA in connection with the appellant’s contract with IBM
Bangalore; (ii) they were ‘fees for technical services’ and chargeable in terms
of S. 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Income-tax Act; and (iii) as the appellant had not
deducted the tax on such payments, the appellant should be treated as an
‘assessee in default’. While admitting that the recipient (namely, ACSC) is
entitled to be taxed either under the Income-tax Act or the India-USA DTAA,
whichever is beneficial, the AO did not accept the appellant’s contention that
the payment made by it was not covered under Article 12(4)(a) or (b) of the
India-USA DTAA. Finally, the AO concluded that the payments made by the
appellant to ACSC were covered u/s.9(1)(vii)(b) of the Income-tax Act as well as
under Article 12(4)(b) of the India-USA DTAA and accordingly, the appellant was
required to deduct u/s.195 of the Income-tax Act. As the appellant had not so
deducted the tax, he was an assessee in default u/s.201 and u/s.201(1A) of the
Income-tax Act. The AO, thus, raised demand of tax on the appellant.

In appeal, the CIT(A) annulled the order of the AO
and deleted the demand.

The Tribunal observed that the questions were:
firstly, whether the payments were towards ‘fees for technical services’ or
merely for supply of personnel; secondly, whether the payments could be
considered ‘fees for included services’; and thirdly, whether the payments would
be ‘business profits’ in the hands of ACSC. Also, under the India-USA DTAA,
non-technical consultancy services cannot be treated as ‘fees for included
services’.

The Tribunal noted that what was ordered was
certain amount of manpower at a specified unit price per hour and no detail as
to the work to be done was stipulated by the appellant, which showed that the
payments were made only for supply of manpower. It observed that the India-USA
DTAA also clarified that provision of technical input by the person providing
the services does not per se mean that technical knowledge or skill is ‘made
available’. Similarly, use of the product embodying the technology also does not
per se mean that the technology is ‘made available’. Even if there is a transfer
of developed work, software, etc. it is not ACSC, but the appellant who
transfers the same. Also, neither the appellant nor ACSC appear to be engaged in
computer programming and the developed work never belonged to the appellant or
ACSC.

Held :

Since no technology, skill, experience, technical
plan, design, etc. was made available either by the appellant or by ACSC,
provisions of Article 12(4)(b) could not be invoked.

Even if payments were to constitute ‘fees for
technical services’ u/s.9(1)(vii), in view of S. 90(2) the appellant has option
to be governed by the provisions of the DTAA.


levitra

Proportionate cost of technical personnel working at HO for PE in India does not trigger disallowance in terms of S. 44C of the Act.

 4 DCIT v. M/s. Stock Engineer & Contractors BV

(2009 TIOL 30 ITAT Mum.)

S. 40(a)(i), S. 44C. Article 5(2)(i) of India-Malaysia Double Tax Avoidance Agreement, Article 5(2)(j) and 5(2)(k) of India-UK Double Tax Avoidance  A.Y. : 2000-01. Dated : 5-12-2008

Issues :

India-Malaysia Treaty

  •     Manning services provided by a Malaysian company are not taxable in India.

  •     Proportionate cost of technical personnel working at HO for PE in India does not trigger disallowance in terms of S. 44C of the Act.

India-UK Treaty

1. There is no tax implication for supervisory activity in India if the duration of such activity is less than the threshold of Supervisory PE — though the duration of such activity exceeded Service PE threshold of the treaty.

Issue 1 :

Manning services provided by a Malaysian company are not taxable in India :

Facts :

The assessee, a tax resident of Netherlands, is engaged in design and construction of oil and gas products, oil refining, chemicals and petro-chemicals. The assessee was awarded a contract in India by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. (‘IOCL’) for engineering, procurement and construction of the Sulphur Block for the Haldia Refinery Project on turnkey basis. For the purpose of executing the contract, the assessee set up a project office in Mumbai and a site office in Haldia.

The assessee awarded a sub-contract in favour of its subsidiary company, namely, Stock Comprimo (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (hereinafter called as ‘Malaysian company’). Under the agreement the Malaysian company was required to supply personnel to the assessee company for the purpose of execution of its project at Haldia.

The assessee did not deduct tax at source in respect of the payment to Malaysian company. Relying on AAR ruling in the case of Tekniskil (1996) 222 ITR 551, it was argued that the Malaysian company supplied the personnel; that, personnel supplied by the Malaysian company to the assessee were working under the direction, supervision and control of the assessee and, therefore, it could not be said that services were rendered by the Malaysian company in India.

The Assessing Officer (AO), however, held that :

(a) Malaysian company deputed its own technical personnel;

     
(b) the deputed personnel continued to be Malaysian company’s employees;

     
(c) through the employees, Malaysian company rendered project supervisory services in India;

     

(d) Since duration of such services exceeded 6 months threshold of Construction PE, Malaysian company was liable to tax in India. Since the assessee failed to deduct tax at source with regard to payment made, the same was disallowable in computation of PE income in terms of S. 40(a)(i) of the Act. The CIT(A) accepted the assessee’s contention that :

     

(a) Malaysian company merely rendered services of supplying the personnel;

     
(b) since India-Malaysia treaty does not have FTS article, such amount is not taxable in India in absence of PE or presence of Malaysian company in India.

Held :

1. The ITAT noted that the following features of the service agreement between Malaysian company and the assessee supported that the role of Malaysian company was limited to supply of personnel and the Malaysian company did not have responsibility of performing supervisory activities in India.

(a) Malaysian company was engaged in the business of supplying skilled and unskilled personnel. In order to execute the contract, the assessee sought personnel from Malaysian company.

(b) Malaysian entity had no role to play after the personnel were supplied. It was not involved in carrying out supervision over the personnel supplied.

     
(c) The assessee was responsible for imparting/conducting training to the personnel and to equip them to carry out the desired work.

     
(d) Personnel performed and worked under the directions and control of the assessee.

Manning services provided by a Malaysian company are not taxable in India.

 4 DCIT v. M/s. Stock Engineer & Contractors BV

(2009 TIOL 30 ITAT Mum.)

S. 40(a)(i), S. 44C. Article 5(2)(i) of India-Malaysia Double Tax Avoidance Agreement, Article 5(2)(j) and 5(2)(k) of India-UK Double Tax Avoidance  A.Y. : 2000-01. Dated : 5-12-2008

Issues :

India-Malaysia Treaty

    Manning services provided by a Malaysian company are not taxable in India.

    Proportionate cost of technical personnel working at HO for PE in India does not trigger disallowance in terms of S. 44C of the Act.

India-UK Treaty

1. There is no tax implication for supervisory activity in India if the duration of such activity is less than the threshold of Supervisory PE — though the duration of such activity exceeded Service PE threshold of the treaty.

Issue 1 :

Manning services provided by a Malaysian company are not taxable in India :

Facts :

The assessee, a tax resident of Netherlands, is engaged in design and construction of oil and gas products, oil refining, chemicals and petro-chemicals. The assessee was awarded a contract in India by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. (‘IOCL’) for engineering, procurement and construction of the Sulphur Block for the Haldia Refinery Project on turnkey basis. For the purpose of executing the contract, the assessee set up a project office in Mumbai and a site office in Haldia.

The assessee awarded a sub-contract in favour of its subsidiary company, namely, Stock Comprimo (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (hereinafter called as ‘Malaysian company’). Under the agreement the Malaysian company was required to supply personnel to the assessee company for the purpose of execution of its project at Haldia.

The assessee did not deduct tax at source in respect of the payment to Malaysian company. Relying on AAR ruling in the case of Tekniskil (1996) 222 ITR 551, it was argued that the Malaysian company supplied the personnel; that, personnel supplied by the Malaysian company to the assessee were working under the direction, supervision and control of the assessee and, therefore, it could not be said that services were rendered by the Malaysian company in India.

The Assessing Officer (AO), however, held that :

(a) Malaysian company deputed its own technical personnel;

     
(b) the deputed personnel continued to be Malaysian company’s employees;

     
(c) through the employees, Malaysian company rendered project supervisory services in India;

     

(d) Since duration of such services exceeded 6 months threshold of Construction PE, Malaysian company was liable to tax in India. Since the assessee failed to deduct tax at source with regard to payment made, the same was disallowable in computation of PE income in terms of S. 40(a)(i) of the Act. The CIT(A) accepted the assessee’s contention that :

     

(a) Malaysian company merely rendered services of supplying the personnel;

     
(b) since India-Malaysia treaty does not have FTS article, such amount is not taxable in India in absence of PE or presence of Malaysian company in India.

Held :

1. The ITAT noted that the following features of the service agreement between Malaysian company and the assessee supported that the role of Malaysian company was limited to supply of personnel and the Malaysian company did not have responsibility of performing supervisory activities in India.

(a) Malaysian company was engaged in the business of supplying skilled and unskilled person-nel. In order to execute the contract, the assessee sought personnel from Malaysian company.

(b) Malaysian entity had no role to play after the personnel were supplied. It was not involved in carrying out supervision over the personnel supplied.

     
(c) The assessee was responsible for imparting/conducting training to the personnel and to equip them to carry out the desired work.

     
(d) Personnel performed and worked under the directions and control of the assessee.

Services rendered outside India by R but NOR are not taxable in India if the taxpayer can substantiate that presence outside India does not relate to his employment in India.

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 1

3 ACIT v. Shri Ellis ‘D’ Rozario (2009 TIOL 138 ITAT Del.) Section/Article : S. 5

A.Y. : 2001-02. Dated : 5-12-2008

Issue :

Services rendered outside India by R but NOR are not taxable in India if the taxpayer can substantiate that presence outside India does not relate to his employment in India.

Facts :

The assessee, an Australian National, was Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident (R but NOR). The assessee was employed by a UAE Company and was posted to India as a regional manager of the Indian sub-continent. The UAE company was in the process of establishing a liaison office for collection of information from India. For the year under reference, the assessee was in India for 224 days, while he was outside India for 51 days. The assessee claimed that proportionate salary for 51 days pertaining to the period for which he was outside India was not taxable in India, as (i) his residential status was that of R but NOR; and (ii) the visits outside India were on assignments totally unrelated to Indian assignment.

The CIT(A) accepted the claim of the assessee.

Before the Tribunal, the Department claimed that the visits outside India were in connection with assessee’s employment in India and hence the entirety of salary was chargeable to tax in India. The Tax Department also claimed that as per the assessee’s own admission, he had undertaken debriefing of his Indian activities during one of his visits abroad.

The assessee relied on the following decisions to claim that having regard to his status of R but NOR, salary pertaining to the period of stay outside India is not chargeable to tax in India :

  • W/A Kielmann (ITR No. 4/1979) dated 9-8-1984 (Delhi HC)



  • J Callo and Others (ITA No. 5921-5929/Del/86) dated 2-8-1989 (Delhi)


The assessee also relied on the decision of the Delhi Tribunal in the case of Eric Marou (ITA No. 1174/ Del./2005), dated 15-2-2008 to support the proposition that no inference can be drawn as to ‘while being outside India the employee rendered services in respect of their operations in India’ and that the period of employment outside India should not be considered as services rendered in India.

Held :

The Tribunal observed :

    (1) The decisions relied on by the assessee involved cases where the employment contract specifically required of the assessee to work outside India for a particular period of time. As against that, in the case of the assessee, the employment contract required the assessee to be based in India and undertake overseas travel in connection with his employment in India. According to the Tribunal, as compared to other cases, the period for which the assessee was liable to work outside India was not specified in the agreement.

(2) The facts on record showed that while being outside India, the assessee held debriefing meeting about his Indian activities. Thus, even while being outside India, certain activities relating to the Indian activities were undertaken. The Tribunal held that such part of the salary was taxable as the income can be regarded as arising in India.

    (3) The Tribunal set aside the matter with a direction that to the extent the assessee can substantiate with evidence, that while being outside India the assessee did not do any activity in relation to India-specific employment, the amount of such salary would be excluded from the scope of total income.

Bringing disrepute to the profession (Clause 1 & 2 of Part IV of the First Schedule and Part III of Second Schedule)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Arjun (A) Oh Lord Shrikrishna! Save Me. It is becoming too much! Shrikrishna (S) Arey! What happened?

A – Cannot cope up with this work of March!

S – Why? March comes every year. What’s new about it?

A – That’s the problem. Nothing new happens. Same old things, only more tiring. Advance tax, service tax, time-barring assessments and returns.

S – Why are there time-barring returns? Can you not file them earlier?

A – No. Some clients have a habit of filing their returns only on the last day.

S – It is their habit or your habit? You could easily push them. Do you communicate with them properly? And in time?

A – No. We ourselves keep it pending for some reason or the other. Many times, there are some issues on which it is difficult to take decision.

 S – You simply keep on grumbling but don’t want to improve.

A – This year there is one more menace.

S – What is that?

A – Many clients had taken bills for adjustment of profits. But those suppliers never paid their VAT. And such defaulters’ list is now sent by MVAT authorities to income tax people.

S – Then?

A – Now, our clients had to pay the MVAT evaded by the suppliers. And on the top of it, they are facing disallowance in Income Tax.

S – What is wrong about it? They deserve it if they are falsifying the accounts. My worry is that you CAs should not be trapped into such rackets.

A – A few of my CA friends are doing only this ‘entry’ business. They are minting money and I have to slog like this.

S – I had already told you – you have a right only in the performance of your duty; not in the fruits. Those unscrupulous CAs are now getting the fruits of their deeds!

A – I agree. But the harassment at the tax office is unbearable. Their demands are astronomical.

S – Are you also involved in settling the cases?

A – What to do? There is no alternative. I don’t do it myself. That is why my cases remain pending and I get irritated.

S – Good. That is why you are so dear to me.

A – But I feel, those who settle down, enjoy life.

S – You are mistaken. Before the war in Mahabharata also, you were under similar obsession. That time, I gave you clear vision about life.

A – But that was Dwaparyuga. Today, we are in Kaliyug.

S – True. But that time your thoughts were unbecoming of a Kshatriya (Warrior). Today, your thoughts are unbecoming of a professional.

A – But the profession has degenerated into business.

S – Let the profession degenerate; but not a professional like you. Your thoughts are confused; but fortunately, your upbringing has held you from acting in that manner.

A – I was wondering how you have not mentioned anything about misconduct so far! Is this not covered in our Code of Ethics?

S – How can it not be covered? I told you that there are two schedules to your CA Act that specify different types of misconduct.

A – Then tell me, where it is stated?

 S – See, bribery is a crime. If you are a party to it, it is abetment. That again is a crime.

A – But that is only if one is caught! It is a secret deal between the client and the officer. CA is just a middleman.

S – Remember, apart from the specific items of misconduct in the Schedules, section 22 of your CA Act covers ‘other misconduct’ also. That is very wide.

A – You mean, it is not only professional misconduct.

S – No. So if you are caught, you are directly covered by clause (1) of Part IV of the First Schedule and so also Part III of the Second Schedule. That means, convicted of a punishable crime.

A – What else?

S – Clause (2) of Part of IV of the First Schedule is very very wide. It says, if your action brings disrepute to the profession, that is also a misconduct. See, if you are involved as a middle-man, both the officer as well as your client discounts your value. They are happy because they are benefitted; but your image is tarnished.

A – That is true. Many clients treat us as agents only.

S – You should be careful as to how the society perceives your profession. In many scandals, the role of your colleagues is exposed.

A – What are the other instances?

S – What to tell you? There are cases of even CAs demanding dowry.

 A – Really? I am aware that in certain communities, CA commands a hefty dowry. I am told, nowadays that rate also has gone down!

S – That is public perception! Do they really respect you? Three CAs formed a company for some business. But the business did not pick up, so they neglected compliances totally. That company was transferred to someone; and due to some friction, the buyer filed a complaint and such negligence brings disrepute to the profession.

A – What was the outcome?

S – They were held guilty, though left on reprimand.

A – Oh! Then it will cover traffic rules also.

S – Yes. Even the indiscipline in behaviour, indecency and so many things! There are complaints of ill treatment of articles, misbehaviour with lady staff and what not!

A – One needs to be cautious everywhere! I thought our Code covers only professional misconduct.

S – Any professional is expected to have exemplary behaviour. It covers punctuality, courtesy, proper communication, personal habits – and what not? It is all-pervasive.

A – I have seen CAs whose personal habits and mannerisms are irritating. They can’t even speak properly. Even in conferences, the manner in which they rush for lunch is not befitting a professional! The less said the better.

S – Good! You have understood it. Take care of public image and you will command respect. Council is concerned with that. Om Shanti! The above dialogue is with reference to Clause 1 & 2 of Part IV of the First Schedule and Part III of Second Schedule which read as under:

Clause 1: is held guilty by any civil or criminal court for an offence which is punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months;

Clause 2: in the opinion of the Council, brings disrepute to the profession or the Institute as a result of his action whether or not related to his professional work.

Part III of Second Schedule: A member of the Institute, whether in practice or not, shall be deemed to be guilty of other misconduct, if he is held guilty by any civil or criminal court for an offence which is punishable with imprisonment for a term exceeding six months.

Further, readers may also refer page 229 of ICAI’s publication on Code of Ethics, January 2009 edition (reprinted in May 2009).

levitra

Amendments To Din Rules 2006

fiogf49gjkf0d
Vide Notification dated 15th March 2013, the Central Government has amended the Companies (Directors Identification Number) Rules 2006, whereby the DIN 4 Form can be filed for cancellation or deactivation of a DIN in case of

a. The DIN is found to be duplicate
b. DIN was obtained by wrongful manner or fraudulent means
c. Death of the concerned individual
d. Concerned individual is declared lunatic by the competent court or e. Concerned individual is adjudicated an insolvent.

levitra

Clarification for Section 372A(3)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Vide General Circular No. 6/2013 dated 14-03-2013, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs has issued a clarification to Section 372A (3). The Ministry noted that the response to the Tax Free Bonds [issued under Income Tax Act Section 10(15)] issued by the Government, carrying a lower rate of interest, currently in the range of 6.75% to 7.5% was less.

The provisions of Section 372A(3) do not permit “any loan to any body corporate to be made at a rate of interest lower than the prevailing bank rate, being standard rate made public u/s. 49 of the Reserve Bank of lndia Act, 1934 (2 of L934).” Through this clarification the Government clarifies that there is no violation of Section 372A(3) by investment in these Bonds as the effective yield ( effective rate of return) on tax free bonds is greater than the yield of the prevailing Bank rate.

levitra

Maintenance of Collateral by Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) for transactions in the cash and F & O segments

fiogf49gjkf0d

This circular permits FII to offer as collateral, in addition to already permitted collaterals, government securities/corporate bonds, cash and foreign sovereign securities with AAA ratings, in both cash and F & O segments.

levitra

Money Transfer Service Scheme – Revised Guidelines

fiogf49gjkf0d

Annexed to this circular are the revised guidelines pertaining to the Money Transfer Service Scheme (MTSS). These guidelines are applicable to Indian agents and their sub-agents.

levitra

“Write-off” of unrealised export bills – Export of Goods and Services – Simplification of procedure

fiogf49gjkf0d
This circular permits “write-off” a certain % of unrealised export bills without obtaining prior approval of RBI. The amount that can be written-off has to be calculated as a % total export proceeds realised during the previous calendar year. The “write-off” permitted by this circular is as under: –

Write-off by

% permitted to be
written-off

Self “write-off” by an exporter – other than Status Holder Exporter

5%

Self “write-off” by Status Holder Exporters

10%

‘Write-off” by Authorised Dealer bank

10%

The above limits are cumulative and can be availed of at any time during the year. To avail of this facility, the exporter will have to fulfill the following conditions: –

1. The relevant amount must be outstanding for more than one year.

2. Satisfactory documentary evidence is furnished by the exporter to indicate that all efforts have been made to realise the dues.

3. The exporters case falls under any of the undernoted categories: –

a. The overseas buyer has been declared insolvent and a certificate from the official liquidator indicating that there is no possibility of recovery of export proceeds has been produced.

b. The overseas buyer is not traceable over a reasonably long period of time.

c. The goods exported have been auctioned or destroyed by the Port/Customs/Health authorities in the importing country.

d. The unrealised amount represents the balance due in a case settled through the intervention of the Indian Embassy/Foreign Chamber of Commerce/similar Organisation.

e. The unrealised amount represents the undrawn balance of an export bill (not exceeding 10% of the invoice value) remaining outstanding and turned out to be unrealisable despite all efforts made by the exporter.

f. The cost of resorting to legal action would be disproportionate to the unrealised amount of the export bill or where the exporter even after winning the Court case against the overseas buyer, has not been able to execute the Court decree due to reasons beyond his control.

g. Bills were drawn for the difference between the letter of credit value and actual export value or between the provisional and the actual freight charges, but the amount has remained unrealised due to dishonour of the bills by the overseas buyer and there are no prospects of realisation.

 h. The exporter has surrendered proportionate export incentives, if any, availed of in respect of the relative shipments and submitted documents evidencing the same.

4. In case of self-write-off, the exporter will have to submit to the concerned bank, a Chartered Accountant’s certificate, indicating the following: –

a. Export realisation in the preceding calendar year.
b. The amount of write-off already availed of during the year, if any.
c. The relevant GR/SDF Nos. to be written off. d. Bill No., invoice value, commodity exported, country of export.
e. Surrender of export benefits, if any, availed of by the exporter.

Write-off cannot be availed of under the following circumstances without obtaining prior approval of RBI: –

a. Exports made to countries with externalisation problem i.e. where the overseas buyer has deposited the value of export in local currency but the amount has not been allowed to be repatriated by the central banking authorities of the country.

b. GR/SDF forms which are under investigation by agencies like, Enforcement Directorate, Directorate of Revenue Intelligence, Central Bureau of Investigation, etc. as also the outstanding bills which are subject matter of civil /criminal suit.

c. Cases not complying with the above conditions/ beyond the above limits.

levitra

Notification No. FEMA.256/2013-RB dated 6th February, 2013, notified vide G.S.R.No.125(E) dated 26th February, 2013 External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Corporates under Investigation.

fiogf49gjkf0d

Presently, corporates who are under investigation by any law enforcing agency like the Directorate of Enforcement (DoE), etc. can access ECB only under the Approval Route.

This circular permits, with immediate effect, all entities to avail of ECB under the Automatic Route notwithstanding any pending investigations/adjudications/ appeals by the law enforcing agencies, and also without prejudice to the outcome of such investigations/adjudications/appeals. Banks/RBI while approving the ECB proposal will have to intimate the concerned agencies by endorsing the copy of the approval letter to them.

levitra

Risk Management and Inter-Bank Dealings

fiogf49gjkf0d

Annexed to this circular are the revised guidelines on calculation of the Foreign Exchange Exposure Limits of the Authorised Dealers.

The revised guidelines have withdrawn the restrictions on open positions limits (both overnight and intra-day) of Authorised Dealers involving Rupee as one of the currencies. However, the following restrictions will continue to apply: –

i. Positions on the exchanges (both Futures and Options) cannot be netted/offset by undertaking positions in the OTC market and vice-versa. Positions initiated on the exchanges mt be liquidated /closed in the exchanges only.

 ii. Position limit for the trading member bank in the exchanges for trading Currency Futures and Options will be US INR6,152 million or 15% of the outstanding open interest, whichever is lower.

levitra

Memorandum of Instructions for Opening and Maintenance of Rupee/Foreign Currency Vostro Accounts of Non-resident Exchange Houses

fiogf49gjkf0d
Presently, banks in India can receive cross-border inward remittances under Rupee Drawing Arrangements (RDA) through Exchange Houses situated in Gulf countries, Hong Kong, Singapore. In case of Malaysia, banks in India can receive cross-border inward remittances under Rupee Drawing Arrangements (RDA) through Exchange Houses only under Speed Remittance Procedure.

This circular provides that banks in India can now receive cross-border inward remittances under Rupee Drawing Arrangements (RDA) through Exchange Houses situated in all countries which are FATF compliant under Speed Remittance Procedure.

 Items No. 7 and 8 under Part (B) – Permitted Transactions have been modified, as under, to reflect the above mentioned change: –
 
7. Payments to medical institutions and hospitals in India, for medical treatment of NRI/their dependents and nationals of all FATF countries.

8. Payments to hotels by nationals of all FATF compliant countries/NRI for their stay.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 84 dated 22nd February, 2013 Know Your Customer (KYC) norms/Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Standards/Combating the Financing of Terrorism (CFT) Standards – Obligation of Authorised Persons under Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002 as amended by PML (Amendment) Act 2009 Money Changing activities.

fiogf49gjkf0d
This circular contains the procedure, as mentioned below, to be followed by authorised dealers and all their agents/franchisees to identify the beneficial owner in money changing transactions in terms of Rule 9(1A) of Prevention of Money Laundering Rules 2005: –

A. Where the client is a person other than an individual or trust, the Authorised Person shall identify the beneficial owners of the client and take reasonable measures to verify the identity of such persons, through the following information:

(i) The identity of the natural person, who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, exercises control through ownership or who ultimately has a controlling ownership interest.

Explanation:

Controlling ownership interest means ownership of/entitlement to more than 25% of shares or capital or profits of the juridical person, where the juridical person is a company; ownership of/entitlement to more than 15% of the capital or profits of the juridical person where the juridical person is a partnership; or, ownership of/entitlement to more than 15% of the property or capital or profits of the juridical person where the juridical person is an unincorporated association or body of individuals.

(ii) In cases where there exists doubt under (i) as to whether the person with the controlling ownership interest is the beneficial owner or where no natural person exerts control through ownership interests, the identity of the natural person exercising control over the juridical person through other means.

Explanation:

Control through other means can be exercised through voting rights, agreement, arrangements, etc.

 (iii) Where no natural person is identified under (i) or (ii) above, the identity of the relevant natural person who holds the position of senior managing official.

B. Where the client is a trust, the Authorised Person shall identify the beneficial owners of the client and take reasonable measures to verify the identity of such persons, through the identity of the settler of the trust, the trustee, the protector, the beneficiaries with 15% or more interest in the trust and any other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust through a chain of control or ownership.

C. Where the client or the owner of the controlling interest is a company listed on a stock exchange, or is a majority-owned subsidiary of such a company, it is not necessary to identify and verify the identity of any shareholder or beneficial owner of such companies.

levitra

Rights Issue by Unlisted Company can Become a Public Issue – Kerala High Court

fiogf49gjkf0d
When does a rights issue by an unlisted company become a public issue? What are the implications if such a rights issue is deemed to be a public issue? Whether it will become liable to comply with extensive requirements relating to public issue? More specifically, does a right to renounce shares so offered to non-shareholders make it an offer to the public?

The issue is important since it is becoming common that unlisted companies issue shares on rights basis. It is also a fact that renouncing rights shares is a statutory right unless taken away by articles, that one can renounce only in favour of another shareholder.

The Kerala High Court has held recently in SEBI vs. Kunnamkulam Paper Mills Ltd. (dated 20th December 2012, WA No. 2203 of 2009, In WPC 19192/2003, Unreported) that a rights issue to more than 50 shareholders would become a public issue if such a right could be renounced in favour of non-shareholders. Accordingly, SEBI required that the whole of the proceeds raised through such rights issue be refunded, with interest, or else the company would face penalty and prosecution.

At the outset, it may be emphasised that this decision would effectively apply only to those unlisted public companies who have more than 50 shareholders and who make a rights issue carrying such right of renunciation. By definition, private companies do not have more than 50 shareholders (the marginal cases of private companies having exactly 50 shareholders or having employee shareholders are not discussed here). Thus, any public company that has more than 50 shareholders would be affected by this decision.

The background of introducing safeguards in case of issue of shares can be easily appreciated. There is a concern that unlisted companies try to raise monies from public without following procedures that are in investors’ interest and are provided in detail under SEBI Regulations/Guidelines and the Companies Act, 1956. To prevent this, certain issues of shares made are deemed to be public issues under Section 67 of the Companies Act, 1956 (“the Act”).

Section 67 (reading its sub-sections and provisos together) provides that any offer/invitation to the public, whether selected as members of the Company or otherwise, would amount to a public offering. However, if the offer is limited to existing shareholders, then it will not amount to a public offer, unless such offer to begin with is to 50 or more persons.

In the present case, the petitioner Company had made a rights issue to its 296 shareholders. The offer document relating to the rights issue permitted renunciation of such rights to non-members. Pursuant to such rights issue, 1,73,995 equity shares were allotted to 163 persons including non-members. The question was whether issue to shareholders – whose number was admittedly more than 50 – carrying the right of renunciation amounted to a public issue. SEBI held that it was indeed a public issue and ordered the company to refund the monies raised with interest. On appeal before the High Court, a Single Judge held that SEBI had no jurisdiction since the company was an unlisted company. SEBI appealed and a two-member bench reversed the decision of the Single Judge.

The Court examined the relevant provisions of the Act, the SEBI DIP Guidelines (as they then were before the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations were notified in 2009), analysed several precedents including decisions of the Supreme Court and held that the issue was indeed a public issue.

The Court observed:-

“No doubt that section 67(3) clearly indicates that such offer or invitation shall not be applicable under certain circumstances as provided u/s/s. 3(a) and (b). But the first proviso to sub-section (3) clearly indicates that the deeming provision u/s. 67(1) and (2) applies in respect of subscription of shares or debentures made to 50 or more persons. That being the situation when a company exercises its power u/s. 81(1)(c) which gives right to a shareholder to renounce right shares in favour of persons who are not shareholders and when such right is given to 50 or more persons that also will be deemed to be an offer made to any section of the public as provided u/s. 67(1) and (2).”. It may be added that the Court also held that such a rights issue would also amount to a public issue for the purposes of the SEBI Guidelines/SEBI Act and thereby SEBI has jurisdiction. This aspect, however, has not been discussed here in detail in view of space constraint. Further, another point of note is that the Court held that SEBI Act, being a special Act, overrides the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.

The dilemma for public companies having more than 50 shareholders or more can be imagined. On one hand, Section 81(1)(c) provides for a right, unless the articles provide to the contrary to renounce in case of a rights issue. On other hand, such an issue would become a public issue with serious adverse consequences. It needs to be noted that the Court did not hold a final view on the merits of the case but set aside the decision of the Single Judge setting aside SEBI’s order. This was because the remedy for the petition are company against SEBI’s order was appeal to the Securities Appellate Tribunal (“SAT”). Accordingly, the Court asked the petitioner company to appeal to SAT, if it still felt aggrieved.

 A few incidental observations:

Letter No. 8/81/56-PR dated 4th November, 1957 issued by the Department of Company Law Administration prescribes that issue of further shares by a company to its members with the right to renounce in favour of third parties does not require registration of prospectus. It would be a matter of consideration whether this clarification would apply to a case particularly where the issue is to more than 50 persons. In any case, the Court’s decision, is quite clear on the issue.

Readers may recollect that in the Sahara companies matter too, an issue had arisen as to where an offer of shares is to more than 50 persons whether it becomes a public offer and the Supreme Court had extensively analysed the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956, and SEBI Act/Regulations. The Supreme Court dwelt on matters such as the power and jurisdiction of SEBI, when an issue of securities becomes a public issue. The facts in that case were of course, very glaring where a very large number of persons were issued securities. A reference can be made to earlier articles in this column though this decision of the Kerala High Court stands on its own. Particularly since it deals with a peculiar situation of rights issue by a public company with right of renunciation.

It is worth considering also what the Companies Bill, 2012, as passed by Lok Sabha provides. The provisions proposed in the Bill seem ambiguous and contradictory in this context. The scheme of the Bill for issue of shares seems to broadly categorize issue of shares into three, namely,
1. a public issue, or
2. as a rights issue or
 3. “private placement”.

The provisions clearly state that rights issue need to allow for, as the existing Section 81 also provides, right of renunciation, unless the articles provide to the contrary. Rigorous restrictions have been placed in case of a private placement of shares including prohibition of offer to more than 50 persons in a year. However, in the changed scheme, wordings similar to the existing Section 67 in the Companies Act, 1956, are not there. The way the term private placement is defined and placed alongside a public issue and a rights issue seems to suggest that a rights issue may not be deemed to be a private placement. At the same time, it has been stated that any offer to allot shares to more than 50 persons shall be deemed to be a public offer. Thus, it is not wholly clear whether the intention is to permit issue of rights shares carrying right of renunciation to more than 50 members without deeming such issue to be a public issue. One will have to wait till the law is passed and examine the exact wordings, to understand whether the new law will apply or not to such rights issue.

In conclusion, it may be said that SEBI and the law makers are generally grappling with the issue of companies raising funds from the public without following the statutory safeguards of disclosures, promoters’ contribution, etc. Members of the public may unsuspectingly fall prey to fly by night operators or otherwise do not have the various benefits of listing. if they acquire shares which do not follow the required provisions of law relating to public issue. One has also to concede that in case of a rights issue with a right to renounce in favour of non-members — persons who are not familiar with the company — may end up buying shares of companies promoted by unscrupulous persons. Hence, while companies may find the provision restrictive, it makes sense to restrict the right of renunciation only in favour of existing shareholders or as an alternative, follow SEBI regulations.

In either case, public unlisted companies seeking to issue ‘rights shares’ will have to keep in mind the decision of the Kerala High Court. It would also be interesting to watch what the Companies Bill 2012 finally provides.

Stop Press: – Just as this article was going for print, this author received a copy of unreported decision of Supreme Court in appeal to the Kerala High Court decision discussed above. The Supreme Court has, vide its decision dated 21st February 2013, stayed this judgment of the Kerala High Court. An update will be provided in this column on the final decision of the Supreme Court.

PART A: Judgment of H.C. of Bombay

fiogf49gjkf0d
Section 2(h): Public Authority:

When some citizens sought certain information from Shikshan Prasarak Mandali Trust (SPM), it responded by taking the stand that SPM is not falling within the definition of Public Authority. The contention of SPM was:

 “The argument is that the Trust is not a public authority within the meaning of Section 2(h) of the RTI Act. An Educational Institution, managed and administered by the Trust receives the grants and assistance from the Government. It is at best that Institution which can be said to falling within the definition of the term ‘public authority’ but certainly this will not take within its import or fold the public charitable trust which merely manages and administers the Educational Institution. A public charitable trust pure simple cannot be said to be a public authority under the RTI Act. It cannot be said to be an Authority or body owned or controlled by the State Government.”

The Contention of Maharashtra Information Commission was:

 “The term “public authority” as defined in the RTI Act, would make it clear that first part of it clarifies that all statutory bodies and authorities would be covered and the latter part of it includes bodies owned, controlled or substantially financed by the government. Now, when non-Governmental organisations, substantially financed directly or indirectly by funds provided by the appropriate government are brought within the ambit and purview of the RTI Act, then, all the more a conclusion is inescapable that the petitioner trust’s plea could not have been entertained. It is reading the Act as if it applies to an activity or function of a public trust but it will not apply to that public trust even if that activity or function is being performed under its auspices or control. If every single Educational Institution is established, managed, administered and controlled by the public trust or societies or bodies of the present nature, then, a defence will always be raised to resist the application of the Act by urging that the Act will apply to its activity or function and not to it. This will defeat and frustrate the Act. It would run counter to the Legislative intent in making all such bodies, organisations, including non-Governmental ones, accountable and answerable to the public. For all these reasons, it was submitted that the petition be dismissed.

Public authorities should realise that in an era of transparency, previous practices of unwarranted secrecy have no longer a place. Accountability and prevention of corruption is possible only through transparency. Attaining transparency no doubt would involve additional work with reference to maintaining records and furnishing information. Parliament has enacted the RTI Act providing access to information, after great debate and deliberations by the Civil Society and the Parliament. In its wisdom, the Parliament has chosen to exempt only certain categories of information from disclosure and certain organisations from the applicability of the Act.”

 The HC quoted some paras from the judgment of the Supreme Court in case of Institute of Chartered Accountants vs. Shaunak H. Satya reported in A.I.R. 2011 S.C. 3336, [ RTIR IV (2011) 82 (SC)] In that context and dealing with some of the provisions of the Act, it was held as under:

 “The information to which RTI Act applies falls into two categories, namely

(i) information which promotes transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority, disclosure of which helps in containing or discouraging corruption. Enumerated in clauses (b) and (c) of Section 4(1) of RTI Act. and

(ii) other information held by public authorities not falling u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c) of then RTI Act. In regard to information falling under the first category, the public authorities owe a duty to disseminate the information wide suo motu to the public so as to make it easily accessible to the public. In regard to information enumerated or required to be enumerated u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c) of RTI Act, necessarily and naturally, the competent authorities under the RTI Act, will have to act in a proactive manner so as to ensure accountability and ensure that the fight against corruption goes on relentlessly. But with regard to other information which does not fall u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c) of the Act, there is a need to proceed with circumspection as it is necessary to find out whether they are exempted from disclosure.

One of the objects of democracy is to bring about transparency of information to contain corruption and bring about accountability. But achieving this object does not mean that other equally important public interests including efficient functioning of the Government and public authorities, optimum use of limited fiscal resources, preservation of confidentiality of sensitive information, etc. are to be ignored or sacrificed. The object of RTI act is to harmonise the conflicting public interest, that is, ensuring transparency to bring in accountability and containing corruption on the one hand, and at the same time ensure that the revelation of information, in actual practice, does not harm or adversely affect other public interests which includes efficient functioning of the Governments, optimum use of limited fiscal resources and preservation of confidentiality of sensitive information, on the other hand. While Sections 3 and 4 seek to achieve the first objective, Sections 8, 9 10 and 11 seek to 0achieve the second objective. Therefore, when Section 8 exempts certain information from being disclosed, it should not be considered to be a fetter on the right to information, but as an equally important provision protecting other public interests essential for the fulfillment and preservation of democratic ideals. Therefore, in dealing with information not falling u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c), the competent authorities under the RTI Act will not read the exemptions in Section 8 in a restrictive manner but in a practical manner, so that the other public interests are preserved and the RTI Act attains a fine balance between its goal of attaining transparency of information and safeguarding the other public interests.” “Among the ten categories of information which are exempted from disclosure u/s. 8 of the RTI Act, six categories which are described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (f), ( g) and (h) carry absolute exemption. Information enumerated in clauses (d), (e) and (j) on the other hand get only conditional exemption for a specific period, with an obligation to make the said information public after such period. The information referred to in clause (i) relates to an exemption for a specific period, with an obligation to make the said information public after such period. The information relating to intellectual property and the information available to persons in their fiduciary relationship referred to in clauses (d) and (e) of Section 8(1) do not enjoy absolute exemption. Though exempted, if the competent authority under the Act is satisfied that larger public interest warrants disclosure of such information, such information will have to be disclosed. It is needless to say that the competent authority will have to record reasons for holding that exempted information should be disclosed in larger public interest.”

H.C. then gave meaning to certain words/ terms covered in Section 2(h), e.g. ‘established’, ‘constituted’, ‘owned’, ‘controlled’ or ‘substantially financed by funds provided directly or indirectly.’

The word “established” means “to bring into existence” whereas the word “constituted” does not necessarily mean “created” or “set up” though it may mean that also. The word is used in a wider significance and would include both the idea of creating or establishing and giving a legal form to the body (see A.I.R. 1959 S.C. 868 M/s. R.C. Mitter and Sons vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, West Bengal). It includes in the later part “any body owned, controlled or substantially financed” and equally a non-Governmental organisation, sub-stantially financed directly or indirectly by funds provided by appropriate government. Thus, any body owned, controlled or substantially financed is being brought within the net and purview of the definition so as to clearly set out its duty and obligation to provide information and thereafter, make it possible for the citizens to enforce it. It is very clear that the Legislature did not exhaust itself but included bodies owned, controlled or sub-stantially financed, directly or indirectly by funds provided by appropriate Government. Therefore, to urge that there is no control over the public charitable trust by the appropriate government or if at all there is any control or the element of public dealings come in, that is only in relation to Educational Institutions which are run, administered and managed by the Trust is nothing but an attempt to escape from being covered by the Act and complying with its mandate. A definition as inserted and worded in Section 2(h) of the RTI Act can safely be termed as partly exhaustive and partly inclusive. The choice of words as noted above would mean enlarging the meaning of the words or phrases occurring in the statute.

HC further noted:

“A citizen is not expected to indulge in futile litigation and endless chase in overcoming technical hurdles and obstacles for seeking information. Public authorities are not obliging him by giving him information because the rule of the day is transparency, accountability in public dealing and public affairs and in relation to public funds. In cases of present nature, the information can be sought by approaching both the educational institutions and the parent entity controlling them or either. However, the duty and obligation to provide information as long as the right to seek it is enforceable by the RTI Act must be discharged by the Public Authority. In this case, it is the petitioner Trust.”

For the reasons aforestated, this petition fails, Rule is discharged without any costs. The finding and conclusion that the RTI Act is applicable to the petitioners and they are obliged to provide information in relation to its educational institutions is confirmed.

[Shikshan Prasarak Mandali vs. Maharashtra SIC & ors. Writ petition decided on 18.10.2012] [Citation: RTIR I (2013) 234 (Bombay)]

Sections 2(24) read with sections 4 and 28(i) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 – Amount realised on sale of carbon credits is a Capital Receipt and it cannot be taxed as a Revenue Receipt.

fiogf49gjkf0d
2. (2013) 151 TTJ 616 (Hyd.)
My Home Power Ltd. vs. Dy.CIT
ITA No.1114 (Hyd.) of 2009
A.Y.:2007-08. Dated: 02.11.2012

Sections 2(24) read with sections 4 and 28(i) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 – Amount realised on sale of carbon credits is a Capital Receipt and it cannot be taxed as a Revenue Receipt.

For the relevant assessment year, the amount realised by the assessee from sale of carbon credits was treated by the Assessing Officer and the CIT(A) as a revenue receipt and not a capital receipt.

The Tribunal, relying on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Maheshwari Devi Jute Mills Ltd. (1965) 57 ITR 36 (SC), held that sale of carbon credits is to be considered as a capital receipt.

The Tribunal held as under :

Carbon credit is in the nature of “an entitlement” received to improve world atmosphere and environment by reducing carbon, heat and gas emissions. It is not generated or created due to carrying on business but it is accrued due to “world concern”. It has been made available assuming character of transferable right or entitlement only due to world concern.

Further, carbon credits cannot be considered as a by-product. It is a credit given to the assessee under the Kyoto Protocol and because of international understanding. The persons having carbon credits get benefit by selling the same to a person who needs carbon credits to overcome one’s negative point carbon credit. Carbon credit is entitlement or accretion of capital and, hence, income earned on sale of these credits is capital receipt.

Thus, the amount received for carbon credits has no element of profit or gain and it cannot be subjected to tax in any manner under any head on income. It is not liable for tax for the assessment year under consideration in terms of sections 2(24), 28, 45 and 56.

levitra

Prize winning essays from the Essay Competition held by the Society for Students

fiogf49gjkf0d
Is India progessing or regressing?

Charmi Doshi
1st Priz
e

“Progress is the activity of today with assurance of tomorrow”, these words were rightly quoted by Sir Emerson. ‘India’, ‘Bharat’, ‘Hindustan’, as many names as many cultures, religions, languages, a complete hotchpotch of diversity and traditions. But being multi-linguistic and extremely diversified just does not make it a fully developed country, but yet, surely it plays a great role in chiselling the structure of the country. The question to be asked today is, ‘Is India capable of becoming a superpower or at least change its title from a ‘developing’ to a ‘developed’ country?’

Well, the answer is crystal clear, ‘Capability is never equal to power unless it is backed by intent and willingness to use the power in the pursuit of ‘National Interest’.

Let me put it this way; you are on a long road trip. Do you always find the road to be smooth and complete the journey without any obstacle? This same concept applies to the journey of a country from an underdeveloped to a developed one. There are always highs and lows, sometimes uneven road; similarly in the entire process of development, the country has to go through all the phases of highs and lows. So, this makes it clear that in the path of progression one has to face regression but, with the condition of bouncing back even higher. No doubt, India has progressed immensely in the past few decades that even our forefathers would have never imagined. Seeing the current scenario, it is definitely clear that India is progressing but, is it exactly how we imagined?

Tall towers in cities like Mumbai and Bangalore, four-lane drive ways in cities like Ahmedabad, monorails and metros in Delhi and Kolkata, sealink as a flyover above the sea, huge dams, constant electric supply, automatic cars, defence equipments matching the World class standards, space-crafts circumnavigating the space etc.. etc.. etc.. all these are the most lively and vibrant examples of tremendous progress the country has made in the past few decades. Today, a man can circumnavigate the globe within 24 hours. This has made the saying very clear that ‘Sky is not the Limit’. India is like the new ‘epitome’ of opportunities in the World. Many multi-nationals and business houses are looking forward to open their businesses in India. Discovery of life saving drugs, excelling in the fields of Science and Mathematics have made the Nation really proud. The most recent development in the field of ‘BPO & KPO’ i.e. business process outsourcing and knowledge process outsourcing.

We all know that in NASA organisation maximum employees are Indian. In each and every part of the World Indians are spreading goodwill and are shining all the way. What would we call all this? This is nothing but splendid performance proving the ability to progress by our Nation. Then, why is it still referred to as ‘stagnant and developing’? No doubt, the country is on its path to success. But with success come many downfalls and negative elements. Who said the developed countries do not face the adverse elements?

Yes! You heard it right, even the superpowers of the World have gone through their ‘Regression’ phase. But, what is important to know is ‘Do the adverse elements of a nation in the path of progress outweigh the favourable elements?’ This is where India is lagging behind. With each step of success comes a number of obstacles and hurdles which pulls back the country to step 1. Pollution, black money, corruption, indiscipline, are the very common hurdles present in this Nation. ‘If you want to get the work done, fill your pockets before going out’, ‘bribe’ the most common terrorist of the Nation. Adulteration in food, using cheap quality materials in building infrastructure just for earning few extra rupees at the cost of endangering the entire country, black money circulating faster than air, money laundering, ill practises like caste discrimination and untouchability. Who can say that the country which has developed so much is still backward that most of its children are malnourished and live below the poverty line? Wealth in hands of few is the ongoing picture. More than five lakh villages are still without power; more than half of the population is still illiterate. Is this exactly what we call ‘favourable progress’? It is high time that we fellow Indians must awaken and sow the seeds of development with minimum chemicals to it.

 In the end, I would like to say that no doubt India is progressing yet, it needs to change and modify its ways.

‘While India is developing to the fullest extent with infrastructure and technology on its peak, our fellow Indians are still living in ‘drudgery’. Progression has to come with regression. But, on the condition of bouncing back even higher.

‘Progress is like a double-edge sword’. It is upon us whether we want to use it to cut vegetables or to kill a person? Thus, India is definitely progressing but it is still a slave to many ill practises giving rise to regression.

Religion & Spirituality

Aneri Merchant
2nd Prize

Every religion stems out of spirituality. Religion becomes rigid and restricts you but spirituality brings that expansion you crave for.

 —Sri Sri Ravi

Shankar Religion and spirituality are the two defining factors in the determination of the higher values of life. These two functions of the inner call of a human being correspond to life in the world and life in God. The relationship between the world and God is also the relationship between religion and spirituality.

A large number of people identify themselves as “spiritual but not religious.” This phrase probably means different things to different people. The confusion stems from the fact that the words “spiritual” and “religious” are really synonymous. Both connote belief in a Higher Power of some kind. Spirituality is about personal experience of a new dimension to life and living by the lessons learned therein. Religion is blind faith in somebody else’s theories, and then conforming to their expectations and demands. Before the 20th century, the terms religious and spiritual were used more or less interchangeably.

The word spirituality gradually came to be associated with a private realm of thought and experience while the word religious came to be connected with the public realm of membership in religious institutions and participation in formal rituals. Since the birth of humankind, our biggest inner struggle has been to achieve a level of complete peacefulness through religion or spirituality.

In India, there is a discipline prescribed for the gradual evolution of the human individual by stages of

 (1) education,

 (2) adjustment of oneself with the demands of natural and social living and,

(3) detachment from the usual entanglements in life and

(4) final rootedness of oneself in God. (Sanyasa)

Every religion has its various restrictions imposed on a person, keeping all human activity confined to specific areas of living, with its several dos and don’ts – ‘do this’ and ‘do not do that’. There cannot be any religion without these two mandates imposed on man.

People in the first two stages of life mentioned above are placed under an obligation to follow these dos and don’ts of religion in social behavior, in personal conduct and dealings with people in any manner whatsoever.

Every religion has these ordinances, defining the duties, which are religious, whether in the form of ritual, worship, pilgrimage, daily diet, and devotion and adherence to the scripture of the religion. These restrictions are lifted in the third stage where the life of a person is mainly an internal operation of thought, feeling and understanding and experiences of the materialistic life.

Even though, religion has evolved and shifted through many individual beliefs, yet the essence of spirituality has always been the same.

Spirituality exists wherever we struggle with the issue of how our lives fit into the greater cosmic scheme of things. This is true even when our questions never give way to specific answers or give rise to specific practices such as prayer or meditation. We encounter spiritual issues every time we wonder where the universe comes from, why we are here, or what happens when we die.

According to one of the religion writers, Malik Khan, Religion is applied to a great variety of human ideas, acts, and institutions. All the attempts to shift out from these common elements, which would represent the “essence” of religion, have ended in failure. Men have fought and died for their religion. Art and literature have flowered forth as expressions of faith. Many people acknowledge religion as the basis for strength, hope, and significance in their lives.

Religion is an institution established by man for various reasons. You confess your sins to a clergy member; go to elaborate churches to worship, you are told what to pray and when to pray All those factors remove you from God.

Spirituality is born in a person and develops in the person. It may be kick started by a religion, or it may be kick started by a revelation. Spirituality extends to all facets of a person’s life. Spirituality is chosen while religion is often times forced.

Sri Sri Ravi Shankar in a recent interview promoted spirituality. According to him, when people become saturated by so many different kinds of experiences, even by various comforts, there is a quest to know something else, something deeper in life.

Spirituality is imbibed in a person. You don’t have to leave or sacrifice anything to have a spiritual life. You can be spiritually and materially abundant. As you become more and more spiritually fulfilled, you act more and more out of a sense of responsibility rather than a sense of greed or attachment. One may achieve financial value but if you gather a lot of stress and tension in the bargain, that affects your own health, your own peace of mind, your own relationships, then what’s the point? What are you gathering all the wealth for?

An expensive bed is no good if you can’t sleep. Losing health to gain wealth and then spending that earned wealth to regain health doesn’t sound like good economics at all.

To sum it up,

•    There is not one religion, but hundreds but there is only one type of spirituality.

•    Religion speaks of sin and of fault while spirituality encourages “living in the present” and not to feel remorse for which has already passed – Lift your spirit and learn from errors.

In the end what matters is faith, faith in an upper power, a divine energy to help us find a light through an empty tunnel in our darkness of lives.

Parliamentarians oppose jail for service tax evaders with dues above Rs. 50 Lakhs

fiogf49gjkf0d
Attempts by tax officials to garner power of arrest over individuals guilty of not paying service tax exceeding Rs. 50 lakh has run into opposition from members of Parliament (MPs) across parties.

Finance Minister P. Chidambaram’s proposal in the Budget to introduce Section 91, which will empower officials to arrest service tax evaders, has evoked concerns within the ruling party as much as the Opposition over possible misuse of the provision. The measure designed to check tax evasion is likely to lead to harassment of assessees and bring back memories of bad old days of “inspector raj”, critics of the proposal have pointed out.

According to the proposal, failure to deposit service tax will result in arrest by an official not below the rank of superintendent of central excise and imprisonment of up to seven years.

The proposal is one of two in the budget this year empowering tax officials to make arrests. The other proposal, with respect to Customs and excise duties, seeks to overcome a Supreme Court ruling in 2011 that evasion of Customs and excise tax cannot be equated with non-cognisable and non-bailable criminal offences, and that an accused cannot be arrested without a warrant. A threemember bench, headed by Justice Altamas Kabir, had ruled that all offences under the Central Excise Act, 1944, and the Customs Act, 1962, are bailable. A similar proposal was part of Budget 2012-13, but the government was forced to withdraw it. However, it has found its way into this year’s budget as Customs and excise officials insist they need the power of arrest.

Referring to the provision, the leader of the Opposition in Rajya Sabha, BJP’s Arun Jaitley said, “The bail provision was similar to that of the scrapped anti-terror law Pota (Prevention of Terrorism Act). The government was forced to withdraw it.”

levitra

Time for a clean-up act

fiogf49gjkf0d
Economic policymaking in India has reached a critical stage where any measure to correct one anomaly risks creating complications at the aggregate level. Any attempt, for example, to cut interest rates with the objective of reviving investment and economic growth can end up fuelling inflation and inflationary expectations. Any increase in demand can further aggravate the deficit on the current account, which is already at a record high and is expected to worsen before improving. The pace of output expansion in the economy is at its lowest in a decade and the government has absolutely no fiscal room to revive growth. If anything, the government is likely to cut expenditure, which will affect output in the short term.

It is well known that mismanagement of government finances is the primary reason for the current state of affairs. The rise in consumption expenditures in the form of subsides and social sector spending resulted in a situation where demand constantly outpaced supply by a wide margin, leading to persistent inflationary pressure. Higher inflation forced the central bank to raise the cost of money, reducing the rate of investment, which was also affected by higher government borrowings that pushed yields higher in the bond market.

It is true that the government has an obligation to protect all sections of society, but no government, just like households, can live beyond its means, forever. At some time profligacy will begin to hurt, and that time has arrived. But the worst part of the story is that expenditure will have to be contained and cut at a time when the economy is decelerating at an alarming pace. Further, since much of the non-Plan expenditure, such as defence and interest payments, have limited or no scope of adjustment, the burden of sacrifice will fall on the Plan part of the Budget, which will affect capacity creation.

However, these are not normal circumstances and expenditure needs to be contained, irrespective of the collateral damage in terms of growth. It is also necessary that a balance is maintained between Plan and non-Plan expenditure and some hard decisions are warranted on the non-Plan side, especially on subsides and social sector spending.

It is clear that until the quality of government finances improves and the quantity of its borrowing decreases, any possibility of a real turnaround will remain muted.

levitra

GE, Vodafone CEOs join chorus against India business climate

fiogf49gjkf0d

The heads of General Electric and Vodafone Plc have added their voices to the growing negative commentary about India’s business climate, piling the pressure on the government to draw a line under this discourse.

GE Chairman and CEO Jeffrey Immelt said there was growing concern among American and European CEOs about India’s business climate and warned against policies that were unfair and bad for much-needed investment.

“If you put yourself in the shoes of an American or a European CEO, most of the articles (in the press) have been negative. That has clearly concerned people,” said Immelt, adding that next week’s budget must address the concern of foreign investors and push infrastructure development.

While the GE boss was measured, the chief of Britain’s Vodafone, which has been locked in a high profile tax dispute with the government. Vodafone CEO Vittorio Colao told the Wall Street Journal in an interview that India’s bureaucracy was “damaging” to the country. “The concern that I have is that this country is a fantastic country with a bright future, given the demography and everything else, but the bureaucracy of this country… It is clearly damaging to India,” Colao told The Wall Street Journal.

“What is happening to us, to Nokia, to Shell, to SABMiller, all the other companies involved-one could be an accident; too many is a pattern. I think that the government is making a good effort to try to change this, but cannot continue with a bureaucracy that wakes up in the morning and decides to give another interpretation of something,” he added.

India ranks 132 in the World Bank’s Ease of Doing Business Index, below countries such as Nigeria, Kenya and Uganda, and 41 ranks below China.

A top executive at UAE’s Etihad Airways said it was revising a proposal to acquire stake in India’s Jet Airways, citing concerns about the safety of its investment in India. Etihad chairman Hamed bin Zayed al-Nahayan sought an investment protection agreement from Commerce Minister Anand Sharma during a meeting in Dubai.

This week oil giant Shell and Finnish handset maker Nokia found themselves at the receiving end of tax claims that they protested publicly. Nokia said it had filed a letter of objection with tax authorities following an income tax raid on its factory near Chennai.

Shell India said it intended to fight the claim. “Indian taxmen’s $1-billion demand on Shell’s $160-million equity infusion in its loss-making Indian arm about four years ago is an absurdity, and the company will contest it,” Shell India chairman Yasmine Hilton said.

(Source: The Economic Times dated 23-02-2013).

Management lesson from politicians: CEOs should use EAs as change agents

fiogf49gjkf0d
When Reliance Industries came calling to pick two executive assistants (EAs) for its chief, Mukesh Ambani, IIM graduates, unsurprisingly, responded with gusto.

This means two things. First, RIL’s talent hunt for two EAs perhaps indicates that large Indian companies are now more or less sold on the idea of a smart fellow shadowing the boss.

The Tatas were among the pioneers in India Inc in appointing EAs. Other majors took longer to take to the idea. And it is only recently that the EA’s role has changed from making the boss look smart – at an industry chamber conference, for example – to being the boss’s strategy-sounding board. A really talented EA can get fast-tracked real fast. The list of CEOs who started their careers as EAs is set to get longer.

levitra

Strained relations – Government should realise it must engage with global business.

fiogf49gjkf0d
A strange confusion reigns in the Indian government’s interaction with global big business at the moment. On the one hand, India is more dependent on foreign investment, and the goodwill of multinationals, than it has been for a long time. On the other hand, it has gone out of its way to be an unwelcoming and difficult environment. It seems obvious that these two facts cannot go hand in hand for any length of time – something must give. And when it does, a crisis will be difficult to avoid.

The reasons why India needs multinationals on its side are easy to see. India’s external account is worryingly weak, with the current account deficit at 5.4 per cent of gross domestic product in the second quarter of 2012-13; it might be even higher in the third quarter, and come in at five per cent of GDP for the entire financial year. India’s reserves have not grown sufficiently, and they cover only about seven months of imports. The huge trade deficit, caused by a fall-off of exports and high fuel and gold imports, is essentially being financed by an increase in inflows from foreign institutional investors (FIIs). External commercial borrowing, too, has increased. These are notoriously volatile flows. To minimise the risk of capital flight, therefore, foreign direct investment (FDI), more stable than FII inflows, is needed.

On the other hand, the sources of FDI – big multinational companies (MNCs) – will see little reason to invest in India at the moment. India boosters have long spoken of its growth, its burgeoning market, and so on; but for MNCs, the truth is that you can participate in the India consumption story without suffering the high price and inconveniences of doing business in the country. India has always been difficult for new projects. It has grown even more difficult of late, as high growth in the 2000s directed attention to environmental hurdles, power supply constraints and land acquisition bottlenecks for manufacturing. These are some of the reasons why Indian business is investing abroad. 115 (2013) 45-A BCAJ But the government has made it worse for MNCs in some other ways, just at the time it needs them most. Worries over the fiscal deficit mean the revenue department has a freer hand, and is levying assessment after harsh assessment on MNCs that are being challenged. Some of these may be justifiable. However, the reputation of India’s tax department does not inspire trust in global business, and many will think that the department is in over its head when it comes to taxing complex pricing strategies, for example. In any case, companies will choose to avoid countries that are inconsistent on taxes. Meanwhile, steps taken to protect Indian manufacturing – which has fallen by the wayside in the past 10 years, and especially the past two years – have also caused outrage. For example, the government worried that too much of India’s telecom backbone was being built by strategic rivals; but its consequent attempt to limit the procurement options of the private sector for security reasons will not have pleased global business. Similar objections will attend the special electronics clusters that many see as the only way to ensure that an Indian hardware industry develops.

The government must realise that it should engage with global business and prevent a feeling that nobody in the government is willing to address MNCs’ concerns. While attending to the collapse of domestic manufacturing cannot be de-emphasised, it is crucial that global business gets, at least, a genuine hearing. Inconsistencies in the policy environment, especially on taxes, should be avoided at all cost. If not, the contradictions at the heart of the government’s treatment of MNCs will bring a crisis ever closer.

levitra

China offers lessons for India in downsizing government by cutting ministries

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Chinese government is preparing to dismantle the ministry that has swaggeringly delivered the world’s largest high-speed network over the last few years. This is just one among many measures China is undertaking to reduce corruption and leakages while boosting efficiency and sending a forward-looking signal to the markets.

It follows on 1 Tarunkumar Singhal Raman Jokhakar Chartered Accountants Miscellanea earlier reforms when more than 40 ministries and commissions in China were cut down to just 29. Now look at India for contrast. The first cabinet of independent India apportioned out only around a dozen portfolios, which had gone up to 42 by 2004. And that number is a whopping 53 now! While such ministerial multiplication has served the cause of coalition politics admirably, it has also encouraged paunchy and improvident governance. This bungling has been worsened by ministries working at cross-purposes. As the cabinet secretariat has said in its annual performance appraisal, most central ministries are working in silos, even though there is no consolation in a team member scoring a double century if the team ends up losing the match.

To take the example of railways, why shouldn’t it be integrated alongside the road transport and highways ministry, the shipping ministry and the civil aviation ministry within a transport portfolio? If only Air India was denationalised back to its status at Independence, as is suitable for a postliberalisation nation, the civil aviation ministry would lose its raison d’etre. Or consider how the energy portfolio is (mis)handled by the ministries of coal, petroleum and natural gas, power, new and renewable energy, heavy industries and public enterprises, et al. With so many ministries splitting up the goal of powering India, the big picture suffers while petty politicking flourishes.

Why, for instance, do we need textiles, steel or information and broadcasting ministries in a liberalised environment? And what on earth, pray, is the job of the ministry of statistics and programme implementation? If other ministries cannot implement their programmes, will setting up a separate ministry dedicated to this help? Add to the incessant setting up of new ministries the innumerable departments and standalone offices that also come up, and you have layers of bureaucracy, each with its own penchant for empire-building, coming in the way of streamlined governance and meaningful work. It’s high time the government indulged its common-sense side rather than its maudlin and inflated side, and reversed the trend of mindless multiplication of ministries.

levitra

Leadership Potential

fiogf49gjkf0d
In my many years of observing leaders, I have noticed a number of signs that a person has high potential for corporate leadership… Leaders aren’t born with the phenomenal breadth and scope of thinking that characterises successful leaders of big companies, but those with a drive to constantly search for more information and see things from a broader view have the potential for it. Some young leaders exhibit a conceptual ability to rise above the details, to see a broader context than their peers, and to place themselves and their immediate accomplishments within that broader context. Leaders must also be able to make sense of all they take in and set a clear course of action.

After gathering information from multiple sources and shaping several alternatives, they have to be able to sort out what is important, make a decision and act on it. Even at lower levels, information is often muddled and the right path is often unclear, but leaders with high potential find clarity and act decisively despite the uncertainty and ambiguity that stymies others. They take disparate facts and observations and connect the dots to create a clear view of what they think is likely to happen before it does. Because they see the hazy outlines of change before others do, they put their businesses on the offensive. Most highpotential leaders will show an uncommon ability to analyse and synthesise large amounts of data and make a decision based not only on the data but also on intuition.

levitra

Section A: Financial Statements of an NGO

fiogf49gjkf0d
Section A: Financial Statements of an NGO Compiler’s Note:

Compiler’s Note:

The financial statements and annual report of ‘The Akshaya Patra Foundation’, an NGO based in Bangalore, India has won several awards in India and abroad for the best presented annual report. It is also one of the few NGOs in India who, besides Indian GAAP, also prepares its financial statements under IFRS principles.

The annual report for 2011-12 for Akshaya Patra makes a very interesting reading and can encourage several other NGOs to improve on their financial reporting. The entire annual report can be accessed on www.akshayapatra.org/sites/default/files/Annual- Report-2011-12.pdf. Given below are the significant accounting policies followed by the Foundation.
The Akshaya Patra Foundation (31-03-2012)
Significant Accounting Policies

1.1 Organisation overview
The Akshay Patra Foundation (‘the Trust or TAPF’) is registered under the Indian Trust Act 1882 as a Public Charitable Trust. It was formed on 1st July 2000 and was registered on 16th October 2001. The principal activity for the Trust is to implement the mid-day meal program of the Government of India through respective state governments for the children studying in government and municipal schools.
The Trust is also involved in various other charitable activities such as providing intensive coaching for eligible students after school hours under “Vidya Akshaya Patra Program”, providing subsidised meals to daily wage earners under various schemes like “Akshaya Kalewa program” and “Aap Ki Rasoi Program”, providing food for babies and mothers in Anganwadis and implementing various other programs for the relief of the poor.

 1.2 Significant accounting policies

(i) Basis of preparation of financial statements The balance sheet and income and expenditure accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention and the accounting is on accrual basis. In the absence of any authoritatively established accounting principles for the specialised aspects related to charitable trusts which do not carry out any commercial activity, these statements have been prepared in accordance with the significant accounting policies as described below. There are no trusts or entities over which TAPF exercises controlling interest, thus there is no requirement of consolidating other entities into the TAPF’s financial statements.

(ii) Use of estimates The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with the significant accounting policies, requires that the Board of Trustees of the Trust (‘Trustees’) make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of income and expenditure of the year and reported balances of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates is recognised prospectively in current and future periods.

(iii) Fixed assets Fixed assets are stated at cost of acquisition or construction, less accumulated depreciation. The cost of fixed assets includes the purchase cost of fixed assets and any other directly attributable costs of brining the assets to their working condition for the intended use. Borrowing costs, if any, directly attributable to acquisition or construction of those fixed assets which necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use are capitalised.

Intangible assets are recorded at the consideration paid for acquisition of such assets and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Fixed assets received as donation in kind are measured and recognised at fair value on the date of being ready for their intended use. Advances paid towards the acquisitions of fixed assets as at the balance sheet date are disclosed under long-term loans and advances.

(iv) Depreciation Depreciation on fixed assets is provided on a straight-line method basis over the estimated useful life as follows:

Class
of assets

Estimated

 

useful life

 

in years

Buildings

15

Kitchen and related
equipments

3

Office and other
equipments

3

Computer equipments

3

Furniture and fixtures

5

Vehicles

3

Distribution vessels

2

Intangible assets

3

 

 

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on leasehold improvements is provided over the primary lease term or the useful life of assets, whichever is lower.

Depreciation is charged on a proportionate basis for all assets purchased and sold during the year.

Individual low cost assets, acquired for less than Rs.5,000 (other than distribution vessels), are depreciated fully in the year of acquisition.

(v) Inventory

Inventory comprises provisions and groceries which include food grains, dhal & pulses, oils and ghee and other items like spares and fuel. Inventory is valued at cost, determined under the First-In-First Out method.

In case of Government grants of rice and wheat, the inventory cost is determined at the lower of the market price of government regulated price.

Cost of inventory, other than those received as government grants, comprises purchase cost and all expenses incurred in bringing the inventory to its present location and condition.

Inventories received as donation in kind are measured at fair value on the date of receipt.

(vi) Revenue recognition

Donation received in cash, other than those received for depreciable fixed assets, are recognised as income when the donation is received, except where the terms and conditions require the donations to be utilised over a certain period.

Such donations are accordingly recognised rateably over the period of usage. The deferred income is disclosed as “Deferred donation – feeding” under other current liabilities in the balance sheet.

Donation received in kind, other than those received for depreciable fixed assets are measured at fair value on the date of receipt and recognised as income only upon their utilisation.

Unutilised donations are deferred and disclosed as kind donations or grain grants received in advance under other current liabilities in the balance sheet.

Donations made with a specific direction that they shall form part of the corpus fund or endowment fund of the Trust are classified as such, and are directly reflected as trust fund receipts in the balance sheet.

Government grants related to subsidy received in cash or in kind are recognised as income when the obligation associated with the grant is performed and right to receive money is established and reflected as receivables in the balance sheet. The value of subsidies and donations received in kind is determined based on the lower market price or government regulated price of those goods at the time of receipt.

Donations received in cash towards depreciable fixed assets, the ownership of which lies with the Trust, are treated as deferred donation income and recognised as donation income in the income and expenditure account on a systematic and rational basis over the useful life of the asset.

The deferred donations towards depreciable fixed assets (receive both in cash and in kind), being identified as funds which provide long term benefits to the Trust, are disclosed under the Designated Funds in the Balance Sheet.

Income from cultural events, if any, is recognised as and when such events are performed.

Income from receipts for other programs is recognised when the associated obligation is performed and right to receive money is established.

Interest on deployment of funds is recognised using the time-proportion method, based on underlying interest rates.

(vii) Income Tax

The Trust is registered u/s. 12A of the In-come tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’). Under the provisions of the Act, the income of the Trust is exempt from tax, subject to the compliance of terms and conditions speci-fied in the Act.

Consequent to the insertion of tax liability on anonymous donations vide Finance Act 2006, the Trust provides for the tax liability in accordance with the provisions of Section 115 BBC of the Act, if at all there are any such anonymous donations.

(viii) Foreign exchange transactions

Transaction: Foreign exchange transactions are recorded at a rate that approximates the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. The difference between the rate at which foreign currency transactions are accounted and the rate at which they are realised, is recognised in the income and expenditure account.

Translation: Monetary foreign currency assets and liabilities at the year-end are restated at the closing rate. The difference arising from the restatement is recognised in the income and expenditure account.

(ix) Provisions and contingent liabilities

The provisions are recognised when, as a result of obligating events, there is a present obligation that probably requires an outflow of resources and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of obligation.

The contingent liability disclosure is made when, as a result of obligating events, there is a possible obligation or a present obligation that may, but probably will not, require an outflow of resources.

No provision or disclosure is made when, as a result of obligating events, there is a possible obligation or a present obligation when the likelihood of an outflow of resources is remote.

(x) Impairment of assets

The Trust periodically assesses whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Trust estimates the recoverable amount of the asset. If such recoverable amount of the asset is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to its recoverable amount. The reduction is treated as an impairment loss and is recognised in the income and expenditure account. If at the balance sheet date there is an indication that if a previously assessed impairment loss no longer exists, the recoverable amount is reassessed and the asset is reflected at the recover-able amount subject to a maximum of depreciable historical cost.

(xi) Retirement benefits

Provident fund

All eligible employees receive benefit from provident fund, which is a defined contribution plan. Both the employee and the Trust make monthly contributions to the fund, which is equal to a specified percentage of the covered employee’s basic salary. The Trust has no further obligations under this plan, beyond its monthly contributions. Monthly contributions made by the Trust are charged to income and expenditure account.

Gratuity
The Trust provides gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan, to its eligible employees. In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, the gratuity plan provides a lumpsum payment of the eligible employees at retirement, death, incapacitation or termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employee’s basic salary and tenure of employment with the Trust. The gratuity liability is accrued based on an actuarial valuation at the balance sheet date, carried out by an independent actuary.

Compensated absences
The employees of the Trust are entitled to compensated absences which are both accumulating and non-accumulating in nature. The expected cost of accumulating compensated absences is determined by actuarial valuation based on the additional amount expected to be paid as a result of the unused entitlement that has accumulated as at the Balance Sheet date. Expense on non-accumulating compensated absences is recognised in the period in which the absences occur.

(xii) Leases

Assets acquired under lease, where the Trust substantially has all the risk and rewards of ownership, are classified as finance lease. Such assets acquired are capitalised at the inception of lease at lower of the fair value or present value of minimum lease payments.

Assets acquired under lease where the significant portion of risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating lease. Lease rentals are charged to income and expenditure account on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Information supplied was in nature of data. It was not exploitation of know how. Hence, the payment received was business receipt and not Royalty.

fiogf49gjkf0d
4. P T McKinsey Indonesia vs. DDIT [2013] 29
taxmann.com 100 (Mumbai-trib)
Article 7 and 12 of India-Indonesia DTAA
Asst Year: 2007-2008
Decided on: 16th January 2013
Before Rajendra (AM) and  D K Agarwal (JM)

Information supplied was in nature of data. It was not exploitation of know how. Hence, the payment received was business receipt and not Royalty.


Facts

The taxpayer was an Indonesian company engaged in the business of providing strategic consultancy services. During the year, it had provided information to its group company in India and had received certain amount as consideration therefor. The taxpayer had claimed that the consideration received by it was in the nature of business receipt and since it did not have a PE in India, it was not chargeable into tax in India. According to the AO, the information provided by the taxpayer constituted technical and consultancy services so as to make available technical knowledge, skill, know-how, experience or process and thus, was in the nature of ‘fees for included services’ as covered by Article 12 of the DTAA between India and Indonesia2. The AO held that the fees received by the taxpayer were for consultancy/advisory services without any technology and they constituted Royalty in term of Article 12. The taxpayer approached DRP, which held that provisions of Article 22(3) – ‘other income’ – apply.

Held

The Tribunal observed and held as follows. The AO had nowhere established that the information supplied was arising out of exploitation of the knowhow generated by the skills or innovation of person who possesses such talent. In taxation terminology, the term ‘royalty’ has a distinct meaning. The information received by the Indian group company was in the nature of data and the consideration for the same cannot constitute ‘Royalty’. Article 22 is a residuary head analogous to sections 56 and 57 of I-T Act. Hence, It will not apply if the sum can be taxed under any other Article. With regard to earlier decisions of the Tribunal in respect of similar payments by the Indian group company, the payment should be treated as business profits in terms of Article 7.

levitra

Referral fees received by non-resident for referring international clients does not constitute FTS u/s. 9(i)(vii) of I T Act.

fiogf49gjkf0d
3. CLSA Ltd vs. ITO [2013] 31 taxmann.com 5  (Mumbai-Trib)
Section 9 r.w. S. 5 of I T Act
Asst Year: 2004-05
Decided on: 18th January 2013
Before P M Jagtap (AM) and D K Agarwal (JM)

Referral fees received by non-resident for referring international clients does not constitute FTS u/s. 9(i)(vii) of I T Act.


Facts

The taxpayer was a company incorporated in Hong Kong. It was a member of a group of companies having global presence. During the year, the Indian group company (“IndCo”) of the taxpayer had made certain payments to the taxpayer which were recorded by IndCo as recovery of overhead expenditure. IndCo had also withheld tax from the payments. The taxpayer contended that the payments were referral fees for referring overseas institutional clients to IndCo and hence, were not FTS in terms of section 9(1)(vii) of I-T Act. Consequently, they were not chargeable to tax. The issue before the Tribunal was: whether the referral fees constitute FTS in terms of section 9(1)(vii)?

Held

The Tribunal observed and held as follows. The Tribunal referred to Advance Ruling in Cushman and Wakefield (S) Pte Ltd., In re [2008] 305 ITR 208 (AAR) wherein, on similar facts, the AAR had held that the referral fees was not FTS1. Following the AAR ruling, the Tribunal held that the referral fees received by the taxpayer were not FTS u/s. 9(1)(vii) of I T Act.

levitra

Test reports provided by the Singapore company did not ‘make available’ technical knowledge, etc., and therefore, the payment did not constitute FTS under Article 12(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA.

fiogf49gjkf0d
2. Romer Labs Singapore Pte Ltd vs. ADIT [2013]
30 taxmann.com 362 (Delhi-Trib)
Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA; Section
9 of I-T Act
Asst Year: 2005-06
Decided on: 24th January 2013
Before B C Meena (AM) and I C Sudhir (JM)

Test reports provided by the Singapore company did not ‘make available’ technical knowledge, etc., and therefore, the payment did not constitute FTS under Article 12(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA.


Facts

The taxpayer was a tax resident of Singapore (“SingCo”). The taxpayer provided services for testing of toxicity level in animal feeds to Indian companies. The Indian companies were forwarding products’ samples to the laboratory of the taxpayer in Singapore. After testing, the taxpayer forwarded the reports to the Indian company. In consideration, the Indian company paid service fee to the taxpayer. Admittedly, the taxpayer did not have PE in India. The issue before the Tribunal was whether the services provided by the taxpayer ‘made available’ any technical knowledge, experience, skill, knowhow or process in terms of Article 12(4)(b) of the India-Singapore DTAA?

Held

The Tribunal observed and held as follows: The expression ‘make available’ has been examined by various judicial authorities. There is a difference between section 9 of I-T Act and Article 12(4)(b). While Article 12(4)(b) requires the services to be ‘made available’, section 9 has no such requirement. In terms of Article 12, the payment would constitute FTS only if the service provider provides the services in a manner which equips the recipient to independently perform his functions in future without any help from the service provider. Since the test reports provided by SingCo did not ‘make available’ technical knowledge, etc. to the Indian company, the payments made for such reports were not FTS.

levitra

Independent Directors in the New Landscape

Introduction

Recent corporate scams put to question the usefulness of independent directors (IDs). At one end there are IDs who play a minimalist role, on the other there are examples where the IDs had to take the reins of the company in their own hands and run the company. Take the case of Singapore listed Sino Environment Technology Group. The IDs initiated an investigation over suspicious transactions entered into by the management to buy materials and for investments. The investigation initiated by the ID’s revealed that no raw material or equipment was delivered and no significant work was done at the projects the group had invested in. This ultimately led to the resignation of the executive directors (EDs) leaving the running of the company in the hands of the IDs.

The behaviour of the Boards in India generally tends to be between the two extremes, one where ID’s play a ceremonial role and the other where they play a significant role. This article takes a look at various matters relating to IDs, alongside the requirements of clause 49 of the Listing Agreement, the Companies Bill and SEBI’s Consultative Paper on Review of Corporate Governance Norms in India. The annexure at the end of this article also contains a detailed comparison of the above three documents with regard to matters relating to IDs. At the time of writing this article, the rules have neither been notified nor available for public comment and hence the comments with respect to the requirements of the Companies Bill may not be complete.

Can Independence be defined?

Obviously, an ID has to be independent. The next question is independence from what. The independence is from affiliation of any kind which is likely to prejudice his decisions. As can be seen in the annexure, though the goal is to prevent affiliation of any kind, the three documents differ on the details. The Companies Bill goes farther than the SEBI Guidelines in imposing stricter norms for independence which may go a long way in establishing the role of the ID as an “outside guardian”, which investors currently perceive to be a ceremonial position. Nonetheless, it would be fair to say that independence is a state of mind, and can be legislated only up to a point. For example, whilst a relative of a promoter cannot be appointed an ID under the Bill, a friend of the promoter can be appointed as an ID. Appointing a friend instead of a relative, may be far worse from a point of view of independence. Ultimately, it is the ID’s personality and moral compass that will determine his independence. But that does not mean that legislation has no role to play in this matter. The Companies Bill definition provides a sound basis for ensuring that IDs are independent, and that conflict of interest is minimised. Ultimately it is not the law in itself, but a proper implementation of the law and suitable regulatory intervention from time to time, that may firmly establish independence on the Boards. Implementation cannot be replaced by more legislation.

Whose interest does the ID serve?

The normal expectation globally of the role of an ID is essentially two fold; advisory and monitoring. The ID is supposed to contribute his business expertise which could be a good value addition to a company. On the other hand, the IDs are also expected to serve as a watchdog and protect the interest of the minority shareholders. The role of a strategic advisor and a watchdog are not easy to balance and may run at odds with each other at times.

In India, most IDs view their role principally as that of strategic advisors to the promoters. Relatively, most IDs do not perceive their role to be that of a watchdog over the promoters and the management. An ID is not willing to put on the hat of a watchdog because either he or she does not have the necessary time or the skill sets or is not remunerated enough to specifically take on that responsibility. Very often IDs develop close bonding with the promoter group, which makes it difficult for them to ask uncomfortable questions to the Board. But things have changed in recent times due to high profile instances of fraud in India. IDs are taking a direct interest in reviewing the fraud risk management framework put in place by their organisations for mitigating the risk of fraud. For ID’s of global companies, the risk of non-compliance increases significantly due to certain onerous global legislations such as the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act.

In countries such as the US and UK, where shareholding in companies is largely public, the IDs can merely take into account shareholder interest as a common factor. However, in countries such as India, where shareholding is concentrated, there would be two factions; the controlling group and the minority shareholders. The controlling group could extract value from minority shareholders through dubious related party transactions or self dealing transactions, for example, through freeze-out mergers, where the controlled company is merged with another company in which the controlling group has a 100% stake. In the case of dispersely held companies, the challenges are different such as restrictions on control contests, shareholder voting procedures, executive compensation and director’s independence from the management. These differences cause the nature of frauds to be different. For example, frauds like Enron and WorldCom where management misrepresents financial performance to cover up poor performance or to influence compensation are more likely in dispersely held companies. Frauds like Satyam and Parmalat where the controlling group covers up expropriation of funds through financial misstatements are more likely in controlled companies.

In the case of controlled companies, even though the IDs may not have the voting power to stop wrongdoings of the controlling shareholder, he or she has the power to make public any wrongdoing. While the controlling shareholder can remove the ID, such actions are likely to cause unwanted public scrutiny. The press may pick up such resignations, but experience tells us that investor’s memory is too short, and other than in a serious fraud such as Satyam, it is unlikely to be an effective tool, though it may relieve the ID from an onerous engagement. Despite the general perception of the public that IDs should act as a watchdog, it appears that given the actual functioning of the Boards, the supremacy of the controlling group and the few Board/Audit committee meetings (assume average of 6 in a year), the watchdog function is not exhaustively performed. IDs argue that they should not be seen as a panacea for everything and a tool to fix all the wrongdoings.

Which of these two groups, the IDs should represent? Clause 166(2) of the Companies Bill requires directors of the company (which includes IDs90) to act in good faith for the benefit of the members as a whole, the company, its employees, the community and the environment. This requirement goes even beyond protecting the interest of the minority and extends to protecting the interest of the general public at large. This provision is far more onerous than it appears at first reading. For example, minority shareholders may argue that the promoters’ decision in favour of an acquisition, caused them huge losses, which the IDs should compensate them for, as they failed to protect the minority interest.

Schedule IV Code for Independent Directors of the Com-panies Bill requires an ID to safeguard the interest of all stakeholders; particularly the minority shareholders. It is a strange irony that IDs appointed by promoters have to protect the interest of the perceived adversaries of the promotersthe minority shareholders. The ID may not have the time, energy, power, gall or the inclination to set things right and in some cases, after exhausting all efforts to discipline the management, the only realistic option available would be to offer his or her resignation. Just because the Bill sets out the responsibilities of the IDs in greater details, does not necessarily mean that IDs will have adequate powers or remunerated commensurately to fulfill those responsibilities.

Liability of an ID

In the aftermath of Satyam, many IDs resigned from their position across India. Whilst some of the resignations may have been a knee-jerk reaction, it is also possible that the IDs were aware of wrong doings by the company which could not be corrected or they were not provided with enough information to make an appropriate judgment on how the company was being run. More importantly, after realising the onerous nature of his assignment he or she was not prepared to take on those responsibilities. The

position of an ID was no longer going to be an easy occupation for those seeking a comfortable retirement occupation.

There are various legislations that can be used against IDs, some of which are criminal violations and may trigger imprisonment. These include:

1.    Violation of clause 49 requirements could generate financial and criminal sanction for directors and IDs under the Securities Contract (Regulation) Act 1956; though this has been infrequently targeted against IDs.

2.    The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices Relating to Securities Market) Regulations, 2003, contains various prohibitions on manipulative, fraudulent and unfair trade practices in securities and a prohibition on dealing in securities in a fraudulent manner or using any manipulative or deceptive device in connection with the purchase or sale of securities.

3.    Section 12A and 15G of the SEBI Act prohibit insider trading.

4.    Section 62 and 63 of the Companies Act 1956, could hold directors liable for certain misstatements in a prospectus to raise capital. SEBI can also impose sanctions for similar violations under the Takeover Code.

5.    Under IPC for breach of trust (section 406), theft and cheating (section 420).

6.    Under clause 245 of the Companies Bill, a minority group of members or deposit holders can file a class action suit against the directors and claim damages or compensation for any fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful act or omission or conduct.

7.    Under clause 447 of the Companies Bill, a director can be imprisoned for a maximum period of 10 years for any fraudulent conduct.

Clause 149(12) of the Companies Bill clarifies that IDs and other non EDs shall be liable only in respect of such acts of omission or commission by a company that had occurred with his or her knowledge, attributable through Board processes, and with the consent or connivance or where he or she had not acted diligently. From this, it appears that the clause seeks to provide immunity to IDs from civil or criminal action in certain cases. However, clause 166(2) of the Bill seems to be a contradiction. It states that the whole Board is required to act in good faith, in order to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole and in the best interest of the company, its employees and shareholders, the community, and for the protection of the environment. This clause narrows the distinction between IDs and EDs, and so does the definition of an “officer in default” under clause 2(60) of the Bill. Whilst an ID is not key managerial personnel under the Bill, he could be an officer in default. An officer in default under clause 2(60) of the Bill is broadly defined, and includes (a) any person in accordance with whose advice, directions or instructions the Board of Directors of the company is accustomed to act, other than a person who gives advice to the Board in a professional capacity; (b) every director, in respect of a contravention of any of the provisions of this Act, who is aware of such contravention by virtue of the receipt by him of any proceedings of the Board or participation in such proceedings without objecting to the same, or where such contravention had taken place with his consent or connivance.

Whilst there is some kind of immunity, for example, in the case of a bounced cheque where the ID can plead that it was done without his knowledge, certain events have sent confusing signals. The Nimesh Kampani and the AMRI hospital fire event in Kolkata where IDs were imprisoned suggest that there may be no immunity to IDs, even when they were not the cause of or responsible for the problem.

IDs operate in an environment of high uncertainty and confusion over their role. They are not clear whether their action or inaction while serving on the Board could subject them to potential imprisonment for violations and frauds committed by the management or the auditors. Many IDs had probably been served arrest warrants arising out of frivolous claims or bouncing of a cheque. This discourages potentially talented candidates from joining as IDs. Clear principles that attempt to replicate some of the fiduciary duty concepts drawn from Delaware law may provide IDs with more comfort that their actions in good faith will not land them up in prison. Directors’ & Officers’ (D&O) insurance is one means to cover IDs for financial liability, but that does not save them from imprisonment.

IDs argue that when a promoter pays a bribe to win a contract, those matters are not escalated to the Board and there is no way an ID would have known about it. To make the ID responsible for such an act would be highly unacceptable. The MCA general circular no. 8/2011 dated 25th March 2011, probably exonerates the IDs in such situations. The circular requires the ROC to exercise due care while including a non ED as an “officer in default”. It specifically states that an ID of a listed entity would not be held liable for any act which occurred without his knowledge or where he acted diligently in the Board process. Whilst these provisions are also contained in the Companies Bill, the exoneration is based on judgment where there is always a scope for interpretation. Besides the Company law, there are several other legislations in India that may cause havoc in the lives of the IDs.

Remuneration of an ID

IDs generally feel that they are inadequately compensated, given the perceived or real risks post the Satyam and Nimesh Kampani episodes. The existing Companies Act requirement (Rule 10B of the Companies (Central Governments) General Rules and Forms, 1956) prescribes sitting fees for independent directors. For companies with a paid up share capital and free reserves of Rs. 10 crore or more or turnover of Rs. 50 crore and above, sitting fees should not exceed the sum of Rs 20,000 and in case of other companies sitting fees should not exceed Rs 10,000. At the time of writing this article, the rules have not yet been framed under the new Companies Bill. In addition to sitting fees, the IDs are also entitled to a profit related commission. The Bill prohibits an ID from receiving stock options. SEBI’s consultative paper has proposed to amend the listing agreement to also prohibit IDs from receiving stock option.

There is overall support to the provision prohibiting an ID from receiving stock options as that directly impeaches his independence. But most people do agree that for the risks that an ID takes, he or she is not commensurately compensated.

Selection of the ID

The appointment of IDs in a controlled company presents unique challenges. The controlling shareholder has majority voting power and can nominate or replace the ID at their discretion. Therefore, the process of hiring and retaining an ID appears to inherently create dependency of the ID on the promoter group. There has been considerable emphasis in India, on whether one should allow minority shareholders to appoint one or more IDs on the Board, though this could be contrary to basic company law principles of one share, one vote. Further, an overzealous ID could become a deterrent, and may end up causing more harm than good to the minority shareholders. An alternative to minority shareholders appointing IDs is to delegate the director nomination process to an independent nominating committee. This practice is already prevalent in many companies in India. The fact that nomination of IDs is directed solely by an independent committee may result in IDs being more independent, than if they were nominated directly by the promoter group.

In the Companies Bill, a listed company may have one director elected by small shareholders. Under clause 178, every listed company and other prescribed class shall constitute a nomination committee. The nomination committee shall identify persons who are qualified to become directors, and recommend them to the Board. Under clause 150, IDs may be selected from a data bank of eligible and willing persons, maintained by a body notified by the Central Government. Thus there are sufficient provisions in the Bill to ensure that the selection process creates greater independence on the Boards.

Rotation of IDs

Sometimes, familiarity breeds complacency. A long tenure may indicate that the IDs have got too friendly with the promoters and over the years have lost their ability to play the role of watchdogs. On the other hand, the longer the ID has been on the company’s Board, he becomes an expert on the company and that industry and his judgment gets better. An ID that is completely new to the company, has less experience, but comes with a fresh pair of eyes and fresh blood. As can be seen, there are pros and con of rotating IDs, and the arguments are not very different from rotating auditors of a company. The Companies Bill requires rotation of IDs, the requirements of which can be seen in the attached annexure. Overall, it appears to be a step in the right direction.

To sum up

The business of life cannot go on if people can’t trust those who are put in a position of trust. However, from the perspective of IDs, there are a number of questions dogging their minds. What are the stakeholders’ and regulators’ expectations from him? How can he fulfill those expectations in the absence of any effective powers? How does he redress the wrong doings? How much trust should be placed on the information presented to him? How much reliance should be placed on experts, such as lawyers, auditors or valuers? What is the extent of due diligence he should carry out? What is the time he should provide to each company where he is an ID? What should be his remuneration? What is he ultimately liable for? Lack of clarity in these areas will only scare away good talent from taking up the position of an ID, and becoming a scapegoat for the misdeeds of management. The Companies Bill with all its good intention to ensure good corporate governance, does not provide any concrete answers to all the above doubts of IDs.

The office of the ID should neither be a bed of roses, nor a bed of thorns. Everyone agrees with that, but there is no agreement on what is the right balance.

Changes in Mega Exemption List Notification No. 3/2013-ST dated 1st March, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
This Notification gives effect to the changes proposed in the union budget which has the effect of amending the mega exemption list in the following manner.

 i) Exemption by way of auxiliary educational services and renting of immovable property is restricted only to services provided by any person to specified educational institutions and thus auxiliary education service or renting of immovable property provided by educational institution will not be exempted.

 ii) Temporary transfer or permitting the use or enjoyment of a copyright relating to original literary, dramatic, musical, artistic works or cinematograph films had, were exempted by the notification No. 25/2012; this benefit of exemption is now restricted to films exhibited in cinema halls only.

 iii) Services provided by all the restaurants, eating joints or mess having the facility of air condition during any time of the previous year is now under the service tax net.

iv) The exemptions available to transportation of goods by railway or a vessel under Sl. No. 20 and services provided by a goods transportation agency (GTA) under Sl. No. 21 are being amended. Accordingly, exemption to transportation of petroleum and petroleum products, postal mails or mail bags and household effects by railways and vessels will not be available, while the benefit of transportation of agricultural produce, foodstuffs, relief materials for specified purposes, chemical fertilisers and oilcakes, registered newspapers or magazines, relief 4 materials meant for victims of natural or manmade disasters, calamities, accidents or mishap and defense equipments will be available to GTAs. v) The exemptions in respect of Vehicle Parking Service to general public is being withdrawn. vi) The exemption of services provided to Government, a local authority or a governmental authority for repair or maintenance of an Aircraft is being withdrawn. vii) Definition of Charitable Activities as given in Clause (k) in Paragraph 2 of Mega Notification No. 25/2012-ST dated 20-06-2012 is being amended so that there will be no separate threshold limit for granting the exemption from payment of service tax to activities relating to advancement of any other object of general public utility. MVAT UPDATE Notification No VAT.1512/CR-149/Taxation-1 dated 02.02.2013 It is notified that w.e.f. 15-02-2013 government will collect tax at source from dealer who has been awarded the rights for excavation of sand. Prescribed tax collection authority is District Collector or Cantonment Board or any other authority under the State government or Central government having jurisdiction over the area. Rate of tax collection is 10% of the auction amount to be collected in addition to the amount fixed for the auction of sand. Maharashtra Ordinance No . V of 2013 MVAT Act, 2002 has been amended by extending the period of limitation for the order of assessment for the years 2005-06 and 2008-09 from 31st March, 2013 to 30th June, 2013.

levitra

Abatement reduced in certain cases in respect of builders & developers of complex, building or civil structure

fiogf49gjkf0d
Notification No. 2/2013-ST dated 1st March, 2013 By this Notification, abatement available to developers of complex, buildings or civil structures is being reduced from the existing 75% to 70% in following cases:-

• Residential properties having a carpet area above 2000 sq. ft. and where the amount charged is equal to or more than Rs. 1 crore,

• Commercial properties. This notification is applicable from 1st March, 2013.

levitra

Service Tax Return ST-3 for July to September 2012 & due date notified Notification No. 1/2013-ST dated 22-02-2013 & Order No. 01/2013 dated 6th March, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
By this Notification, has been released, Form No.ST-3 for filing of Service Tax return alongwith instructions to fill up the Form for the period July 2012 to September 2012. Due date for filing of ST-3 was notified as 25th March, 2013 which was then extended to 15th April 2013 by promulgating Order no. 01/2013.

levitra

Central Sales Tax – C Forms – Failure to produce at the time of assessment – Forms obtained subsequently – Can be produced before the Authority, Rule 12 (7) of The Central Sales Tax ( Registration and Turnover) Rules, 1957

fiogf49gjkf0d
Facts

 In the assessment for the period 2004-05, the claim of the dealer for concessional rate of tax against form C was disallowed for want of required C forms, but the Tribunal permitted production of C forms received subsequently and the matter was remanded back to the assessing authority for verification of the forms. Subsequently, the dealer received four more C forms and produced before the assessing authority with a request to consider those forms also. This prayer was rejected by the assessing authority on the ground that there was no evidence of those forms having been produced before the Tribunal at the time of hearing of the appeal. The dealer filed writ petition before the Punjab and Haryana High Court, against the refusal by the assessing authority to consider the claim of concessional rate of tax for production of additional C Forms before him on the ground that forms can be produced at any stage.

Held

The explanation of the dealer was that the forms were issued by the purchasing dealers in question after the decision of the appellate authority and on that ground, the same could not be produced earlier. During the hearing before the Tribunal, the forms were sought to be produced, but this was not allowed. In view of explanation given by the petitioner that the forms were received late, it could be held that there was sufficient cause for the petitioner for not producing the same before the assessing and appellate authority. This was no bar to the same being produced before the Tribunal. Accordingly, the writ petition filed by the dealer was allowed by the High Court to permit the petitioner to produce the Forms in accordance with law.

levitra

Value Added Tax – Sale Price – Sale of Motor Cycles – Separate Collection of Handling Charges For Registration – Not Forming Part of Sale Price, Section 2 (25) of The Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act, 2002

fiogf49gjkf0d
Facts

Dealer engaged in selling motor cycles collected service charges or handling charges from customer for registration of motor cycles under Motor Vehicles Act, 1988. The VAT authorities levied VAT on such amount which was contested before The Maharashtra Sales Tax Tribunal. The Tribunal held that such charges did not constitute a part of ‘sale price’ within the meaning of ‘sale price’ defined in section 2 (25) of the MVAT Act, 2002. The Department filed an appeal before the Bombay High Court against the decision of the Tribunal, setting aside the levy of VAT on such handling charges collected by the dealer from the customer at the time of sale of motor cycles.

Held

 The High Court held that transfer of property in the goods, in pursuance of the sale contract, took place against the payment of price of the goods. Delivery of the goods was affected by the seller to the buyer. The obligation under the law to obtain registration of the motor vehicle was cast upon the buyer. The service of facilitating the registration of the vehicles rendered by the selling-dealer was to the buyer and in rendering that service, the seller acted as an agent of the buyer. The handling charges which were recovered by the respondent could not, therefore, be regarded as forming part of the consideration paid or payable to the dealer for sale of goods. Those charges cannot fall within the extended meaning of the expression “ sale price”, since they did not constitute sum charged for anything done by the seller in respect of the goods at the time of or before the delivery thereof. The High Court accordingly dismissed the appeal filed by the department and confirmed the order of the Tribunal.

levitra

Service tax refund in relation to services used for authorised operations and those wholly consumed within SEZ allowed applying refund provisions with a broader view.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Facts:

The appellant, a developer of SEZ Special Economic (SEZ) Zone having operations from units in SEZ filed refund claims towards the service tax paid on services consumed within the SEZ and services used for the authorised operations of the SEZ units. The refund claims were considered and partly sanctioned. The appellant appealed against the order and again the refund was partly allowed. Appellant filed an appeal before Tribunal for balance of Rs.19,80,569/-. It involved two components, viz. Rs.6,66,794/-, rejected on the ground that various services did not bear a direct nexus with the authorised operations undertaken by the appellant and Rs.13,13,775/- related to services wholly consumed within the SEZ during July to September, 2009.

Held:

As regards the claim rejected on the ground that the services did not have direct nexus with the authorised operations, the Tribunal held that the Approval Committee issued a specific certificate indicating various services received by the appellant and justification for use of such services in relation to the authorised operations. The jurisdictional Commissioner of Central Excise was also a member of such Approval Committee. In view thereof, it was unwarranted for the adjudicating and appellate authority to go into the question and come to their own findings in the matter. Thus, this rejection was set aside.

As regards the latter claim, the question was whether the appellants could be granted refund under Notification No. 09/2009-ST as amended by Notification No.15/2009-ST dated 20-05-2009 through which one condition was inserted stating that the refund procedure prescribed under the said Notification shall apply only in the case of services used in relation to the authorised operations in the SEZ; except for services consumed wholly within the SEZ.

Tribunal held that Notification No. 09/2009-ST exempted the taxable services specified in Clause (105) of section 65 of the Finance Act, 1994 which were provided in relation to the authorised operations in a SEZ and received by a developer or units of a SEZ, whether or not the said taxable services are provided inside the SEZ, from the whole of the service tax leviable thereon u/s. 66 of the Finance Act, 1994.

In the case of services which were wholly consumed within the SEZ, there was no necessity to discharge the service tax liability ab initio. That did not mean that where service tax liability had been discharged, the appellant was not entitled for refund. If the appellant was eligible otherwise for refund u/s. 11B, then it cannot be denied because the claim was made under Notification No.09/2009- ST and there was no dispute about the services being in relation to authorised operations of the appellant within the SEZ. The records showed that the refund claim was lodged within the time prescribed u/s. 11B and the appellant had borne the incidence of taxation.

Services provided to a SEZ or unit in the SEZ were deemed as export in terms of the SEZ Act, 2005 and entitled for exemption from payment of service tax on the services used or provided to a unit in the SEZ. Further, vide section 51 of the said Act, SEZ provisions prevail over the provisions of any other law. Accordingly, a broader view of the provisions relating to refund had to be taken.

Accordingly, the orders were set aside with consequential relief.

levitra

Succession Documents

fiogf49gjkf0d

Introduction

In the past couple of Articles, we have seen various transmission formalities which the family of a deceased must comply with in respect of his estate. In the case of several assets, such as land, flats, etc., the Registrar, Society, etc., may insist upon a Succession Document to transmit the assets of the deceased to his family. These include, Probate, Letters of Administration, Succession Certificate, etc. Quite often, these terms are loosely used to denote one for the other whereas, in reality, there is a marked difference between the various types of Succession Documents. Each of them is appropriate under a given set of circumstances and has a specific purpose. Let us look at the various Succession Documents which one encounters along with when each one is used.

Relevance of various Documents

Table-1 shows the different Succession Documents and their applicability to various situations. Let us now examine each one of them in detail.

Probate
    
Meaning:
A probate means the copy of the will certified by the seal of a Court. Probate of a will establishes the authenticity and finality of a will and validates all the acts of the executors. It conclusively proves the validity of the will and after a probate has been granted, no claim can be raised about the genuineness or otherwise of the will. A probate is different from a succession certificate. Thus, a probate is granted by a Court only when a will is in place.

Necessity: According to the Indian Succession Act, no right as an executor or a legatee can be established in any Court unless a Court has granted a probate of the will under which the right is claimed. This provision applies to all Christians and to those Hindus, Sikhs, Jains and Buddhists who are/whose immovable properties are situated within the territory of West Bengal or the Presidency Towns of Madras and Bombay. Thus, for Hindus, Sikhs, Jains and Buddhists who are /whose immovable properties are situated outside the territories of West Bengal or the Presidency Towns of Madras and Bombay, a probate is not required. It also applies to Parsis who are/whose immovable properties are situated within the limits of the High Courts of Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. However, absence of a probate does not debar the executor from dealing with the estate.

Procedure: To obtain a probate, an application needs to be made to the relevant court along with the original will. The executor has to disclose the names and addresses of the heirs of the deceased. Once the Court receives the application for probate, it would invite objections, if any, from the relatives of the deceased. The Court would also place a public notice in a newspaper for public comments. The petitioner would also have to satisfy the Court about the proof of death of the testator and the proof of the will. Proof of death could be in the form of a death certificate. However, in case of a person who is missing or has disappeared, it may become difficult to prove ‘death’. U/s. 108 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, any person who is unheard of or missing for a period of seven years by those who would have naturally heard of him if he had been alive, is presumed to be dead unless otherwise proved to be alive.

On being satisfied that the will is indeed genuine, the Court would grant probate specimen of the probate is given in the Act) under its seal. The probate would be granted in favour of the Executor/s named under the Will. The Supreme Court has held in the cases of Lalitaben Jayantilal Popat v Pragnaben J Kataria (2008) 15 SCC 365 and Syed Askari Hadi Ali v State (2009) 5 SCC 528, that while granting probate, the Court must not only consider the genuineness of the will but also the explanations, objections and proof given by the parties of the suspicious circumstances surrounding the execution of the ‘Will’. The onus of proving the will is on the propounder. The propounder has to prove the legality, execution and genuineness of the will by proving absence of suspicious circumstances and also proving the testamentary capacity and the signature of the testator. When suspicious circumstances are said to exist the onus is on the propounder to explain their non-existence to the court’s satisfaction and only when such onus is discharged the court would accept the will and grant probate – K. Laxman v T. Padmining (2009) 1 SCC 354. Probates can be granted after a minimum time of 7 days from the death of a person. No maximum period has been specified. A registered Will improves the chances of getting a Probate faster. In the case of a registered Will, no one can allege that the Will is fraudulent. However, registration does not mean that it is the last Will of the deceased. Hence, a challenge on the count of it not being the last Will remains open.

Opposition: If any relative, heir of the deceased, or other person feels aggrieved and objects to the grant of a probate, then he must file a caveat before the Court opposing the will. Once a caveat has been filed, the Courts would hear the aggrieved party and he would have to prove that he would have a share in the estate of the testator if he had died intestate.

Why does one need a probate?
One of the questions which almost always arises is “why is the probate required?” A probate is a certificate from the High Court certifying the genuineness and finality of the will. Some of the reasons why a probate is required are as follows:

•    It is necessary to prove the legal right of a legatee under a will in a court.

•    Some listed / limited companies insist on a probate for transmission of shares.

•    Similarly, some co-operative housing societies insist on a probate for transmission of the flat.

•    The Registrar of Sub-Assurances would insist on a probate usually for registration of immovable properties.
 
However, it would not be correct to say that no transfer can take place without a probate. There are several companies, societies, etc., which do transfer shares, flats, etc., even in the absence of a probate. They may, as a precaution, insist upon a release deed from the other heirs in favour of the legatee who is the transferee. Sometimes, the company/society also insist on an indemnity from the legatee in its favour against any possible claims/law suits from the other heirs of the deceased.

Effect: A probate of a Will when granted establishes the Will from the death of the testator and validates all intermediate acts carried out by the executor. It is conclusive evidence of the representative title of the executor – Harmusji v Dosabhai ILR 12 Bom 164.

Special Factors : Some of the rules in respect of obtaining a probate are as under:

(a)    For obtaining a probate, the applicable court fee stamp would be payable as per the rates prescribed in different states. For instance, for obtaining a probate in the city of Mumbai, the application has to be made to the Bombay High Court and the court fee rates prescribed under the Bombay Court-Fees Act, 1959 would apply which are as follows:

(b)    A probate cannot be granted to a minor or a person of an unsound mind.

(c)    If there are more than one executors, then the probate can be granted to all of them simultane-ously or at different times.

(d)    If a will is lost since the testator’s death or it has been destroyed by accident and not due to any act of the testator and a copy of the will has been preserved, then a probate may be granted on the basis of such a copy until the original or an authenticated copy has been produced. If a copy of the will has not been made or a draft has not been preserved, then a probate can be granted on its contents or of its substance, if the same can be proved by evidence.

(e)    A probate petition requires the following con-tents:

•    A copy of the will or the contents of the will in case the will has been lost, mislaid, destroyed, etc.

•    The time of the testator’s death – proof of death.

•    A statement that the will is the last will and testament of the deceased and that it was duly executed.

•    Details and value of assets mentioned or covered in the Will for purposes of computing the Court Fees.

(v)    A statement that the petitioner is the executor of the will.

(vi)    That the deceased had a fixed place of residence or some property within the jurisdiction of the Judge where the application is moved.

(vii)    It must be verified by at least one of the witnesses to the will. It must be signed and verified by the petitioner and his lawyer.

Letters of Administration
Meaning:
When a person dies intestate, i.e., without making a will, then in order to succeed to the property of the deceased, the heir(s) would require letters of administration. If the deceased was a Hindu, Muslim, Buddhist, Sikh or Jain, then the Letters may be granted to any person who according to the Rules for Intestate Succession is entitled to succeed to the estate of the deceased. If more than one person is entitled, then the Court would be at discretion to grant the letters to one or more of them. If no person applies for such Letters, then the Court can grant them even to a creditor of the deceased. In case the intestate belonged to any community other than that specified above, say, Parsis, Christians, etc., then the Indian Succession Act, 1925 lays down a separate set of rules for granting letters of administration.

Other Situations when Letters are granted
: Under one situation, letter of administration may also be granted in case there is a Will. If a Will has been probated in a Court outside the State of residence of the deceased or in a Foreign Court and a properly authenticated copy of such a Will is produced, then ‘letter of administration’ may be granted on the basis of copy of the Will and probate e.g., a Hindu’s Will is probated in London and it includes property situated in Mumbai. Letters may be granted in respect of such a probated Will.

Some of the other scenarios when letter of administration may be granted are as follows:

•    In case an executor of a Will fails to take up his executorship or if a valid executor has not been appointed or if the executor dies before the testator and there is no successor executor, then instead of a probate letters of administration would be required.

•    Again if no Will is produced but there is a reason to believe that there exists a Will, then letters of administration may be granted as a stop gap arrangement till such time as the Will is produced.

•    When executor is absent from State in which application for probate is made.

•    When minor is  a sole executor.

•    Where residuary legatee survives the testator but dies before the estate has been fully bequeathed.

•    Where executor cannot be found and residuary legatee cannot be identified, then it is treated as if the deceased died intestate.

Effect: Letters of administration entitle the administration (i.e., the person in whose name the letters are granted) to all the rights belonging to the deceased as if he been granted those rights immediately on his death. However, they do not validate any acts of the administrator which tend to damage the estate of the deceased. They have effect over all the property and estate, whether movable or immovable of the deceased throughout the State in which they have been granted. They are conclusive as to the representative title against all debtors of the deceased and all persons holding property which belong to the deceased. They afford full indemnity to his debtors and persons delivering up such property to the holder of the letters.

Ineligibility: Letters cannot be granted to a minor, person of unsound mind, etc.

Application: An application for letters of administration should be made to the District Judge of the district in which the deceased had a fixed abode at the time of his death. The petition shall be made stating amongst other things, the time and place of death, his family members, details of assets of the deceased, right which petitioner claims etc. The application must also state that to the best of the belief of the applicant, no other application has been made for grant of letters. Letters can be granted after a minimum time of 14 days from the death of a person. No maximum time has been specified. An appeal against the District Judge’s Order lies to the High Court. However, High Court also has concurrent jurisdiction with District Judge and hence, in the cities of Mumbai, Kolkatta and Chennai, the High Court would exercise the jurisdiction.

Opposition: If any relative, heir of the deceased, other person feels aggrieved by the grant of letters, then he must file a caveat before the Court opposing the application. Once a caveat has been filed, the Courts would hear the aggrieved party and the party would have to prove that he would have a share in the estate of the intestate.

Succession Certificate

Meaning: A succession certificate is a certificate granted by a High Court in respect of any debt due to the deceased or securities owned by him. In case the deceased died living behind a will which only empowered the beneficiaries to collect his debts and securities, then the courts would grant a succession certificate instead of a probate. It merely empowers the grantee to collect the debts owed to the deceased. A succession certificate would not be granted if the Indian Succession Act mandatorily requires a probate or letters of administration. Thus, a succession certificate cannot be granted in respect of a flat in a co-operative society of the deceased. It can be used only for debts and securities and no other type of property. Thus, it would cover dues, shares, debentures, provident fund balances, etc.

Application:
An application for a succession certificate must be made, along with the payment of requisite Court fees, to a District Judge giving inter alia the following particulars:

•    Proof of death and time of death of the de-ceased
•    Proof of ordinary residence of deceased
•    Details of family members
•    Right in which the petitioner claims
•    Details of Debts and securities in respect of which the certificate is applied for.

If the Judge is satisfied, then he would grant a succession certificate. The certificate would specify the debts and securities set forth in the application and would empower the recipient of succession certificate to receive interest or dividends and/or negotiate or transfer all or any of the specified securities.

A certificate may be revoked if it was proved that the same was obtained by fraud, the application was defective, etc.

An appeal can be filed to the High Court against the District Judge’s order granting, refusing or revoking the certificate.

Effect of succession certificate:
A certificate granted would have validity throughout India. The certificate granted with respect to the debts and securities specified in the certificate, shall be conclusive as against the persons owing such debts or liable on such securities. Further, it affords full indemnity to all persons as regards all payments made, or dealings had, in good faith, with the certificate holder in respect of the debts or securities of the deceased.

Legal Heir Certificate

Meaning: A legal heir certificate or a certificate of heirship is a different kettle of fish altogether and is sometimes required. It is granted under the Bombay Regulation No. VIII of 1827, a pre-independence Order of the then Governor General of India. This is a requirement which several legal practitioners are also unaware about and practically, it can be quite a task to obtain one. Generally, it is issued by a tehsildar. However, in the city of Mumbai, the City Civil Court would issue such a certificate.

It is issued to provide formal recognition of heirs, executors and administrators and for appointment of administrator and managers of the deceased’s property by the courts. The Regulation states that it is generally desirable that the heirs, executors or legal administrators of persons deceased should, unless their right is disputed, be allowed to assume the management or sue for the recovery in Courts of justice. Yet in some cases it is necessary or convenient that such heirs, executors or administrators, in order to give confidence to persons in possession of, or indebted to the estate to acknowledge and deal with them, should obtain a certificate of heir-ship, executorship, or administratorship, from the competent Court.

In Anthony Fernandez and others, 1993(1) Bom.C.R. 580 the Bombay High Court has held that Bombay Regulation VIII of 1827 continues to be in force and the provisions thereof are supplemented in certain respects by the Indian Succession Act, 1925. Conse-quently, an application for recognition of a person as an heir of the deceased can be made under this Regulation.

Effect of Certificate: If an heir is desirous of having his legal heir right formally recognised by a Court in order that it is safer when he deals with persons, then he can apply to the Court for recognition as the ‘legal heir’. The Judge would then invite objections within one month from the date of Notice. If the Judge is satisfied that there are no objections or they are not sufficient, then he would grant recognition in the form of a Certificate in the form contained in Appendix B to the Regulations. The Certificate would regonise the person named as the legal heir, executor or administrator of the deceased.

An heir, executor or administrator, holding a proper certificate, may do all acts and grant all deeds competent to a legal heir, executor or administrator, and may sue and obtain judgment in any Court in that capacity.

An heir, executor or administrator, holding a certificate, shall be accountable for his acts done in that capacity to all persons having an interest in the property, in the same manner as if no certificate has been granted.

Certificate creates No Title: R.8 provides that the Certificate confers no right to the property, but only indicates the person who, for the time being, is in the legal management thereof, the granting of such certificate shall not finally determine nor injure the rights of any person; and the certificate shall be an-nulled by the Court, upon proof that another person has a preferable right.


In Aloysius Manuel D’souza v Mary Kamala William Manuel D’souza,
2006(6) Bom.C.R. 56(O.S.), a Division Bench of the Bombay High Court held that the grant of heirship certificate does not establish the right of a party in property of the deceased by itself. The right, if any, of a person claiming ownership in the property of the deceased are not taken away by grant of an heirship certificate to an heir. On the other hand, the Regulation makes it clear that heir-ship certificate holder is accountable to all persons having an interest in the property for the acts done by him. Based on the heirship certificate simplicitor the heirship certificate holder cannot be said to have acquired any right, title or interest in the estate of the deceased.

In Group Grampanchayat v Sunanda Shamrao Bandishti, 2011 (5) Bom.C.R. 162, it was held that the grant of an heirship certificate to the respondents would not in any way affect the right, title or interest, if there be any, of the petitioner in any of the properties of the deceased. In proceedings for heirship certificate, the Court is not required to determine title of the deceased to any property. It is required only to consider whether the persons claiming heirship certificate are heirs of the deceased. If any person comes forward to claim nearer kinship than the applicants, the rival claims for the applicant and the person claiming nearer kinship and to be an heir would be considered by the Court. The Court may decline to grant heirship certificate to an applicant and come to the conclu-sion that the applicant is not an heir of the deceased or that there are other nearer kins who are entitled to the heirship certificate. The question of title to the property allegedly held by the deceased is alien to such enquiry. Whether the deceased had any title to the property is not and indeed cannot be decided by the Court in an application for ‘heirship certificate’ made under the Regulation.

Required For: It may be required for transferring electricity meter, telephone connection, bank account, etc., of the deceased in the name of the legal heir. It may also be required if a person is buying property belonging to the deceased to establish that the sellers are the true legal heirs.

One other important area where the legal heir certificate is required is for efiling the Income-tax Return of the deceased u/s. 159 of the Income-tax Act. Thus, for the period starting from 1st April of the year in which the assessee expired till the date of death, his legal representative would be assessed u/s. 159. A new feature has been introduced in case of efiling for registering the legal heir to do efiling on behalf of the deceased assessee. The documents required for registering a person as a legal heir are copy of the Death Certificate, Copy of PAN card of the deceased, Self attested PAN card copy of the heir and the legal heir certificate. Thus, this cumbersome certificate is required by the Income-tax Department. This is one area where representations need to be made to the CBDT to do away with the requirement of furnishing a legal heir certificate for efiling the return of a deceased assessee.

Conclusion

As would be evident from the above discussion, there are several succession documents which one comes across when a person dies. Obtaining them can be quite an arduous task for the family of the deceased. Just as the Government has introduced efiling in several areas, such as, income-tax, service tax, company law, etc., time has come for introducing online applications for several of these documents. If that is too much to ask then let us have a separate fast track Court dedicated to obtaining all these succession documents. Why not have an one-stop shop concept for all things related to succession? Till such time as India reaches an utopian situation, I leave you with my modified version of the famous saying, “Where there is a Will, there is a Way” : I conclude by saying:

“Where there is a Death, there is a  Succession,

Where there is a Succession, there may be an Argument,

And if there is an Argument, there is a need for a Succession Document!!”

Independent Directors in the New Landscape Part -2

Service tax under Tour Operators category when appellant neither held tourist permits nor had tourist buses. When service tax paid was by other tour operator, can it be demanded second time on same activity?

fiogf49gjkf0d
Facts:

Appellant was providing following services against consideration:
• Bus Reservation agreement (BRA) – wherein Appellant supplied ordinary buses (other than tourist vehicles) to other tour operators and non-commercial concerns on rent.
• Seat Reservation agreement (SRA).
• Nashik Darshan (ND).
• Tour extension (TE).

 Respondent issued SCN demanding service tax of Rs. 1,03,65,342/- on BRA from 01-04-2001 to 31-03- 2006 and on other services from 01-04-2001 to 09-09-2004 under the category of “tour operator” and equal amount of penalty u/s. 78 was imposed. Appellant contended that they provided buses on rent to IDTC who was a tour operator and IDTC discharged the service tax under the category of “tour operator” and hence service tax cannot be demanded twice on the same activity.

Held:

Since appellant was neither holding tourist permits nor having tourist vehicles, they are not subject to service tax in respect of all activities concerned till 09-09-2004. Appellant was not liable for service tax on BRA where buses were hired to IDTC and service tax was paid by IDTC. However where buses were hired to non-commercial concerns like schools etc., appellant was liable to pay service tax from 09-09-2004. Held, penalty imposed u/s. 78 was waived as issue involved was of interpretation of law.

levitra

No levy of penalty in absence of suppression and holding of bonafide belief as to non-taxability.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Facts:

Appellant, a co-operative society of agriculturists lost land due to setting up of a plant by ONGC. Appellant provided renting of cab service to ONGC. Initially ONGC did not reimburse the service tax and disputed the same and hence, Appellant did not deposit the tax. This fact was intimated to the Respondent. Later on the tax was deposited. SCN was issued to demand the tax and recovery of penalties. Tribunal confirmed the penalties without paying any heed to the Appellant’s contention of bonafide belief and absence of suppression of facts.

Held:

Tribunal committed error in not accepting the plea of bonafide belief of the Appellant even though the service tax on renting of cabs was new one and there were conflicting judgments of different Tribunals. The Tribunal has not taken into consideration the correspondence between Appellant and Respondent wherein Appellant had intimated the reason for non-payment of tax. Further, there was no fraud or misrepresentation or suppression by the Appellant. Therefore, it was held that extended period was not invokable and also did not justify levying of penalty.

levitra

Whether Rule 5A(2) of the Service Tax Rules, 1994 read with section 94(2) of the Finance Act 1994 empowers CAG (Comptroller & Auditor General of India) to conduct audit of accounts of any assessee? Matter referred to the Division Bench.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Facts:

Appellant, a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1956 is engaged in the business of trading in stock and securities and was registered with the service tax authority under the categories of “stock broking”, “banking & other financial service” and “business auxiliary service” from the year 2004. Appellant company was not financed out of the funds or loans from the Central Government or State Government. However, they were served with the notice by the Principal Director of Audit, Central Kolkatta for audit by CERA audit team, an audit team under CAG to audit the service tax records, accounts and other related documents. Appellant challenged the said notice.

Held:

To carry out an audit of a non-governmental company which is neither financed nor run out of loan from Central/State Government by CAG, the condition precedent to such audit is request from the President of India or Governor of State u/s. 20 of the CAG Act, 1971 where it is carrying on its operation. And when such audit is on request of President/Governor, the obligation of the assessee under Rule 5A of the Service Tax Rules, 1994 and Rule 22 of the Central Excise Rules, 2002 is to provide the records to the audit party deputed by CAG. However, it does not oblige the assessee to agree to unauthorised audit of its accounts by CAG. Under Rule 5A(1) of the Service Tax Rules, 1994 an officer authorised by the Commissioner shall have access to the premises for the purpose of carrying out any scrutiny, verification and checks as may be necessary for safeguarding the interest of revenue. Rule 5A(2) of the said Rules requires assessee to make available records to the officer authorised by the Commissioner or CAG on demand for scrutiny of the said officer.

Therefore, the said Rule read with section 94(2) of the Finance Act, 1994 does not empower the CAG to audit the accounts of non-Government assessee, but it casts an obligation to make records and documents as specified therein available to the officer deputed by CAG. However, on being pointed out by the Counself for the Respondent to an unreported judgement and order passed by a Single Judge Bench of the Court in W.P.2762 of 2000 (M/s. Berger Paints India Ltd. & Others vs. Joint Commissioner Audit) Central Excise Calcutta- II where the vires of Rule 173G(6)(c) of Central Excise Rules which is pari materia with Rule 5A of the Service Tax Rules was under challenge, the court deemed it appropriate to refer the matter to a Division Bench for adjudication.

levitra

CENVAT credit availed and utilised on exempted services in excess of prescribed limit – No disclosure made in returns filed – Held, it is a wilful suppression of facts for which extended period can be invoked and hence liable for penalties u/s. 76 and 78 of the Act.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Facts:

Appellant was engaged in providing cellular telephone services in Jaipur circle. It was registered and paying service tax under “telephone services”. Appellant was consuming various input services and availing entire service tax credit as per Service Tax Credit Rules, 2002. Appellant was also receiving roaming charges from other telephone operators and was not paying service tax on the same during the period May, 2003 to August, 2004.

SCN was issued proposing to recover the service tax on the ground that Appellant should have restricted the utilisation of CENVAT towards payment of service tax on output service in terms of Rule 3(3)/3(5).

Tribunal upheld the demand of tax and also confirmed the invocation of extended period of limitation and upheld the penalties levied u/s. 76 and 78. Appellant contested the invocation of extended period of limitation stating absence of deliberate suppression.

Held:

When CENVAT credit was availed in excess of prescribed limits, facts ought to have been disclosed clearly by Appellant which is a professionally managed corporate. Failure to make the disclosures in returns or submitting entire facts by any letter accompanying the returns appears to be a case of wilful suppression. Extended period of limitation was rightly invoked. No substantial question of law is involved in the appeal and hence dismissed.

levitra

Implications: Amendments in Exemptions

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Finance Bill, 2013, unlike in the past few years, had a few proposals to amend the service tax law that underwent a major metamorphosis in this Budget in the last fiscal. However, seemingly small proposals made, could have large implications. Further, by issuing some notifications, amendments are made in some exemptions and abatements in case of construction services of builders or developers. Most of these amendments are effective from 1st April, 2013 and one relating to builders is effective from 1st March, 2013. These are discussed below.

• Air-conditioned Restaurants:

Background:

Whether a transaction for supply of food and/or beverages in a restaurant or a hotel is a contract for sale of food or a composite contract for sale and services was a subject of controversy vis-à-vis leviability of Sales Tax (now VAT) under the sales tax law in the states for many years. The Supreme Court in Northern India Caterers (India) Ltd. vs. Lt. Governor of Delhi (1978) 42 STC 386 (SC) held that service of meals whether in a hotel or restaurant does not constitute a sale of food for the purpose of levy of sales tax but must be regarded as the rendering of a service in the satisfaction of a human need or ministering to the bodily want of human beings. It would not make any difference whether the visitor to the restaurant is charged for the meal as a whole or according to each dish separately.

This led to the amendment in article 366(29A) of the Constitution, whereby the 46th amendment included within its scope “the supply, by way of or as part of any service, of food or any drink for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration” as a deemed sale. Subsequent to the constitutional amendment, VAT is being paid on the sale of food in hotels. However, the question that arose was on what value of the consideration should VAT be paid.

The five member Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of K. Damodarasamy Naidu & Sons Ltd. vs. State of TN (2000) 117 STC 1 (SC) interestingly held that the entire value should be deemed to be the consideration towards the sale. While delivering its judgment, the Honourable Supreme Court observed as under:

“In our view, therefore the price that the customer pays for the supply of goods in a restaurant cannot be split up as suggested by learned counsel. The supply of food by the restaurant owner to the customer though it may be a part of service that he renders by providing good furniture, furnishing and fixtures, linen, crockery and cutlery, music, a dance floor, and a floor show, is what is the subject of levy. The patron of a fancy restaurant who orders a plate of cheese sandwiches whose price is shown to be Rs. 50/- on the bill of fare knows very well that the innate cost of the bread, butter, mustard and cheese in the plate is very much less, but he orders it all the same. He pays Rs. 50/- for its supply and it is on Rs. 50/- that the restaurant owner must be taxed.”

In East India Hotels Ltd. & Another vs. UOI & Another (2001) 121 STC 46 (SC), it was held that “when all movable properties, materials, articles or commodities are goods, food in a restaurant has necessarily to be regarded as goods. …………. The moment the dish is supplied and the sale price paid, it would amount to sale”. It is also interesting to note that the Supreme Court in Tamilnadu Kalyan Mandapam Assn. vs. UOI 2006 (3) STR 260 (SC) observed, “In case of catering contracts, service element is more weighty; visible and predominant and it cannot be considered as a case of sale of food and drink in a restaurant”. Admittedly, there was no question before the Hon. Supreme Court in this case, to examine whether sale of food in a restaurant was a service or otherwise. Nevertheless, service tax on the service in relation to serving of food or beverage including alcoholic beverage was introduced with effect from 01-05-2011. However, this remained restricted to air-conditioned restaurants which also had a license to serve alcoholic beverages. To justify the levy in this regard, the TRU in its letter dated 28-02-2011, clarified that the tax is levied on the service element and it should not be confused with the sale of food. The levy is intended to be confined to the value of services contained in the composite contract and shall not cover either the meal portion in the composite contract or mere sale of food by way of pick up or home delivery as also goods sold at MRP. Subsequently, on the onset of negative list based taxation of services with effect from 01-07-2012, the list of declared services in section 66E of the Finance Act, 1994 in sub-clause (i) included, the service portion in an activity wherein goods, being food or any other article of human consumption or any drink (whether or not intoxicating) is supplied in any manner as a part of the activity. However, the restaurants other than fully or partially air-conditioned/centrally heated and not having license to serve alcoholic beverages remained exempted as the mega exemption Notification No. 25/2012-ST dated 20-06-2012 provided for the same at entry 19.

In many cases under the Service category of “Outdoor catering”, it has been held that it is possible to take deduction of material component in terms of Notification 12/2003. However, the Delhi CESTAT in the case of Sayaji Hotels (2011) 24 STR 177 has held that, in case of a composite contract of a “Mandap keeper” the hotel cannot artificially divide the contract and levy Service tax merely on the value of services so identified. In essence, the Delhi CESTAT rejected the theory of splitting between the value of services and goods and held that the only option the appellant had was to pay tax on the abated value as provided for in Notification 1/2006 dated 01-03-2006.

It would appear that after the rescinding of Notification 12/2003 w.e.f. 01-07-2012, the Service tax in relation to food contracts may have to be paid on the abated value as provided for or on the entire value of the contract inasmuch the new scheme of Valuation under Rule 2C does not provide for an option for claiming deduction of goods as it is provided for “Works Contract” under Rule 2A of the Valuation Rules. However, the larger issue is whether or not tax the taxing entry (i) u/s. 66E (Declared Services) which specifies service portion in an activity, can include value of goods supplied at all this is a matter that is being extensively debated. It needs to be noted that Rule 2C refers only to a “Restaurant” and does not Specify “eating joint or mess”. This appears to be inadvertent.

In addition, other valuation issues like charge of VAT on Service tax component (and vice versa), charge on other service charges (due to introduction of definition of service w.e.f. 1st July 2012) etc., are likely to be faced, which would ultimately increase the final cost to the consumer substantially.

Implication of amendment with effect from 01-04-2013:

Now, vide the Notification No. 3/2013-ST, the said entry no.19 in the Notification No. 25/2012 is amended to delete the condition for the restaurant to have a license to serve alcoholic beverages. Consequently, the amendment will have a tremendous impact, as a large number of eating places including fast food chains, coffee shops, pizza places, ice-cream parlours, cafeteria in hospitals, educational institutions or corporate offices, airports, multiplex cinema houses, book shops, auditoria, canteens in factories, food courts in shopping malls, clubs etc. are covered.

The entry 19 in the Notification No. 25/2012-ST describes a restaurant or eating joint other than those having the facility of air-conditioning or central heating in any part of the establishment, at any time during the year. This will consequentially include all the above stated illustrations including simple cafes or restaurants having a small portion or a mezzanine portion air-conditioned and will come under the service tax net. Further, even non air-conditioned portion of the café serving food would be subject to the levy. If a small ice-cream/yoghurt parlour has an air-conditioner in any part of their premises, it would be subjected to the levy. In large departmental/chain stores or book shops, small kiosks/bakeries/prepared food corners are often provided with a few tables and chairs. Since the book shop, the store or the mall has common area air-conditioned and even if the food or snacks, beverages or ice-cream are provided through “self-service” counters/desks in a tray and without the use of crockery, the exemption under entry 19 will not be available as some part of the establishment is air-conditioned. Many or most of these contracts of providing food are predominantly ‘sale’ contracts as ‘service’ element is present in a negligible proportion. In India, we have the system of ‘thali’, places serving only meals in thalis. They are known as Bhojanalayas and only lunch or dinner is served very quickly. These servings have a very little ‘service’ element. Yet, all and sundry would be subject to service tax once the turnover crosses the threshold limit of ten lakh rupees. The value of service however, in accordance with Rule 2C of the Service Tax (Determination of Value) Rules, 2006 is to be taken at 40% or in other words, after considering 60% presumptive abatement. This value is effective from 01-07-2013, as earlier 70% abatement was provided.

When the food is not consumed in the restaurant premises but packed or parcelled from the counter, there is no setup of the eating house enjoyed or used by the person collecting cooked food/meal. As referred above, the TRU circular dated 28-02-2011 clarified that on mere sale of food by way of pick-up or home delivery, no service tax would be attracted. However, there are cafes/restaurants which charge “delivery charges” for small orders or all orders as the case may be. The question therefore arises as to whether or not such “delivery charge” is a part of “sale contract” or in the negative list based taxation, it amounts to consideration for a service of providing food at the doorstep. This is because the food is supplied at home by a delivery boy which itself is a service and a separate charge is recovered for the same. It would mean a composite yet divisible contract of sale of food and service of providing home delivery of such food and thus the service components would be exigible to service tax. So far as cafeteria/canteens in corporate offices or factories are concerned, it is relevant to note the views expressed in the Draft Circular dated 25-07-2012 vide F. No. 354/127/2012-TRU issued by Tariff Research Unit of Ministry of Finance. Paras 8, 9 and 10 of the said circular read as follows:

“8.    A number of activities are carried out by the employers for the employees for a consideration. Such activities fall within the definition of “service” and are liable to be taxed unless specified in the Negative List or otherwise exempted.


9.    One of the ingredients for the taxation is that such activity should be provided for consideration. Where the employees pay for such services or where the amount is deducted from the salary, there does not seem to be any doubt. However, in certain situations, such services may be provided against a portion of the salary foregone by the employee. Such activities will also be considered as having been made for a consideration and thus liable to tax. CENVAT credit for inputs and input services used to provide such services will be eligible under extant rules. The said goods or services would now not be construed to be for personal use or consumption of an employee per se and rather shall be a constituent to the taxable service provided to an employee. The status of the employee would be as a service recipient rather than as a mere employee when consuming such output service. The valuation of the service so provided by the employer to the employee shall be determined as per the extant rules in this regard.


10.    However, any activity available to all the employees free of charge without any reduction from the emoluments shall not be considered as an activity for consideration and will thus remain outside the purview of the service tax liability (facilities like crèche, gymnasium or a health club which all employees may use without any charge or reduction from the salary will be outside the tax net). However the CENVAT credit for such inputs and input services will be guided by the extant rules.”

The above comments are a part of the Draft Circular which is yet not finalised. However, in the context of a canteen facility extended by an employer and in a case when consideration for the food served in the canteen is recovered by the employer and if the canteen is in the establishment, any part of which is air-conditioned, may need to examine service tax liability depending on the facts of each case.

Considering a mushroom growth of cafeteria, food courts, coffee shops, fast food chains and ice-cream parlours in all large and medium sized cities and towns of India, the number is alarmingly high and therefore, there would be widespread implications of the amendment, considering that eating out is a part of daily routine or a necessity of the young and middle-aged working population of the country.


•    Service of construction of complex:


Background

Service of construction of a complex, building or civil structure or any part thereof provided by a builder or a developer was notified as taxable service with effect from 01-07-2010. Although this generated tremendous controversy, the Honourable Bombay High Court in case of MCHI vs. UOI 2012 (25) STR 305 (Bom) rejected the challenge on the ground of constitution validity. Similarly, earlier the P&H High Court also dismissed the petition in GS Promoters vs. UOI 2011 (21) STR 100 (P&H) wherein the plea was made to declare the levy of service tax on builders as unconstitutional. This category, like the service portion of activity of supplying food, is included as declared service in section 66E, unless the entire consideration for the constructed unit is received post issuance of completion certificate. Vide Notification No. 26/2012-ST dated 20-06-2012 at serial no.12, the abatement of 75% subject to prescribed conditions continued.

Implication: Amendment with effect from 01-03-2013:

Alongside the budget proposals, amendment in the rate of abatement from 75% to 70% in certain cases vide Notification No. 2/2013-ST is already effective from 1st March, 2013 and plain reading of the substituted entry no. 12 in the said Notification No. 26/2012-ST reads as shown in the Table:

Table: Substituted entry no.12 in Notification No. 26/2012-ST


Reading of the aforesaid entry no. 12 indicates as follows:

a)    75% abatement subject to fulfillment of conditions will continue in two cases, viz.,

•    Construction of residential unit having car-pet area upto 2000 square feet or less OR

•    Construction of residential unit where the amount charged is less than Rs. 1 crore.

Meaning thereby that for a flat of 2500 sq. feet, if the amount charged is Rs. 80 lakh, it is entitled for abatement @ 75%. Conversely, even for a flat of 800 sq. feet, if the amount charged is Rs. 3 crore, the abatement is available @ 75%. In ef-fect, only one of the conditions mentioned above is required to be fulfilled — either the area of the residential unit is less than 2000 sq. feet or the amount charged is less than Rs. 1 crore.

b)    The abatement of 75% will no longer be available to a complex, building, civil structure or part thereof not covered by the above two categories. As such, a distinction is now made for commercial and residential construction and abatement of only 70% is available for commercial constructions irrespective of the amount charged or the area. Even if the amount charged is less than Rs. 1 crore or the area is less than 2000 sq. feet, the abatement available is 70% and the effective rate of service tax is thus 3.708% in place of 3.09%.

In this context, the words used by the Finance Minister while announcing his proposals in his Budget speech are worth taking note of:

“182. Homes and flats with a carpet area of 2,000 sq.ft. or more or of a value of `1 Crore or more are high-end constructions where the component of ‘service’ is greater. Hence, I propose to reduce the rate of abatement for this class of buildings from 75 percent to 70 percent. Existing exemptions from service tax for low cost housing and single residential units will continue.”

The above extract from the speech of the Finance Minister indicated that the reduction in abatement was to be restricted to certain residential premises. However, the language of the notification does not support that and conveys clearly that the abatement of 75% will not be available except in two cases referred above.

•    Copyright for cinematographic films:

In Notification No.25/2012-ST, entry no.15 exempted “Temporary transfer or permitting the use or enjoyment of a copyright covered under clauses (a) or (b) of s/s. (1) of section 13 of the Indian Copyright Act, 1957 relating to original literary, dramatic, musical, artistic works or cinematograph films” with effect from 01-07-2012. It is relevant to note in this context that actors, directors and various other technicians are brought under the net of service tax vide the new definition of service and the negative list based service tax regime from 1st July, 2012. Accordingly, a film producer is required to pay various actors, technicians and/ or other professionals their charges along with service tax and thus there is a cost addition of 12.36% to the producers. However, such producer of the film, the owner of copyrights of his film was not liable to pay service tax on his services of transferring or permitting use of such copyright in favour of distributors and/or theatre owners on account of the entry prior to amendment.

Implication of amendment with effect from 01-04-2013:

•    Now, this entry of exemption is restricted to “cinematograph films for exhibition in a cinema hall or cinema theatre”.

Thus, the exemption in respect of original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is retained without any change. However, grant of copyright is restricted only to transfers or permissions for the use of exhibition in a cinema hall or a cinema theatre.

•    The intention for the amendment is explained in CBEC letter dated 28-02-2013 as follows:

“The benefit of exemption u/s. No. 15 of the notification in relation to copyrights for cinematograph films will now be available only to films exhibited in a cinema hall or theatre. This will allow service providers to pass on input tax credits to taxable end-users”.

Now, when a film producer grants copyrights or temporarily transfers these to distributors for exhibition of the film in theatres, the producer is still not liable for service tax. However, when rights are granted for direct to home (DTH) exhibition or to broadcasting agencies viz. TV channels, satellites etc., the film producer is liable to service tax and in turn broadcasting TV channels already being under the tax net would be eligible to CENVAT credit of the service tax paid for temporary transfer of copyrights in their favour. However, film producers paying service tax to actors, technicians etc. would be eligible for only proportionate credit as they would be providing taxable service in respect of DTH or broadcasting rights whereas services of transfer of rights for exhibition in cinema continue to be exempt. The CBEC letter therefore appears to be only partially correct considering the above discussion.

•    Renting of immovable property and auxiliary education services provided by specified educational institutions:

Background:

Entry No. 9 in the Notification 25/2012-ST exempted service to or by an educational institution in re-spect of education exempted from service tax by way of renting of immovable property or education auxiliary service. The term “auxiliary educational service” is defined in the said Notification 25/12-ST itself as follows:

“(f) “auxiliary educational services” means any services relating to imparting any skill, knowledge, education or development of course content or any other knowledge – enhancement activity, whether for the students or the faculty, or any other services which educational institutions ordinarily carry out themselves but may obtain as outsourced services from any other person, including services relating to admission to such institution, conduct of examination, catering for the students under any mid-day meals scheme sponsored by Government, or transportation of students, faculty or staff of such institution”

Education which is not taxable under the negative list in section 66D appears at entry (1) and reads as follows:

“(l) services by way of-

(i)    pre-school education and education up to higher secondary school or equivalent;
(ii)    education as a part of a curriculum for obtaining a qualification recognized by any law for the time being in force;
(iii)    education as a part of an approved vocational education course”

Implication of amendment with effect from 01-04-2013:

Exemption will not continue for services provided by such institutes to other persons for the said services. However, such other persons providing auxiliary educational services or renting of immovable property services to the educational institutes would continue to be exempt. Educational institutions imparting education recognised by law such as university-affiliated colleges or any higher secondary school often provides its premises like halls, auditoria or ground on hire for any official, social, cultural or political functions. Prior to the introduction of the negative list from 01-07-2012, this service was covered under the category of mandap keeper. In the negative list taxable categories have ceased to exist and entry no.9 exempted renting of immovable property. Therefore letting off of institution’s immovable property was declared exempt. Now again, this becomes taxable. Even when the schools provide small counters/ place to banks in their premises for facilitating students/parents to pay school fees, this was taxable prior to 01-07-2012 and is noe taxable again. The definition of auxiliary educational services is such that generally services provided by others or those outsourced by the specified educational institutes would get covered. For instance, admission process outsourced by a university or the services of bus contractor etc. Nevertheless, if a school owns its transport vehicles and recovers charges from students for these facilities, it now will attract service tax. Similarly, if a place for canteen is let out to a contractor, it will attract service tax. If a training programme is conducted by a school for persons other than to specified education institutions, it will also become taxable as the scope of entry 9 is substantially narrowed. Further, educational institutions conduct a large number of extra-curricular courses (in addition to basic education) which are usually charged sepa-rately. These could get hit unless they fall under Entry No. 8 of Notification 25/2012- ST i.e., recreational activities in relation to arts, sports, etc.

•    Charitable activity of advancement of object of general public utility:

Background:

The Notification 25/2012 at entry 4 exempts services by an entity registered u/s. 12AA of the Income -tax Act, 1961 by way of charitable activities and in turn the said notification contains definition of “charitable activities” at 2(k) as follows:

“(k) “charitable activities” means activities relating to –

(i)    public health by way of –

(a)    care or counseling of (i) terminally ill persons or persons with severe physical or mental disability, (ii) persons afflicted with HIV or AIDS, or (iii) persons addicted to a dependence-forming substance such as narcotics drugs or alcohol; or

(b)    public awareness of preventive health, family planning or prevention of HIV infection;

(ii)    advancement of religion or spirituality;

(iii)    advancement of educational programmes or skill development relating to,

(a)    abandoned, orphaned or homeless children;
(b)    physically or mentally abused and traumatised persons;
(c)    prisoners; or
(d)    persons over the age of 65 years residing in a rural area;

(iv)    preservation of environment including watershed, forests and wildlife; or

(v)    advancement of any other object of general public utility up to a value of,

(a)    Rs. 18,75,000 for the year 2012-13 subject to the condition that total value of such activities had not exceeded Rs. 25,00,000 during
2011-12;

(b)    Rs. 25,00,000 in any other financial year subject to the condition that total value of such activities had not exceeded Rs. 25,00,000 during the preceding financial year;

Implication of amendment from 01-04-2013:

Now, the last sub-clause (v) is omitted. As it is, the term charitable activity is defined in a restrictive manner to include only a few specific activities. Some other activities of general nature like public awareness programmes etc., conducted by any 12AA registered organisation would not qualify to be exempt anymore.

•    Others:

  •     Transportation of goods by rail and transportation of goods by road.

Exemption in respect of transportation of goods by rail and vessel is contained at entry 20 and transportation of goods by road at entry 21 of the Notification 25/2012-ST. Amendments are made in both these entries to bring exemption in respect of all the modes of transport at par. Transportation of petroleum or petroleum products, postal mail or mail bags and household effects by rail or vessel was exempted at entry 20. This is now withdrawn. Therefore, transportation of petroleum/ petroleum products, postal mail or household effects by any mode of transport is now liable for service tax. Under entry 21 for goods transportation by road, transportation of fruits, vegetable, eggs, milk, food grain and pulses only was exempt. Now, in its place and like in the case of rail or vessel transportation, the exemption is redefined and scope is expanded to include the following products:

•    Agricultural produce

•    Foodstuff including flours, tea, coffee, jaggery, sugar, milk products, salt and edible oil, excluding alcoholic beverages

•    Chemical fertilisers and oilcakes

•    Registered newspapers or magazines, relief material for victims of natural or man-made disasters

•    Defence equipments.

The existing exemption in respect of consignment of single goods carriage for Rs. 1,500/- or less and consignment for a single consignee for Rs. 750/- or less continues to remain exempt.

•    Exemption provided at entry no.24 in Notification 25/2012-ST for vehicle parking services to general public stands withdrawn from 01-04-2013 and therefore parking charge recovered from general public now is liable for service tax.

TDS related New forms and formats introduced – [Notification No.11/2013/F.No. 142/31/2012-SO (TPL)] dated 19th February 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
CBDT has introduced Income tax(2nd Amendment) Rules, 2013 whereby amendments are made to procedural Rules pertaining to TDS as under:

• Rule 31A provides for an option of electronic filing of quarterly returns of TDS – with digital signature.

• Refund claim can be lodged by the deductor by filing Form 26B electronically with digital signature as prescribed.

• Details of TDS not deducted as per the provisions of Section 197A(1F) need to be furnished in the form.

Similar provisions are provided for rules pertaining to Tax Collection at Source u/s. 206C. Form 26A being certificate – of Accountant u/s. 201(1), Form 27BA being certificate of Accountant u/s. 206C(6A), Form 15G being declaration for no deduction of TDS by certain persons u/s. 197A(1) & 197A(1A), Form 15H being declaration for non deduction by individuals above the age of sixty years u/s. 197A(1C), Form No. 16 being TDS on Salary, Form 16A being TDS on other income, Form 24Q, Form 26Q,27Q, 27C, 27D and Form 27EQ being quarterly statement of TDS/TCS to be filed by deductors have been substituted. Further, a new Form 26B is notified for claim of refund.

levitra

Section 14A and Rule 8D – Assessee engaged in the business of share trading – Shares held as stock-intrade – Held that the Rule 8D(2) (ii) & (iii) do not apply and only the direct expenses incurred by the assessee could be subjected to disallowance.

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax vs.
Gulshan Investment Co. Ltd.
ITAT Kolkata ‘B’ Bench, Kolkata
Before Pramod Kumar (A. M.) and Mahavir
Singh (J. M.)
I.T.A. No.: 666/Kol./2012
Assessment year: 2008-09.  Decided on
March 11, 2013
Counsel for Revenue / Assessee: L K S Dahiya
and K N Jana / Girish Sharma

Section 14A and Rule 8D – Assessee engaged in the business of share trading – Shares held as stock-intrade – Held that the Rule 8D(2) (ii) & (iii) do not apply and only the direct expenses incurred by the assessee could be subjected to disallowance.

Facts

The assessee was engaged in the business of share trading. During the course of scrutiny assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer noticed that while the assessee had earned dividend income of Rs. 18.92 lakh, it had not made any disallowance u/s. 14A. The Assessing Officer computed the disallowance u/s. 14 A r.w.r. 8 D at Rs. 21.45 lakh. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the CIT(A).

The CIT(A) in turn relied on the judgments of the Kerala High Court in CIT vs. Leena Ramchandran (ITA No.1784 of 2009) and of the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of Yatish Trading Co. P. Ltd. vs. ACIT (ITA No. 456/ Mum./2009 dt.10.11.2010) and held that Rule 8D was not applicable in the case of the assessee since there were no investments and all the shares were held as stock in trade. However, he held that since the assessee had earned exempt income, the provisions of section 14A were applicable. He estimated that expenditure equal to 10% of the dividend income was fair and reasonable and disallowed the sum of Rs. 1.89 lakh u/s 14A. The revenue did not agree with the CIT(A) and challenged his order before the tribunal.

Held:

According to the Tribunal, a plain reading of Rule 8D(2)(ii) & (iii) showed that the Rules can only be applied when shares are held as investments while in the case of the assessee, the shares were held as stock in trade. The tribunal came to this conclusion because it noted that, one of the variables on the basis of which the disallowance under the Rules are computed is “the value of investment, income from which does not form part of total income.” It further observed that when there are no investments, the Rule cannot have any application. According to it, when no amount can be computed in the light of the formula given in rule 8D (ii) and (iii), the computation provision fails and no disallowance can be made under the said Rules as held by the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. B C Srinivas Shetty (128 ITR 294). The tribunal further noted that where shares are held as stock in trade and not as investments, the disallowance, if any, would be restricted to the expenditure directly relatable to earning of exempt income.

Thus, the provisions of Section 14 A would be applicable, but the disallowance would be restricted to direct expenses incurred in earning of dividend income. For the said proposition, it also found support from the decision of the Special Bench of Tribunal in the case of ITO vs. Daga Capital Management Pvt. Ltd. (117 ITD SB 169).

levitra

Penalty: Section 271(1)(c): Short term capital gains assessed as business income: Penalty u/s. 271(1)(c) not justified:

fiogf49gjkf0d
CIT vs. Amit Jain; 351 ITR 74 (Del):

The assessee had declared an income of Rs. 2,60,73,558/- from short term capital gains in the return of income. The Assessing Officer assessed it as income from business. He also levied penalty of Rs. 58,45,899/- u/s. 271(1)(c). The Tribunal deleted the penalty.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Delhi High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The amount in question, which formed the basis for the Assessing Officer to levy penalty, was in fact truthfully reported in the return. In view of this circumstance, that the Assessing Officer chose to treat the income some other head could not characterise the particulars reported in the return as “inaccurate particulars” or as suppression of facts.

ii) Therefore, the Tribunal was not in error in deleting the penalty.”

levitra

Export profit: Deduction u/s. 80HHC: A. Y. 2003-04: Computation: Scrap is by-product of manufacturing activity: There were no expenses which could be excluded from sale of scrap:

fiogf49gjkf0d
R. N. Gupta Co. Ltd. vs. CIT; 213 Taxman 85(P&H): 30 Taxman.com 424 (P&H):

The assessee is engaged in manufacturing of goods for export. In the process of manufacturing, the scrap is generated, which is a by-product of manufacturing activity. The assessee included the receipts on sale of scrap as business income for computing the deduction u/s. 80HHC of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The Assessing Officer rejected the claim for deduction in respect of scrap sales. The CIT(A) allowed the assessee’s appeal and also held that no expenditure is incurred in generation and sale of scrap. Accordingly, the whole of the sale proceeds was includible in the business profit. The Tribunal held that only the profit on sale of scrap is includible and estimated such profit at 7.5%.

On appeal by the assessee, the Punjab and Haryana High Court held as under:

“i) Mr. Katoch, learned counsel for the revenue has argued that the scrap value has to be included in the total turn-over but cannot be included in business profit as only the profit after deducting the expenses of generation of scrap can be added in the business profit.

ii) We find that the argument raised by Mr. Katoch is wholly untenable. The expenditure is incurred by the assessee not for generation of the scrap but for generation of the finished product. There is and cannot be any expenses which are incurred for generation of scrap. Scrap is by-product of the manufacturing activity. Therefore, there are no expenses which could be excluded from the sale of scrap.

 iii) Since the question of law stands answered by this Court in favour of assessee in the above mentioned judgments, therefore, the first substantial question of law is answered in favour of the assessee and against the Revenue.”

levitra

Educational Institution: Exemption u/s. 10(23C) (vi): A. Y. 2011-12: Institution should exist wholly for education: Government grant, incidental surplus, upgrading facilities of college including for purchase of library books and improvement of infrastructure: Not a ground for denial of exemption:

fiogf49gjkf0d
Tolani Education Society vs. DDIT(Exemption); 351 ITR 184 (Bom):

The assessee, an educational institution, made an application for approval for exemption u/s. 10(23C) (vi) of the Income-tax Act 1961. The Chief Commissioner rejected the application on the ground that the assessee was in receipt of the Government grant which formed a substantial part of the total receipt and, consequently, the case of the assessee would not fall within the purview of section 10(23C)(vi) for the reason that an institution which is wholly or substantially financed by the Government falls within the ambit of sub-clause (iiiab). Sub-clause (vi) applies to those institutions which do not fall within the ambit of sub-clause (iiiab) or sub-clause (iiiad). He was of the view that an institution which was in receipt of substantial grants from the Government would consequently not fall within the ambit of sub-clause (vi). The Chief Commissioner held that the fees which were collected by the assessee for the year ending 31-03-2011, would indicate that the assessee did not exist solely for educational purposes. He had also noted that the assessee had collected from students utility fees, project work fees, industrial visit fee and a magazine fee from which it was sought to be deduced that the assessee did not exist solely for educational purposes. Moreover, there was an increase in the asset base with the generation of surplus which indicated that the activities of the assessee were not devoted solely for educational purposes.

The Chief Commissioner held on that basis that the assessee existed for the purposes of profit. The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition challenging the order and held as under:

 “i) The Income-tax Act, 1961, does not condition the grant of an exemption u/s. 10(23C) on the requirement that a college must maintain the status quo, as it were, in regard to its knowledge based infrastructure. Nor for that matter is an educational institution prohibited from upgrading its infrastructure on educational facilities save on the pain of losing the benefit of the exemption u/s. 10(23C).

 ii) Imposing such a condition which is not contained in the statute would lead to a perversion of the basic purpose for which such exemptions have been granted to educational institutions. Knowledge in contemporary times is technology driven. Educational institutions have to modernise, upgrade and respond to the changing ethos of education. Education has to be responsive to a rapidly evolving society. The provisions of section 10(23C) cannot be interpreted regressively to deny exemptions.

iii) Though the Chief Commissioner inquired into the question for the purposes of his determination under sub-clause (vi) of section 10(23C), the requirement that an institution must exist solely for educational purposes and not for the purposes of profit is common both to sub-clause (iiiab) as well as sub-clause (iiiad). Hence, the grievance of the assessee was that while on the one hand the Chief Commissioner had held that sub-clause (vi) would not be applicable to an institution which was in receipt of substantial grants from the Government (such an institution being governed by sub-clause (iiiab)), at the same time, the finding that the assessee did not exist solely for educational purposes and not for the purposes of the profit would, in effect, not merely lead to the rejection of the exemption under sub-clause (vi) but would also affect the claim of the assessee to the grant of an exemption under sub-clause (iiiab) as well.

iv) The sole and dominant nature of the activity was education and the assessee existed solely for the purposes of imparting education. An incidental surplus which was generated, and which had resulted in additions to the fixed assets was utilised as the balance-sheet would indicate towards upgrading the facilities of the college including for the purchase of library books and the improvement of infrastructure. With the advancement of technology, no college or institution can afford to remain stagnant.

v) The assessee was entitled to exemption u/s. 10(23C)(vi).”

levitra

Succession – When claimant was born, there was neither joint Hindu family nor any property belonging to Joint Hindu Family. Will – Disproportionate bequest permissible – Hindu Succession Act 1956.

fiogf49gjkf0d
The common ancestor to whom the parties trace their lineage was one Roop Narain, who was the perpetual lessee, as per perpetual lease of plot of land at New Delhi. He admittedly died intestate and was survived by two sons one of them is Amar Nath and four daughters. The other brother and the four sisters executed a relinquishment deed in favour of their brother Amar Nath, who thus inherited the perpetual lease hold rights in the property upon the death of Roop Narain. A residential building was inherited by Amar Nath. Amar Nath had two wives named Kamla Devi and Chand Rani both of whom pre-deceased Amar Nath. Dispute arose between the two sons of Amarnath – Prem Bhatnagar and his brother Daya Narain.

With respect to the property being ancestral in the hands of Amar Nath, case of the protagonist i.e. those who questioned the Will was that since Amar Nath inherited the property from his father Roop Narain, law imparted an ancestral character to the property. Secondly, that when Roop Narain died, the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 had been promulgated, as per Section 4 whereof the provisions of the Act expressly had overriding effect over any text, rule, custom or usage amongst Hindus which was contrary to the Act.

The Delhi High Court held that the text of Hindu Law is that a male Hindu, on birth, acquires an interest in the Joint Hindu family properties. If there was a Joint Hindu family property when Prem Bhatnagar was born, he could have possibly argued that he acquired an interest in the property by birth. But, when Prem Bhatnagar was born, there neither was a joint Hindu Family nor any property belonging to the joint Hindu family. The suit property was owned by his grandfather Roop Narain and parties are not at variance that Roop Narain acquired the property from his own funds. Thus, Roop Narain held the property as his individual property and not as joint Hindu family property. He died in 1957 by which date the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 was in operation. Thus, succession to the estate of Roop narain was as per Section 8 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 since Roop Narain died intestate.

The High Court further held that people making disproportionate bequest, is not an unknown thing in law. After all, one object of a Will is to alter the natural line of succession or a share in a property which may be inherited by devolution of interest. A disproportionate bequest by itself is not a suspicious circumstance. That relationship between a father and all his children was equally good and yet in spite thereof only one child is made the beneficiary is again not a suspicious circumstance by itself. The Will was registered before the Sub- Registrar the day next of his execution. The High Court finally held that the testator has written that the beneficiary i.e. Ravi Mohan would need the consent of Roop Rani before he could sell the property does not make Roop Rani an interest witness. She has no interest inasmuch as nothing has been bequeathed to her. The condition in the Will that if Ravi Mohan were to sell the property, he would need the permission from Roop Rani, is void, for the reason the bequest in favour of Ravi Mohan is absolute and since mode of enjoyment cannot be curtailed; a clause curtailing the same in the bequest is void.

levitra

Succession – Right of property – Female Hindu converting herself to Christianity after death of her husband. Transfer of property Act section 54, Hindu Succession Act section 26.

fiogf49gjkf0d
The appellants before the court were defendants before the trial court against whom the plaintiff/respondent had filed a suit for permanent injunction.

The defendants/appellants had filed first appeal, contending that the sale deed executed by one Poosammal dated 17.03.1995 in favour of the plaintiff cannot legally convey any saleable right since the said Poosammal had foregone her share in her husband late Pakkirisamy’s property after she converted into Christianity and married one Issac in the year 1956 and also got 5 children from the second husband Issac. Therefore, her conversion from Hinduism to Christianity, disentitles her from inheriting her deceased husband’s property and also her parents property who are Hindus. As this settled legal position was lost sight of by the trial court, defendants prayed for setting aside the decision. The First appellate court concurred with the judgment and decree of the trial court and dismissed the first appeal. As a result, the present second appeal was filed by the defendants.

The Honourable Court held that the original suit property was purchased by husband of the vendor. Though on the death of her husband the vendor had converted to Christian religion, same would not disentitle her from her right of inheritance of the property. Thus, vendor having right and title to suit property to convey same in favour of plaintiff, sale deed would be proper. It was further observed that she had converted to Christianity by marrying a Christian, therefore she would not lose her right of inheritance in property of her deceased husband by virtue of such conversion.

levitra

Stay order – No opportunity of hearing – Strictures against Commissioner (Appeals):

fiogf49gjkf0d
The issue involved in the writ petition was whether before passing any order u/s. 85 of the Finance Act, 1994 read with section 35F of the Central Excise Act, 1944, opportunity of hearing is required to be given to the petitioner, seeking waiver of condition of the pre deposit.

The petitioner had challenged the order passed by the Commissioner (Appeals) Central Excise and Service Tax, Ranchi, whereby the ld. Commissioner (Appeals) without affording any opportunity of hearing to the writ petitioner had decided the petitioner’s prayer for waiver of deposit of the duty and interest demanded and penalty imposed and for stay of the operation of the impugned order passed by the Addl. Commissioner of Central Excise, Jamshedpur. The ld. Commissioner (Appeals) C.E. and S.T. Ranchi was of the view that in view of the judgment of the Supreme Court delivered in the case of Union of India vs. M/s. Jesus Sales Corporation Ltd. (1996) (83) ELT 486 (SC) opportunity of hearing was not required before deciding the prayer for waiver of pre deposit condition provided under the proviso to section 35 for the Central Excise Act, 1944 and for passing the interim order of stay.

The petitioner submitted that there was gross indiscipline and judicial impropriety on the part of the Commissioner (Appeals), who even after decision of the Court in M/s. Panch Sheel Udyog had passed the ex parte order in the present case.

The Honourable Court observed that if Commissioner(Appeals), Central Excise & Service Tax, Ranchi was of the view that he had correctly understood the judgment of M/s. Jesus Sales Corporation Ltd (supra) and decided the matter without affording opportunity of hearing to the writ petitioner then, it was the heavy duty upon him to update himself with the laws as the said authority himself took the task of deciding the matter without the assistance of the applicant before him. The law laid down by the Honourable Supreme Court and which had already been interpreted by the various high courts should not have been ignored. The Commissioner ought to have updated his knowledge by reading the judgments referred above wherein the case of M/s. Jesus Sales Corporation Ltd has been considered and it has been held that M/s. Jesus Sales Corporation Ltd. case has not barred hearing of applicant seeking relief of waiver of condition of pre deposit. If the Commissioner (Appeals) C.E and S.T. Ranchi had no knowledge of those judgments, then he is certainly guilty of not keeping himself updated in the case where, according to him, he has been given power to decide application having civil consequences, without following principles of natural justice and finding out one old judgment ,i.e, the judgment delivered in the case of M/s. Jesus Sales Corporation Ltd which he interpreted in the manner in which he wanted to interpret. The interpretation given by the Commissioner (Appeals) Central Excise and Service Tax, Ranchi was certainly erroneous, in view of the reasons given in the other judgments, wherein the reasons have been given in detail to show that the case of M/s. Jesus Sales Corporation Ltd never laid down that opportunity of hearing is not required before passing any order under sec. 35F of the Central Excise Act, 1944 and that position has been fully explained by various High Courts.

There was clear direction of the Court in the one case of M/s. Panch Sheel Udyog to the same authority, to grant opportunity of hearing to the writ petitioner in the similar and identical facts and circumstances, yet Commissioner (Appeals) Central Excise & Service Tax, Ranchi, without giving any reference to the decision of this Court in M/s. Panch Sheet Udyog passed the impugned order, which may amount to gross contempt of this court.

The Court observed that such attitude of the Commissioner (Appeals) certainly reflects his attitude towards litigant.

In totality, it was held that order under challenge was absolutely illegal and contrary to law. The Commissioner (Appeals) had committed gross error of law in denying the opportunity of hearing to the writ petitioner.

levitra

Precedent – Judgement of Supreme Court – High Court has to accept it and should not in collateral proceedings write contrary judgment: Constitution of India Article 141

fiogf49gjkf0d
The hierarchy of the Courts requires the High Courts also to accept the decision of Apex Court, and its interpretation of the orders issued by the executive. Any departure therefrom would lead only to indiscipline and anarchy. The High Courts cannot ignore Article 141 of the Constitution which clearly states, that the law declared by this Court is binding on all Courts within the territory of India. As observed by the Court in para 28 of the State of West Bengal and others vs. Shivananda Pathak and others reported in 1998 (5) SCC 513:-

“If a judgment is overruled by the higher court, the judicial discipline requires that the judge whose judgment is overruled must submit to that judgment. He cannot, in the same proceedings or in collateral proceedings between the same parties, rewrite the overruled judgment “

In the same vein, it may stated that when the judgment of a Court is confirmed by the higher court, the judicial discipline requires that Court to accept that judgment, and it should not in collateral proceedings write a judgment contrary to the confirmed judgment. The Court referred to the observations of Krishna Iyer, J. in Fuzlunbi vs. K. Khader Vali and another reported in 1980 (4) SCC 125:-

“………No judge in India, except a larger Bench of the Supreme court, without a departure from judicial discipline can whittle down, wish away or be unbound by the ratio of the judgment of the Supreme Court.”

 Bihar State Govt. Secondary School Teachers Association vs. Bihar Education Service Association AIR 2013 SC 487

levitra

Eviction – Tenancy – Replacement of Tin roof by concrete slab – Permanent structure – Means structure lasting till end of tenancy. Transfer of property Act., section 108:

fiogf49gjkf0d
A residential premise comprising two rooms with a gallery situate at Calcutta and owned by Gauri Devi Trust of which the Appellants are trustees was let out to the Respondent-tenant on a monthly rental of Rs. 225/-. One of the conditions that governed the jural relationship between the parties was that the tenant shall not make any additions or alterations in the premises in question without obtaining the prior permission of the landlord in writing. Certain differences arose between the parties with regard to the mode of payment of rent as also with regard to repairs, sanitary and hygiene conditions in the tenanted property, which led the landlord-Appellant to terminate the tenancy of the Respondent in terms of a notice served upon the latter u/s. 106 of the Transfer of Property Act. The ground for termination was that the Respondent-tenant had illegally and unauthorisedly removed the corrugated tin-sheet roof of the kitchen and the store room without the consent of the Appellant-landlord and replaced the same by a cement concrete slab, apart from building a permanent brick and mortar passage which did not exist earlier. The trial Court accordingly held that it was the Defendant-tenant who had made a permanent structural change in the premises in violation of the conditions stipulated in the lease agreement and in breach of the provisions of Section 108 of the Transfer of Property Act. The trial Court further held that the tenant had not, while doing so, obtained the written consent of the landlord.

On appeal, the High Court held that since the replacement of the tin-sheet roof by cement concrete slab did not result in addition of the accommodation available to the tenant, the act of replacement did not tantamount to the construction of a permanent structure. The replacement instead constituted an improvement of the premises in question. On further appeal, the Honourable Supreme Court observed that no hard and fast rule can be prescribed for determining what is permanent or what is not. The use of the word ‘permanent’ in Section 108(p) of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 is meant to distinguish the structure from what is temporary. The term ‘permanent’ does not mean that the structure must last forever. A structure that lasts till the end of the tenancy can be treated as a permanent structure. The intention of the party putting up the structure is important, for determining whether it is permanent or temporary. The nature and extent of the structure is similarly an important circumstance for deciding whether the structure is permanent or temporary within the meaning of Section 108(p) of the Act. Removability of the structure without causing any damage to the building is yet another test that can be applied while deciding the nature of the structure. So also the durability of the structure and the material used for erection of the same will help in deciding whether the structure is permanent or temporary. Lastly, the purpose for which the structure is intended is also an important factor that cannot be ignored.

Applying the above tests to the instant case, the structure was not a temporary structure by any means. The kitchen and the storage space forming part of the demised premises was meant to be used till the tenancy in favour of the Respondentoccupant subsisted. Removal of the roof and replacement thereof by a concrete slab was also meant to continue till the tenancy subsisted. The intention of the tenant while replacing the tin roof with concrete slab, obviously was not to make a temporary arrangement, but to provide a permanent solution for the alleged failure of the landlord to repair the roof. The construction of the passage was also a permanent provision made by the tenant which too was intended to last till the subsistence of the lease.

The concrete slab was a permanent feature of the demised premises and could not be easily removed without doing extensive damage to the remaining structure. Such being the position, the alteration made by the tenant fell within the mischief of Section 108(p) of the Transfer of Property Act and, therefore, constituted a ground for his eviction in terms of Section 13(1 )(b) of the West Bengal Premises Tenancy Act, 1956.

levitra

Ind AS 40 – Investment Property

fiogf49gjkf0d
Background

Current Indian GAAP provides limited guidance on accounting for investment properties under AS 13 Accounting for Investments. In order to converge the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) with those under the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), Ind AS 40 has been issued. Ind AS 40 will become applicable as and when Ind AS are notified.

Scope and definitions

Ind AS 40 provides guidance with respect to recognition, measurement and disclosure of investment property. It also provides detailed guidance on transfer to/from and disposals of investment property. Ind AS 40 specifically excludes below mentioned assets from its scope, as the relevant guidance relating to these assets is covered under other accounting standards:

 • Biological assets (Ind AS 41 – Agriculture)

• Mineral rights and mineral reserves such as oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources. This standard could be applied to measurement in lessee’s or lessor’s financial statements depending on certain specified conditions.

But Ind AS 40 does not deal with matters covered under Ind AS 17 – Leases like classification of leases, recognition of lease income, accounting for sale and leaseback transactions etc. Definitions Investment property is property (land or a building— or part of a building—or both) held (by the owner or by the lessee under a finance lease) to earn rentals or for capital appreciation or both, rather than for:

(a) use in the production or supply of goods or services or for administrative purposes; or

(b) sale in the ordinary course of business. Thus the classification depends on the use of the property. Owner-occupied property is property held (by the owner or by the lessee under a finance lease) for use in the production or supply of goods or services or for administrative purposes. Recognition Investment property is recognised as an asset only when both the following conditions are met:

• It is probable that the future economic benefits that are associated with the investment property will flow to the entity; and

• the cost of the investment property can be measured reliably. The above criteria are applied to all properties irrespective of whether the costs are incurred towards the property in the initial phase or subsequent phases. Measurement Initial measurement An investment property shall be measured initially at cost. Transaction costs which are directly attributable for preparing the asset for its intended use will form part of its initial cost. For example, property taxes, legal fees etc.

The principles are same as would be applied to determine the cost of asset under Ind AS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment (PPE). Maintaining consistency with Ind AS 16, abnormal amounts of inefficiencies incurred and initial operating losses incurred will not form part of the cost of the asset and will be expensed off as incurred. In case of acquisition of investment property on deferred payment terms, the investment property would be recognised, based on its current cash price equivalent. The difference between the current cash price equivalent and the deferred payment terms would be recognised as finance cost over the term of the deferred payment term.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or development of an investment property that is a qualifying asset shall be capitalised in accordance with Ind AS 23 Borrowing Costs. The initial cost of a property interest held under a lease and classified as an investment property shall be as prescribed for a finance lease under paragraph 20 of Ind AS 17, i.e., the asset shall be recognised at the lower of the fair value of the property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. An equivalent amount shall be recognised as a liability as prescribed under Ind AS 17.

Subsequent measurement

Unlike IAS 40 which permits both cost and fair value model after initial recognition, Ind AS 40 does not provide such an accounting policy choice after initial recognition under Ind AS 40. Ind AS 40 permits application of only the cost model.

The cost model is similar to that prescribed under Ind AS 16 for Property, Plant and Equipment i.e. at cost less accumulated depreciation less accumulated impairment losses. Only if the asset is classified as held for sale, the same would be valued in accordance with Ind AS 105 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations i.e. at fair value. While initial recognition and subsequent measurement is at cost, an entity is required to disclose the fair value of the investment property.

Fair value determination

Fair value is the price at which the investment property could be exchanged between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. It should reflect the market conditions at the end of the reporting period and does not consider any transaction costs it may incur on sale or disposal. It also does not reflect future capital expenditure that will improve or enhance the value of the property.

It is best evidenced by current prices in an active market for similar properties in the same location and subject to similar terms of the contract. If information pertaining to similar term contracts is not available, then the value of such properties should be adjusted to reflect the differences in the contracts.

Transfers

Although an entity’s business model plays a key role in the initial classification of property, the subsequent reclassification of property is based on an actual change in use rather than on changes in an entity’s intentions. Transfers to and from investment property can be made only when there is change in use which has to be evidenced by:

• commencement of owner-occupation, for a transfer from investment property to owner-occupied property;

• commencement of development with a view to sell, for a transfer from investment property to inventories;

• end of owner-occupation, for a transfer from owner-occupied property to investment property; or

• commencement of an operating lease to another party, for a transfer from inventories to investment property.

As such, the subsequent reclassification is based on actual change in use and not just the intentions of the entity.

 For example, Company S owns a site that is an investment property. S decides to modernise the site and sell it. The investment property is transferred to inventory at the date of commencement of the redevelopment of the site that evidences the change in use. However, a decision to dispose of an investment property without redevelopment does not result in it being reclassified as inventory. The property continues to be classified as investment property until the time of disposal unless it is classified as held for sale.
Let us take another example where Company G which previously classified a property as an investment property has now decided to use the property as its administrative headquarters due to an expansion of its business, and commences redevelopment for own use in February 2013 (e.g. builders are on site carrying out the construction work on G’s behalf). In this case, the redevelopment of the property for future use for administrative purposes effectively constitutes owner occupation. Therefore, G should reclassify the property to owner occupied property on commencement of the redevelopment in February 2013.

Transfers between investment property, owner-occupied property and inventories do not change the carrying amount of the property transferred and they do not change the cost of that property for measurement or disclosure purposes. In other words, transfers happen at the carrying amount. For example, if an investment property of Rs. 100,000 depreciated @ 10% SLM is transferred to inventory at the end of 3 years, the same will be transferred to inventory at Rs. 70,000 i.e., the carrying amount of investment property at the end of 3 years.

Disposals
The investment property shall be derecognised i.e. eliminated from the financial statements on disposal, providing an asset under finance lease or when it is permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefits are expected from its disposal. The criteria and guidance given in Ind AS 18 Revenue would be applied to determine the date of disposal, whereas Ind AS 17 would be applied in case the disposal is by way of finance lease or sale and leaseback.

Gains or losses resulting from difference in net sales proceeds and the carrying value of investment property will be recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the property is disposed or retired. In case the sales proceeds are deferred, the consideration receivable will have to be discounted to its present value and the difference would be recognised as finance income over the period of credit.

Practical issues

Classification issues
Determining what is or what is not investment property may raise practical issues, some examples of which are given below:

Subsequent cost
Subsequent costs of day-to-day servicing and maintaining a property are expensed as incurred and cannot be capitalised. But where statutory/fregulatory approvals are required to be obtained and any expenses incurred during the period required to get such approvals shall be capitalised as the property cannot be put to intended use till such time that the approvals are obtained.

Equipments and furnishings
Equipments and furniture and fittings that are physically attached to the building will be considered as integral part of the building and will not be accounted for separately. For example, lifts, escalators, air conditioning units etc., will all be considered as part of investment property. In case of movable property, the same would get accounted separately as PPE in accordance with Ind AS 16. In such cases, care must be taken while disclosing the fair value of the investment property, so that it does not include the fair value of moveable property that has been accounted for separately, otherwise it will be misleading.

Inventory vs. Investment Property
The entity’s intention regarding the property is a primary criteria for classification. Property held for short-term sale would be classified as inventory whereas the one held for long-term purposes would generally get classified under investment property. For example, if a builder acquires bare land with intention to construct buildings and sell them, the land would be classified as inventory because it is an asset held in the process of production for sale. However, if the company has brought land with no specific use in mind, then it gets classified as investment property. (Eg: Financial institution acquires a property as full and final settlement of loan given and is uncertain about its intention). In case a developer of the property holds a completed developed property and intends to rent the same, he could classify the same as investment property instead of classifying it as inventory.

Consolidated and separate financial statements

A property may also get classified differently in consolidated and separate financial statements of an entity. For example, when a holding company leases building to its subsidiary which uses the same as its administrative office, the property could be classified as investment property in the books of the holding company but would be classified as PPE in the Consolidated Financial Statements (CFS).

Dual-use property
Wherein a property could be used for dual purposes, say for own use and other for renting out, a portion of dual property can be classified as investment property, only if the portion could be sold separately. When a portion of the property can not be sold separately, the entire property is classified as investment property only if the portion of the property held for own use is insignificant. For example, Company X owns an office block and uses 3 floors as its own office; the remaining 12 floors are leased out to tenants on operating lease. Under the local laws, X could sell legal title to the 12 floors, while retaining legal title to the other 3 floors. In this case, the 12 floors would be classified as investment property.

Ancillary services
In case where the owner of the property provides ancillary services, the key factor in determining whether the same should be classified as investment property is its relative insignificance to the entire arrangement.

But in case of hotels, ancillary services would be considered as significant part and an owner-managed hotel would be regarded as owner-occupied property instead of investment property, as the property is used to a significant extent for the supply of goods and services. In case where the owner of the hotel is just a passive investor and the management function and provision of services is carried out by a third party and the owner is not exposed to variations in cash flow from the operations of the hotel, the same will be treated as investment property. As such, judgment is required in determining the classification of the property in case of different scenarios. An entity should assess on a case-to-case basis whether the arrangement is more like an example of owner-managed hotel (not investment property) or an example of office building with security services provided by the owner (investment property).

Even in case of classification of business centres, some of them which provide high level services such as secretarial support, teleconferencing and other computer facilities and where tenants sign relatively short term leases, the facilities provided are more in the nature of owner-managed hotel and hence should not be classified as investment property. In other cases where the owner provides just the basic furnishing and users are required to sign up for a minimum period, the same could be treated as investment property.

Disclosures

An entity is required to disclose the following:
•    accounting policy for measurement.
•    when classification is difficult, the criteria it uses to distinguish investment property from owner-occupied property and from property held for sale in the ordinary course of business.
•    the methods and significant assumptions applied in determining the fair value of investment property.
•    the extent to which FV is based on valuation by professional independent valuer; if not, such fact should be disclosed.
•    amounts recognised in profit or loss for rental income, direct operating expenses that generated as well as those that did not generate rental income.
•    the existence and amounts of restrictions on the realisability of investment property or the remittance of income and proceeds of disposal.
•    contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop investment property or for repairs, maintenance or enhancements.
•    Depreciation method and useful life or rate of depreciation.
•    Gross carrying amount and accumulated depreciation at beginning and end of reporting period.
•    Reconciliation of carrying amount of investment property at the beginning and end of the period.
•    Impairment losses recognised or reversed.
•    Exchange differences.
•    Transfers to and from inventories and owner-occupied property.
•    Assets classified as held for sale.
•    Other changes.

Conclusion
This accounting standard prescribes accounting for investment property and the related disclosure requirements. It gives detailed guidance on the classification, recognition and measurement of investment properties. The guidance requires the measurement of the investment property using the cost model similar to measurement of PPE under Ind AS 16. It also gives guidance on transfers to and from investment property and states that these can be made only when there has been a change in the use of the property.

Judgment would be required on case to case basis to classify the property as investment property especially in cases of ancillary use or dual-use of the property.

Amendments to CST Act, 1956 by Union Budget 2010-11 and Recent Amendments toMVAT Act, 2002

fiogf49gjkf0d

VAT

(A) The Union Finance
Minister, through the Finance Bill, 2010, has proposed certain amendments to the
Central Sales Tax Act, 1956. The important aspects of the said amendments may be
noted as under :


1.
S. 6A :


This Section refers to
branch transfers and production of ‘F’ forms.

In this sub-section two
amendments are proposed.

(i)
Ss.(2) of S. 6A :


As per the present position,
if the assessing authority is satisfied that the particulars mentioned in ‘F’
forms are correct, he can allow the transfers as other than interstate sale
i.e., branch transfer.

By amendment, it is proposed
that the authority should satisfy that the particulars are true and also that
there is no interstate sale and then he should pass the order that the transfers
are other than interstate sale. It is further provided that this allowance will
be subject to Ss.(3), which is newly inserted.

This amendment now provides
more powers to the sales tax authorities. The authorities will now be entitled
to examine whether the transfers are inter- state sales, in spite of the fact
that the particulars in the ‘F’ forms are true. This appears to be with a view
to counter the observations in certain cases, where courts have held that once
the particulars are not disputed by the authorities, the claim has to be
allowed. Even if the transaction might have been interstate sale, because the
particulars in ‘F’ form would be correct, the branch transfer claim would have
been required to be allowed. The amendment is now proposed to correct the above
position.

(ii) By another amendment in
S. 6A, Ss.(3) is proposed to be inserted. By this sub-section, the powers of
reassessment/revision are proposed to be given to the sales tax authorities. As
per this new sub-section, the respective reassessing/revision authorities will
be entitled to modify the order passed u/s.6A(2), if new facts are discovered or
that the findings of the lower authorities were contrary to law. This amendment
appears to reverse the ratio of judgment of the Supreme Court in case of Ashok
Leyland Ltd. (134 STC 473) (SC). In this case, the Supreme Court has held that
once the ‘F’ forms are allowed, it cannot be reversed through reassessment or
revision, unless the same were found to be produced fraudulently. The
interpretation put by the Supreme Court was certainly appreciable as it can save
dealer from unending fishing inquiries, in spite of completion of assessments.
This judgment, in Ashok Leyland Ltd., has been followed in many other judgments
like in the case of Steel Authority of India Ltd. (10 VST 451) (CSTAA), etc.
Now, as per proposed amendment even if the ‘F’ forms are genuine and particulars
are true, the authorities will be entitled to reassess/revise, if the order
u/s.6A(2) was contrary to law. The dealers will now be required to be prepared
for long-drawn battles in spite of initial completion of assessments.

In Maharashtra there will be
one more issue.

Under the MVAT Act, 2002
there is no provision for reassessment/revision, but there is provision for
review. The terms used in newly inserted Ss.(3) are ‘reassessment/revision’,
thus an issue may arise whether it will take into account a ‘review’. Though,
the review is in the nature of revision, its legality is certainly debatable.

2.
Chapter VA :


By another amendment,
Chapter VA is proposed to be inserted in the CST Act, 1956. This Chapter
contains S. 18A, which has (5) sub-sections. The intention of this provision is
to provide appeal against the order passed u/s.6A(2) or (3) to the highest
appellate authority of the State. This appears to avoid first appeal stage. As
per the provisions of Chapter VI, the order passed by the highest appellate
authority of the State in relation to S. 6A is appealable to the Central Sales
Tax Appellate Authority (CSTAA). Normally, the original order is passed by
assessing authorities and against the same the first appeal is provided, before
going in appeal to the highest appellate authority of the State. The amendment
appears to cut down the first appeal stage. As per this amendment, the appeal
against the original order (assessment order) u/s.6A(2) and (3) will lie to the
highest appellate authority. It is also provided that if the appeal is filed
before the highest appellate authority, involving S. 6A(2) or (3), the dealer
will be entitled to take other incidental issues like rate of tax, computation,
penalty, etc. in the same order before the said highest appellate authority.
From such order of the highest appellate authority the further appeal will lie
to CSTAA.

This S. 18A is a
self-contained code giving procedural provisions also like time limit for filing
appeal, grant of stay, time limit for deciding appeal, etc. The
proposed S. 18A can be analysed as under :


S. 18(1)
: It provides that irrespective of any provisions under the General Sales Tax
Law of the State, the appeal against the order passed by the assessing authority
u/s.6A(2) or (3) of the CST Act should lie to the highest appellate authority of
the State. By explanation at the end of S. 18A, the meaning of the highest
appellate authority is provided. As per said Explanation, the highest appellate
authority means the Appellate Authority or Tribunal constituted under the
General Sales Tax Law except the High Court.

In other words, in Maharashtra, the highest appellate authority will be the Maharashtra Sales Tax Tribunal. Thus, from order of the assessing authority u/s.6A (2)/(3) appeal will be required to be filed directly before the Tribunal.

S. 18(2) : The time limit for filing appeal is prescribed by this sub-section, which is 60 days from service of impugned order. There appears to be no speaking power for condonation of delay in filing appeal.

By proviso to the said sub-section, it is provided that where the appeal is forwarded to the first appellate authority by the highest appellate authority as per proviso to S. 25(2), such pending appeal on appointed day should get transferred to the highest appellate authority. The appointed day will be notified in the official Gazette. So this will take place in future on a day as may be notified.

S. 18(3) : The highest appellate authority will pass appropriate order, after giving opportunity of hearing to both the parties.

S. 18(4) : Time limit for passing the order — As far as possible, the highest appellate authority should pass the order within six months from filing of appeal.

S. 18(5) : Powers of granting stay against the demand— It is stated that on making application to the highest appellate authority, it can grant stay after considering the tax already paid on the subjected goods in the said State or in other State. However, it is also provided that the highest appellate authority may ask to deposit certain amount as pre condition for admission of appeal.

3.    S.20:

Amendment is also proposed in S. 20 of the CST Act, 1956, which relates to appeals to CSTAA. The Ss.(1) is proposed to be substituted. The substituted Ss.(1) provides that the appeal against the order of the highest appellate authority of the State, determining issues relating to stock transfer or consignment of goods, insofar as they involve dispute of inter-state nature, will lie to CSTAA. The present Ss.(1) is narrow in scope, as it mentions order u/s.6A r/w S. 9. The substitution appears to correct a technical flaw in existing sub-section. Since the appeal to CSTAA is from the order of the highest appellate authority, it may be passed under particular appeal provisions and hence references to S. 6A may not be necessary here. This amendment appears to be for correcting the above position.

4.    S.22:

An amendment is also proposed in S. 22 to replace the words ‘pre-deposit’ as ‘deposit’. The amend-ment is procedural in nature.

By another amendment in S. 22, Ss.(1B) is proposed to be inserted. This appears to fill up the lacuna in present provision. There is no speaking provision for directing refund of tax to the dealer or to other State. This insertion is to give power to CSTAA to direct a particular State to refund the tax which is not due to it or to transfer the same to other State to whom CST belongs, based on appeal findings. The direction to refund will not be exceeding the amount which will be payable as CST.

Though the amendment is welcome, it has not tak-en care of all the issues, particularly arising under the Local Act. For example, in transferee State the dealer has paid Local tax and CSTAA considers it as inter-state sale from moving State, disallowing branch transfer claim. Now CSTAA can ask the transferee State to refund the amount equal to CST to moving State. However the purchasing dealer in transferee state will be at loss. He might have claimed set-off considering it as local purchase which is now considered as intersate purchase which will result in denial of his set-off claim. Remedial provisions are required to be provided to tackle such a situation.

 5.   S.25:

By one more amendment, the proviso to Ss.(2) of S. 25 is proposed to be omitted. This proviso provides for availment of first appeal by the dealer. However, now, since the said first appeal is sought to be avoided, the omission of this proviso is consequential.

  B)  Recent amendments in MVAT Act, 2002 :

    The Government of Maharashtra has issued Ordinance No. II of 2010, dated 18-2-2010, by which S. 9(1) of the MVAT Act has been amended. By this amendment the proviso to S. 9(1) is deleted from the statute book. This proviso puts a limitation on the Government that it cannot amend schedules to increase the rate after two years from 1-4-2005. However, due to removal of the said proviso, now the Government can change the rates after two years also. Thus, the Government has assumed wide powers about increasing the rate of tax in VAT schedules.

    By using the expanded powers, the Government of Maharashtra has issued Notification u/s. 9(1), dated 10-3-2010. By the said Notification changes are ef-fected in Schedule A and C. On most of the goods contained in Schedule C, the rate of tax is increased from 4% to 5% from 1-4-2010. The rate of tax on declared goods contained in Schedule C is retained at 4%, whereas on all other goods contained in Schedule C, the rate is increased to 5%.

On about 101 non-declared items contained in Schedule-C, the rate is increased from 4% to 5% from 1-4-2010. The same is done just before the Budget presentation.

[This is also against the accepted principle of uniformity of rate of tax in VAT regime.]

Amongst others, the changes will affect the necessities of common person like wheat and cereals/pulses, etc. The changes can be said to be of far-reaching effect. It will also affect the prices of goods, which are already high due to inflation and other reasons.

In fact, the Government of Maharashtra proposed to levy tax even on fabrics and sugar. However, by Circular 11T of 2010, dated 17-3-2010, it is clarified that the tax position in relation to sugar and fabrics will continue as it is at present and no change will take place from 1-4-2010. We hope that the Government will reconsider this mass increase in other items also, keeping into account the common good.

Transfer to job worker vis-à-vis requirement of F form

As per the provisions of the CST Act, 1956, inter-State sales covered by S. 3(a) are liable to CST in the moving State. Normally any movement outside the State is looked upon by the Sales Tax authorities as liable to tax. Therefore, even if the goods are moved to one’s own branch in other State or agent in other State, the sales tax authorities of the moving State may make presumption that the movement is because of sale and hence liable to tax. The movement of goods to own branch or agent cannot be considered to be sale, as there are no two separate entities to constitute such transfer as sale. However, it is possible that the dispatch to a branch may be in pursuance of pre-existing purchase order from any customer and in such case the transaction can be considered as inter-State sale. In fact such issues create lot of litigation. To overcome such disputes at the assessment stage itself, the CST Act has provided mechanism by way of S. 6A. The said Section is reproduced below for ready reference.

“S. 6A. Burden of proof, etc., in case of transfer of goods claimed otherwise than by way of sale :

(1) Where any dealer claims that he is not liable to pay tax under this Act, in respect of any goods, on the ground that the movement of such goods from one State to another was occasioned by reason of transfer of such goods by him to any other place of his business or to his agent or principal, as the case may be and not by reason of sale, the burden of proving that the movement of those goods was so occasioned shall be on that dealer and for this purpose he may furnish to the assessing authority, within the prescribed time or within such further time as that authority may, for sufficient cause, permit, a declaration, duly filled and signed by the principal officer of the other place of business, or his agent or principal, as the case may be, containing the prescribed particulars in the prescribed form obtained from the prescribed authority, along with the evidence of dispatch of such goods [1] and if the dealer fails to furnish such declaration, then, the movement of such goods shall be deemed for all purposes of this Act to have been occasioned as a result of sale.
     
(2) If the assessing authority is satisfied after making such inquiry as he may deem necessary that the particulars contained in the declaration furnished by a dealer U/ss.(1) are true, he may, at the time of, or at any time before, the assessment of the tax payable by the dealer under this Act, make an order to that effect and thereupon the movement of goods to which the declaration relates shall be deemed for the purpose of this Act to have been occasioned otherwise than as a result of sale.

Explanation : In this Section, ‘assessing authority’, in relation to a dealer, means the authority for the time being competent to assess the tax payable by the dealer under this Act.”

As seen from the Section, the burden is cast upon the moving dealer to prove that the movement to branch/agent or principal, as the case may be, is not in pursuance of any sale. Prior to 11-5-2002, the moving dealer can produce satisfactory evidence about dispatch, etc. It was also optional on his part to produce ‘F form’ to support his claim, but it was not mandatory. After amendment on 11-5-2002 in the CST Act the production of F form to establish the claim of branch transfer/transfer to agent, etc. has become compulsory. Therefore the production of F form has got importance and it is also sometime a cause of litigation. In this brief note the requirement of production of F form has been discussed in light of certain circulars/judgments.

As is clear from S. 6A of the CST Act, the F form is required when the goods are transferred to branch or agent. The concept of branch as well as agent is well known in the commercial world. Branch is a part of the transferor entity. Agent relationship will be created based on terms of the parties. As known, an agent is a separate entity than the transferor, but he represents the transferor and acts on his behalf. It is said that agent steps in the shoes of principal. There may be written agreement for the same or may be inferred from the relevant circumstances or documents. Generally agents work on commission basis. Thus the relationship created is of principal and agent and when the principal transfers the goods to agent he has to obtain F form from the agent.

The other situation is that the dealer may be sending goods to a party in other State for job work. Here the job worker will charge his job work charges to his customer i.e., the transferor. It can be seen that here the relationship is principal to principal. In other words the relationship between transferor and job worker is not of principal and agent or transfer to branch, etc. Therefore the provisions of S. 6A are not applicable in such cases and F forms are not required to be exchanged. However the situation was confusing and many dealers exchanged the F forms or asked for the said forms from respective parties. The Commissioner of Sales Tax, Maharashtra State realising the situation rightly issued circular bearing No. 16T of 2007, dated 20-22007. By this Circular the Commissioner of Sales Tax explained the nature of relationship as agent. In the circular it was further clarified that when the dealer sends the goods to job worker, the relationship is as principal to principal and F form is not required to be obtained from such job worker outside the State. The implication was also that the job worker in Maharashtra was not required to issue F form to his other State customer. Thus the situation became very clear and beyond doubt.

However, thereafter there came a judgment from the Allahabad High Court reported in the case of Mis. Ambica Steel Ltd. v. State of Uttar Pradesh, (12 VST 216). In this case the issue was out of a writ petition. The petitioner in that case had sent iron and steel ingots to various companies situated outside the State of Uttar Pradesh for the purpose of converting them into iron and steel rounds, bars and flats. The converted material was to be sent back to the petitioner in Uttar Pradesh. The petitioner company also received iron and scrap from various firms outside the State of Uttar Pradesh for the purpose of converting the same into iron and steel billets and ingots with a direction to return the converted goods to those firms. The issue before the Court was whether the petitioner is required to submit the declaration in Form F in respect of the transaction of job work performed by it or got done by others. The Department authorities were relying upon Cir-cular issued by Commissioner of Trade Tax, U.P. to insist on such forms.

In the Circular dated November 28, 2005 issued by the Commissioner of Trade Tax, Uttar Pradesh, it was mentioned that ul s.6A of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 form F is required to be filed in respect of all transfers of goods which are otherwise than by way of sale including goods sent or received for job work or goods returned.

Allahabad High Court observed that S. 6 of the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 is the charging Section creating liability to tax on inter-State sales and by reason of S. 6A(2) a legal fiction has been created for the purpose of the Act that transaction has occasioned otherwise than as a result of sale. S. 6A puts the burden of proof on the person claiming transfer of goods otherwise than by way of sale and not liable to tax under the Central Act. The burden would be on dealer to show that movement of the goods had been occasioned not by reason of any transaction involving any sale of goods, but by reason of transfer of such goods to any other place of business or to the agent or principal, as the case may be, for which the dealer is required to furnish prescribed declaration form. If the dealer fails to furnish such declaration, by reason of legal fiction, such movement of goods would be deemed for all purposes of the Act to have been occasioned as a result of sale. The High Court held that if the petitioner claims that it is not liable to tax on transfer of goods from U.P. to a place outside State, then it would have to discharge the burden placed upon it ul s.6A by filing declaration in form F. It would be immaterial whether the person to whom the goods are sent for or received after job work is a bailee. The requirement to file declaration in form F is applicable in cases of goods returned also, held High Court. Thus Hon. High Court dismissed the Writ Petition.

Thus the Allahabad High Court held that F form is required even in case of job work transactions and goods return transaction. It can be respectfully said that the said judgment requires reconsideration in light of above-discussed facts and legal position about agent and principal. However it is also a law that till the binding judgment is not unsettled by proper higher forum, etc., it has to be followed. It is also required to be noted that the judgment of any High Court under the Central Act is binding on all the lower authorities in all the States of India unless the Jurisdictional High Court of the particular state has laid down anything different. This principle of law is clear from judgment in case of Maniklal Chunilal & Sons Ltd. v. CIT, (24 ITR 375).

Therefore the situation that now arises is that for transfer of goods to job worker, the sender will be required to obtain F form from him even if he is in other than D. P. State. Similarly when the job worker sends goods back to his customer, he will be required to obtain F form from his principal (customer).

The other implication created by this judgment is that the authorities may insist on furnishing of F form even for sales return. For example, a dealer in Maharashtra has sold the goods to a dealer in V.P., the dealer in V.P. may be returning back the goods to the vendor in Maharashtra as sales returns. In such circumstances also it cannot be said that the goods are sent back by the V.P. dealer to Maharashtra dealer as agent, etc. The transaction is as principal to principal and requirement of F form cannot arise. However in the light of the above judgment the F forms may be insisted upon.

Thus it can be said that some unwarranted burden about exchange of F forms has now arisen. Fortunately, in Maharashtra the Commissioner of Sales Tax has again understood the problems faced by the dealers. Therefore he has come out with a fresh Circular bearing No. ST of 2009, dated 29-1-2009. In this Circular the Commissioner of Sales Tax has reconfirmed the position spelt out by him in his earlier Circular 16T of 2007. Therefore it can be said that the dealers in Maharashtra will not be required to obtain the F forms in case of job work transfers or in case of sales return in spite of the above judgment of Allahabad High Court. However this Circular will not have any effect in other States and the dealers in other States will be governed by the above judgment and may insist on F forms for their transactions with Maharashtra dealers. As clarified in Circular No. ST of 2009, dated 29-1-2009 the Maharashtra dealers will be entitled to issue the same to facilitate their parties in other states. Thus an appreciable practical way has been found out by the Commissioner of Sales Tax, Maharashtra.

Let’s hope that the correct legal position will be clarified by competent authority like Larger Bench of Allahabad High Court or Supreme Court or High Court/s of other State/s by which the dealers will be saved from such unproductive work of issuing forms.

Important Issues

fiogf49gjkf0d

VAT

Software — Whether Sales Tax (VAT) or Service Tax :


Recently by budget amendments (Finance Bill 2008), Service
Tax is contemplated on software services. Software is also considered as taxable
goods under the Sales Tax (VAT) laws. Thus a question arises as to whether
software will be taxable to Service Tax or Sales Tax (VAT). The issues related
to the above dilemma can be discussed briefly as under :

To initiate, it will be necessary to refer to legal
background of the subject. Under the Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act, 2002 (MVAT
Act, 2002) sale of goods is liable to tax. In entry C-39, intangible goods are
covered as liable to tax @ 4%. For purpose of entry C-39, intangible goods means
those goods which are specified in the Notification under the said entry.

The said entry and the notification thereunder reads as
under :

“39. Goods of intangible or

incorporeal nature as may

be notified from time to

time by the State Govt. 4% 1-4-2005

in the Official Gazette. to till date”


The Notification issued under C-39 is as under :

Notification

Finance Department, Mantralaya, Mumbai-400032

Date : 1-6-2006

Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act, 2002.

No. VAT-1505/CR-114/Taxation 1 — In exercise of the powers
conferred by entry 39 of Schedule ‘C’ appended to the Maharashtra Value Added
Tax Act, 2002 (Mah. IX of 2005) and in supersession of Government Notification,
Finance Department, No. VAT-1505/CR-114/Taxation-1, dated the 1st April 2005,
the Government of Maharashtra hereby specifies the following goods of intangible
or incorporeal nature for the purposes of the said entry, namely :


Sr. No.

Name of the goods of intangible or incorporeal nature

(1)

Patents

(2)

Trademarks

(3)

Import licences including exim scrips, special import licences and duty-free
advance licences.

(4)

Export permit or licence or quota

(5)

Software packages

(6)

Credit of duty entitlement Passbook

(7)

Technical know-how

(8)

Goodwill

(9)

Copyright

(10)

Designs registered under the Designs Act, 1911.

(11)

SIM cards used in mobile phones

(12)

Franchise,
that is to say, an agreement by which the franchisee is granted
representational right to sell or manufacture goods or to provide service or
undertake any process identified or associated with the franchisor, whether
or not a trademark, service mark, trade name or logo or any symbol, as the
case may be, is involved.


(13)

Credits of duty-free replenishment certificate

(14)

Credit of duty-free Import Authorisation (DFIA)

It can be seen that software packages are included in the
above Notification under entry C-39 and hence, as such, software packages are
liable to Sales Tax @ 4%. Therefore it is necessary to find out whether software
is sold as ‘goods’ so as to be liable under MVAT Act 2002 or software services
are provided so as to be liable to Service Tax, but not Sales Tax.

The next issue therefore will be the nature of development of software. Software development can be of two types. Software can be developed which is meant for free marketing. These are known as off-the-shelf or branded softwares. In case of Tata Consultancy Services v. State of A.P. and Others, (137 STC 620), the Hon. Supreme Court has held that such ‘off-the-shelf’ softwares are liable to sale tax as sale of goods. The Supreme Court observed as under:

“In our view, the term ‘goods’ as used in article 366(12) of the Constitution of India and as defined under the said Act are very wide and include all types of movable properties, whether those properties be tangible or intangible. We are in complete agreement with the observations made by this Court in Associated Cement Companies Ltd. (2001) 4 SCC 593; (2001) 124 STC 59. A software programme may consist of various commands which enable the computer to perform a designated task. The copyright in that programme may remain with the originator of the programme. But the moment copies are made and marketed, it becomes goods, which are susceptible to Sales Tax. Even intellectual property, once it is put on to a media, whether it be in the form of books or canvas (in case of painting) or computer discs or cassettes, and marketed would become ‘goods’. We see no difference between a sale of a software programme on a CD/floppy disc from a sale of music on a cassette/CD or a sale of a film on a video cassette/CD. In all such cases, the intellectual property has been incorporated on a media for purposes of transfer. Sale is just of the media, which by itself has very little value. The software and the media cannot be split up. What the buyer purchases and pays for is not the disc or the CD. As in the case of paintings or books or music or films, the buyer is purchasing the intellectual property and not the media, i.e., the paper or cassette or disc or CD. Thus a transaction of sale of computer software is clearly a sale of ‘goods’ within the meaning of the term as defined in the said Act. The term ‘all materials, articles and commodities’ includes both tangible and intangible / incorporeal property which is capable of abstraction, consumption and use and which can be transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored, possessed, etc. The software programmes have all these attributes.

At this stage it must be mentioned that Mr. Sorabjee had pointed out that the High Court has, in the impugned judgment, held as follows :

“……..In our view, a correct statement would be that all intellectual properties may not be ‘goods’ and therefore branded software with which we are concerned here cannot be said to fall outside the purview of ‘goods’ merely because it is intellectual property; so far as ‘un-branded software’ is concerned, it is undoubtedly intellectual property, but may perhaps be outside the ambit of ‘goods’.”

Mr. Sorabjee submitted that the High Court correctly held that unbranded software was ‘un-doubtedly intellectual property’. Mr. Sorabjee submitted that the High Court fell in error in making a distinction between branded and un-branded software and erred in holding that branded software was ‘goods’. We are in agreement with Mr. Sorabjee when he contends that there is no distinction between branded and unbranded software. However, we find no error in the High Court holding that branded software is goods. In both cases, the software is capable of being abstracted, consumed and used. In both cases the software can be transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored, possessed, etc. Thus even unbranded software, when it is marketed/ sold, may be goods. We, however, are not dealing with this aspect and express no opinion thereon because in case of unbranded software other questions like situs of contract of sale and/ or whether the contract is a service contract may arise.”

In view of above observations, once the softwares are held to be sold, liable to Sales Tax, the question of attracting Service Tax cannot arise. Normally, branded softwares (off-the-shelf) will be liable to Sales Tax.

The other kind of softwares are customised softwares.

In case of customised software, there can be two situations. A developer can develop the software as per specification of customer as his property.

For example, the developer of software can develop the software as per customer’s specification, but copyright in the software remains with the developer. Subsequently, the developer will transfer the said software to the customer against agreed price. In this case though it is customised software, still it can be said to be sale of the goods. Though the Supreme Court has not directly resolved the above issue in case of Tata Consultancy Services v. State of A.P. and Others, (137 STC 620), there are observations which go to suggest that customised software can also be liable to Sales Tax. The relevant observations are already reproduced above.

Accordingly, the above type of customised software can be liable to Sales Tax. In this respect, reference can also be made to the determination order passed by the Commissioner of Sales Tax, Maharashtra State in case of Mastek Ltd. (DDQ 11-2001/ Adm-5/83/B-7 dated 31-8-2004).

In this case, it was held that though the software was a customised software, since the property in the software belonged to the developer, which was transferred against price, it was a taxable transaction under Sales Tax.

The other way by which customised software can be developed is that the software is developed as a property of the customer. In other words, in this kind of development, the copyright in the software remains with customer right from inception. The customised software is developed as property of the customer and copyright belongs to such customer. In such case, there is no question that the software first belongs to the developer and subsequently transferred to the customer against price. In this case, since the software belonged to the customer itself, there is nothing which the developer can transfer to him. Under above circumstances, the transaction will be that of rendering of software development services. It cannot be liable to Sales Tax and thus it may be liable to Service Tax.

However, the issue about the nature of transaction of software as to sale or service is very delicate. The above is a broad thinking on the subject. There may be various other possibilities. For example, a case may arise about modifying or improving the existing software. The developer in such a case may be providing further modules to already existing software. The module itself may be a kind of software. Under such circumstances, the issue will be whether the charges received by the developer are for sale of software or for rendering of services.

If above  situation  is tested  in the light  of earlier discussion, it has to be concluded that providing modules for improving the software is nothing but rendering of services. The module, though prepared separately, has to be merged into existing software to improve it. The existing software is belonging to the customer. Thus by providing module the developer is in effect improving the existing software. There is no question of independent existence of module prepared by developer so as to become ‘goods’ by itself. The charges will be for providing service and not sale of any goods. Thus there can be various kinds of situations. The nature of transaction is required to be ascertained by finding out the copyright status in the software so developed. It is expected that the discussion above will be useful for further deliberations on the issue.

Recent  Amendments to Maharashtra VAT Rules

The Government of Maharashtra, vide Notification dated 14th March 2008, has made certain amendments to the Maharashtra VAT Rules, 2005 particularly in Rules 17, 18 and 81, pertaining to filing of returns by the dealers. The Commissioner of Sales Tax has also issued a Notification dated 14th March 2008, whereby certain dealers shall now file e_return for the periods commencing from 1st February 2008 onwards.

The existing return forms have been replaced by new return forms. The Commissioner of Sales Tax has issued a Trade Circular No. 8T of 2008, dated 19th March 2008, explaining above amendments and the procedure to be followed by dealers in respect of payment of taxes and filing of returns. Relevant portion of the Trade Circular is reproduced below for the benefit of our readers:

“(3) Introduction:

The Government, by Notification No. VAT/1507 / CR-94/Taxation-1, dated 14th March 2008, has carried out certain amendments to Rule 17 and Rule 18 of Maharashtra Value Added Tax Rules, 2005 pertaining to filing of return. The amendment also provides for filing of e-return by certain categories of dealers. The rule authorised the Commissioner of Sales Tax to notify the date for mandatory filing of e-return by certain categories of dealers. In pursuance of this delegation the Commissioner of Sales Tax has issued the Notification dated 14th March 2008. It has now been made mandatory for registered dealers whose tax liability in the previous year was Rs.1 crore or more to file returns electronically for the periods starting on or after 1st February 2008.

(4) Electronic filing of returns:

Sub-rule (5) of Rule 17 is substituted. The substituted sub-rule provides for filing of returns electronically. The registered dealer liable to file return electronically should first make the payment of tax along with interest, if any, in chalan 210 in the designated banks. As per the Notification, the registered dealers whose tax liability during the previous year was Rs. one crore or more, shall make payment and file electronic returns as provided in the said sub-rule (5). For the purposes of the Notification, the expression ‘tax liability’ has the same meaning as assigned to it in the Explanation-I to sub-rule (4) of the said Rule 17.

(4.1) These dealers shall file the return electronically in the respective form applicable to them. The templates of new return form are provided on the new website of the Sales Tax Department www.mahavat.gov.in. Every dealer to whom the above Notification applies shall download the relevant template of the form and after making data entry in the relevant field, upload it using his digital signature. The uploading shall be done on or before the due date prescribed for filing of the returns. The system shall generate an acknowledgement in duplicate.

(4.2) However, if the dealer does not have or has not used digital signature, then he shall submit a copy of the acknowledgement duly signed by an authorised person within 10 days from the uploading of the return to the respective authority specified in sub-rule (2). For the time being, if a dealer is with LTU, a copy of the acknowledgement may be submitted to their respective officer of the Large Taxpayers Unit (LTU),who is regularly in liaison with the dealer.

(4.3) To facilitate filing of e-return, detailed guidance note explaining the procedure to file of e- return is placed on the website www.mahavat.gov.in. If any dealer requires further assistance for filing of e-return, he may contact the respective liaison officer who has been assigned for this job. If the dealer requires further assistance in filing e-return, he or his authorised representative may visit respective Sales Tax authorities, wherein he will be guided regarding the e-filing of return. A dedicated help desk is also created in Mazgaon Office to answer the queries pertaining to e-returns. The dealer may contact the help desk at 022-23735621/022-23735816.

(4.4) Since this is the first month for filing of e-return, the dealers may face some difficulties in preparing and uploading the electronic return. Considering the likely difficulties faced by the dealers, a concession is provided only for this month to upload the e-return even after the due date i.e., 21st March 2008, but on or before 31st March 2008. The e-return uploaded up to 31st March 2008 shall not be treated as late, provided the payment of tax as per return is made on or before due date. This concession is applicable only for the first month and for the subsequent period the dealers will remain required to upload the return on or before the due date.

(5) Change in return    Forms:

The earlier return Forms 221, 222, 223, 224 and 225 have been replaced with the new returns Forms-231, 232, 233, 234 and 235, respectively. These Forms are made available on the website of the Department (www.mahavat.gov.in and www.vat.maharashtra.gov.in). The dealer can download these Forms from the menu download section of the website. All the returns, including  the returns for the earlier period, should now be filed in the aforesaid new return Forms.

(5.1) The new return Forms are applicable to all dealers including those who are not required to file electronic returns. The efforts are being made to make these Forms available at all the locations in the State. However, the dealers except the dealers required to file e-return may file returns in the old Forms 221 to 225. This facility will be available only in the respect of returns which are to be filed before 31st March 2008. Thus, all the returns filed after 1st April 2008 (including the returns for the earlier period, if any) should invariably be in the new return Forms.

(5.2) Another amendment is made to sub-rule (1) and sub-rule (3) of Rule (5) of the Central Sales Tax (Bombay) Rules, 1957 to provide for electronic return. The old return Form IIIB is now replaced by new Form IIIE. Therefore, dealers filing returns on or after 1st February 2008 shall file return in the new Form.

(6) Filing    of returns    by oil companies:

The first amendment to sub-rule (2) provides that notified oil companies shall file a copy of their return in Form 235 with the Joint Commissioner of Sales Tax (LTU), Mumbai within 3 days of filing of the return in Form 235.

7) Returns of dealers covered by Package Scheme of Incentives:
By this amendment  a new procedure is prescribed for certain dealers under Package Scheme of Incentives. The amendment provides that if the dealer holds a certificate of entitlement under any Package Scheme of Incentives except the Power Generation Promotion Policy, 1998, then the dealer shall file return to the registering authority having jurisdiction over the respective place of business of the dealer, in respect of which he holds the certificates of entitlement.

The proviso appended to this clause states that if the deale, ‘has two or more entitlement certificates issued to him, then he shall file the required return with that registering authority which has jurisdiction over the place of business pertaining to the entitlement certificate whose period of entitlement ends later. This return should show aggregate figures of all sales and purchases pertaining to all the eligible units of the dealer. A complimentary amendment is also carried out in Rule 81.

(8) No separate return  :

Earlier by clause (c) of sub-rule (2) of Rule 17 certain dealers were permitted to file separate returns for their respective places or constituents of the business. The said Rule is now deleted. Therefore, the permissions granted earlier, if any, stands automatically cancelled.
 
(9) Yearly return by deemed dealers:

The Explanation to clause (8) of S. 2 defines certain persons and authorities to be deemed dealers. These dealers were required to file return as per the regular periodicity applicable to dealers. By this amendment, it is provided that every dealer to whom the Explanation to clause (8) of S. 2 applies shall file annual return if his tax liability during the previous year is Rs.1 crore or less. The annual return is to be filed within 21 days from the end of the year. However, the facility to file annual return is not automatic. The dealer covered by the Explanation to clause (8) of S. 2 will have to apply to the Joint Commissioner of Sales Tax (Returns) in Mumbai and to the respective Joint Commissioner of Sales Tax (VAT Administration) in the rest of the State to be entitled to file annual return. There is no prescribed format of the application. The annual return can be filed only after the Joint Commissioner of Sales Tax concerned grants the required permission.

10. Change in periodicity for newly registered dealers:

Sub-rule (1) of Rule 18 has been amended. So far newly registered dealers were required to file quarterly returns. It is now provided that these dealers shall file six-monthly returns for the period starting from 1st April 2008.”

Supervisory PE threshold as prescribed in India-Germany treaty needs to be reckoned w.r.t each separate project.

 2 JDIT v. M/s. Krupp Uhde Gmbh
(2009 TIOL 78 ITAT Mum.)
Article 5(2)(i) of India-German Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (treaty)
A.Y. : 1998-99. Dated : 7-1-2009

Issue :

  •     Supervisory PE threshold as prescribed in India-Germany treaty needs to be reckoned w.r.t each separate project.

  •     In absence of emergence of PE, onshore technical services are liable to tax @ 10% of gross fee.

Facts :

The assessee, a German company (herein GermanCo), was engaged in the business of providing technical know-how/licence, basic engineering services, and supervisory services in connection with construction or installation of specified machineries/assembly projects. The assessee rendered services to various Indian companies. A large part of the services was rendered on offshore basis. In connection with on-shore supervisory activities involving various projects, personnel of the GermanCo were present in India in aggregate for more than 6 months duration — though, presence in respect of each project was of less than 6 months. The GermanCo offered the amount for taxation as fees for technical services chargeable @ 10% on gross basis in terms of Article 12 (2) of India-Germany DTAA.

The Assessing Officer (AO) rejected the contention of the assessee and held that the GermanCo had PE in India. In view of the AO, for determining whether or not Supervisory PE emerged, duration of all the projects in a particular year had to be aggregated. In view of the AO, since the German Co had PE in India, the benefit of concessional rate of 10% provided in the treaty was not available and the amount had to be assessed under domestic law @ 30% by applying provisions of S. 115A of the Act.

On further appeal, the CIT(A) accepted GermanCo’s contention that offshore services are not chargeable to tax in India. The Department did not object to this aspect in further appeal before the Tribunal. The controversy before the Tribunal was therefore confined to taxation of onshore services.

As regards on-shore supervisory activities, the CIT

(A) accepted the assessee’s contention and held that : (i) threshold of 6 months provided in the treaty is required to be applied to each project separately;

(ii) since none of the project sites involved presence of more than 6 months, no PE emerged for GermanCo; (iii) in absence of PE, the fees for Supervisory activities was chargeable @ 10% in terms of Article 12 of DTAA.

Against the above finding, the Department filed further appeal to the Tribunal, primarily objecting that the CIT(A) erred in applying 6 months threshold to each project separately.

Held :

The ITAT held :

    (a) The Tribunal referred to Construction and related PE provisions of India-Germany DTAA. It also referred to similar provisions of India’s treaties with China, USA, Canada and Italy. It concluded that unlike similar treaty provisions of India with China, USA, Canada and Italy, there is nothing in the language of India-Germany treaty to indicate that different sites on which work is carried on by the assessee can be considered together in determining whether or not the Construction/Supervisory PE has emerged for the German Co.

(b) Reference was made to commentary of Klaus Vogel and the book ‘Principles of International Taxation’ to conclude that each project site duration needs to be considered separately, particularly when different contracts have no effective interconnection with each other.

     
(c) The Tax Department contended that overall project duration needs to be considered for determining length of supervisory project of GermanCo. The Tribunal rejected the contention of the Revenue that the date of commencement or the duration of the project should be considered for determining trigger of supervision PE for the assessee. According to the Tribunal, such reckoning would lead to absurd results since there could be instances where contracts for construction of building, supply of plant and machinery, installation, commissiong in respect of a project may be awarded to independent parties and each party may have involvement of differing duration.

     
(d) After considering the language of the treaty, the Tribunal held that the intervening period caused on account of factors such as seasonal shortage of material, labour difficulties, time needed for material to dry, etc cannot be excluded.

    (e) One of the contentions of the taxpayer was that since income-tax is linked to a given assessment year, the threshold of construction PE needs to be considered for each year separately. The assessee claimed that Supervisory PE was not triggered if work during a given tax year involved period of less than 6 months though the overall project duration exceeded 6 months. The Tribunal rejected the contention and held that the prescribed period of 6 months has to be computed, irrespective of the tax years involved. For instance, where an activity starts in January and ends in July, total period is 6 months – though period falling in each of the two financial years is less than 6 months.

In absence of emergence of PE, onshore technical services are liable to tax @ 10% of gross fee.

 2 JDIT v. M/s. Krupp Uhde Gmbh
(2009 TIOL 78 ITAT Mum.)
Article 5(2)(i) of India-German Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (treaty)
A.Y. : 1998-99. Dated : 7-1-2009

Issue :

  •     Supervisory PE threshold as prescribed in India-Germany treaty needs to be reckoned w.r.t each separate project.

  •     In absence of emergence of PE, onshore technical services are liable to tax @ 10% of gross fee.

Facts :

The assessee, a German company (herein GermanCo), was engaged in the business of providing technical know-how/licence, basic engineering services, and supervisory services in connection with construction or installation of specified machineries/assembly projects. The assessee rendered services to various Indian companies. A large part of the services was rendered on offshore basis. In connection with on-shore supervisory activities involving various projects, personnel of the GermanCo were present in India in aggregate for more than 6 months duration — though, presence in respect of each project was of less than 6 months. The GermanCo offered the amount for taxation as fees for technical services chargeable @ 10% on gross basis in terms of Article 12 (2) of India-Germany DTAA.

The Assessing Officer (AO) rejected the contention of the assessee and held that the GermanCo had PE in India. In view of the AO, for determining whether or not Supervisory PE emerged, duration of all the projects in a particular year had to be aggregated. In view of the AO, since the German Co had PE in India, the benefit of concessional rate of 10% provided in the treaty was not available and the amount had to be assessed under domestic law @ 30% by applying provisions of S. 115A of the Act.

On further appeal, the CIT(A) accepted GermanCo’s contention that offshore services are not chargeable to tax in India. The Department did not object to this aspect in further appeal before the Tribunal. The controversy before the Tribunal was therefore confined to taxation of onshore services.

As regards on-shore supervisory activities, the CIT

(A) accepted the assessee’s contention and held that : (i) threshold of 6 months provided in the treaty is required to be applied to each project separately;

(ii) since none of the project sites involved presence of more than 6 months, no PE emerged for GermanCo; (iii) in absence of PE, the fees for Supervisory activities was chargeable @ 10% in terms of Article 12 of DTAA.

Against the above finding, the Department filed further appeal to the Tribunal, primarily objecting that the CIT(A) erred in applying 6 months threshold to each project separately.

Held :

The ITAT held :

    (a) The Tribunal referred to Construction and related PE provisions of India-Germany DTAA. It also referred to similar provisions of India’s treaties with China, USA, Canada and Italy. It concluded that unlike similar treaty provisions of India with China, USA, Canada and Italy, there is nothing in the language of India-Germany treaty to indicate that different sites on which work is carried on by the assessee can be considered together in determining whether or not the Construction/Supervisory PE has emerged for the German Co.

(b) Reference was made to commentary of Klaus Vogel and the book ‘Principles of International Taxation’ to conclude that each project site duration needs to be considered separately, particularly when different contracts have no effective interconnection with each other.

     
(c) The Tax Department contended that overall project duration needs to be considered for determining length of supervisory project of GermanCo. The Tribunal rejected the contention of the Revenue that the date of commencement or the duration of the project should be considered for determining trigger of supervision PE for the assessee. According to the Tribunal, such reckoning would lead to absurd results since there could be instances where contracts for construction of building, supply of plant and machinery, installation, commissiong in respect of a project may be awarded to independent parties and each party may have involvement of differing duration.

     
(d) After considering the language of the treaty, the Tribunal held that the intervening period caused on account of factors such as seasonal shortage of material, labour difficulties, time needed for material to dry, etc cannot be excluded.

    (e) One of the contentions of the taxpayer was that since income-tax is linked to a given assessment year, the threshold of construction PE needs to be considered for each year separately. The assessee claimed that Supervisory PE was not triggered if work during a given tax year involved period of less than 6 months though the overall project duration exceeded 6 months. The Tribunal rejected the contention and held that the prescribed period of 6 months has to be computed, irrespective of the tax years involved. For instance, where an activity starts in January and ends in July, total period is 6 months – though period falling in each of the two financial years is less than 6 months.

Services to Subsidiary in India by deputing personnel of affiliated companies constitute Service PE.

 1 Lucent Technologies International Inc v. DCIT

(2009 TIOL 161 ITAT Del)/(28 SOT 98) Section/Article : Article 5 India — USA Double Tax Avoidance Agreement A.Ys. : 1997-98 to 2000-01. Dated : 19-12-2008

Issue :

  •     Services to Subsidiary in India by deputing personnel of affiliated companies constitute Service PE.

  •     Payment towards licence for use of copyrighted software provided as part of equipment supply is not royalty.


Facts :

The assessee, US Company (USCO), is a leading supplier of hardware and software used for GSM cellular radio telephone system. The USCO supplied telecommunication hardware and software to its customers in India. USCO had an Indian subsidiary (herein WOS) which undertook the work of installation and providing after-sales services to the customers of USCO in India.

USCO had entered into a contract with one Indian telecom company by name Escotel Mobile Communications Ltd. (herein Escotel). In terms of the agreement between USCO and Escotel, USCO was to supply hardware and software to Escotel while the services of installation were to be provided by WOS. In terms of the contract with Escotel, USCO had the responsibility of designing, manufacturing, supplying and delivering all hardware and software. The contract also required USCO to undertake installation, testing, commissioning and achieve final acceptance of the system by the customer. A part of responsibility of the inspection, installation and supervising the testing and commissioning was that of the Indian WOS. To some extent there was an overlap of responsibilities of USCO vis-à-vis that of WOS. As part of the supply contract, the assessee also provided licence for use of computer software which was required for the purposes of functioning of GSM network.

For enabling the WOS to discharge its obligation, USCO made available to WOS personnel who were the employees of the affiliates of USCO. Such employees were under the control of USCO and the WOS was required to pay remuneration to USCO. USCO claimed that it incurred no tax liability in India as the hardware was supplied from outside India. The assessee also claimed that payment received for the licence agreement for use of computer software was business income and was not royalty chargeable in terms of Article 12 of DTAA. Reliance for this was placed on the decision of Special Bench in case of Motorola Inc v. DCIT, (96 TTJ 1) (Delhi SB). The AO claimed that the USCO attracted tax liability in India on the ground that, in the circumstances of the case, USCO had PE in India. The AO claimed that (i) USCO had PE in the form of WOS being its dependent agent; (ii) that premises of WOS were available at the disposal of the employees who were deputed by USCO; (iii) that negotiation and conclusion of the contract happened in India. In respect of software supply, the Department claimed that software licence fees was chargeable as royalty income.

Held :

The ITAT accepted the department’s contention and held that USCO had PE in India on account of the following features :

    (1) Having regard to the terms of the contract with the customer, not only Indian WOS but also USCO was responsible for turnkey functioning of the project of the GSM network. The ITAT noticed that the agreements with customer in India made USCO and WOS responsible for the turnkey completion of the GSM project individually and severally. The responsibility to Escotel was such that USCO had to complete installation should WOS fail in any manner. Conversely, WOS had responsibility of arranging for hardware and software should USCO fail in its responsibility. Having noted this, the ITAT concluded that the arrangement was ‘in short a consortium or partnership’ between USCO and WOS.

(2) The ITAT noted that the terms of agreement between Escotel and USCO and WOS also required of WOS to provide warranty in respect of the hardware supply made by USCO. This, according to the Tribunal, supported that the WOS was acting on behalf of USCO.

     
(3) The ITAT noted that USCO made available the personnel (though employees of the affiliates of USCO) to WOS for the purpose of enabling the WOS to discharge the responsibility of installation, commissioning, etc. of the GSM equipments. Such personnel were made available for remuneration. The ITAT concluded that in terms of the treaty, the service PE was triggered when the USCO provided services to its affiliate WOS even for a day. Since USCO provided services to ICO with the help of personnel who were under USCO’s control, the ITAT concluded that the USCO had service PE in terms of Article 5(2)(l)(ii) of the treaty.

     
(4) On the aspect of taxation of consideration received for software licence agreement, the ITAT noted that the facts of the case of USCO were at par with the facts which operated in the case of Motorola (supra). Relying on the Special Bench decision, the ITAT accepted the assessee’s contention that the licence fee was business income and was not royalty.

Compilers’ remarks :

The ITAT was not concerned with nor has dealt with the aspect of determination of income which is attributable to USCO’s activities in India to the extent the ITAT concluded that USCO had PE in India.

Payment towards licence for use of copyrighted software provided as part of equipment supply is not royalty.

 1 Lucent Technologies International Inc v. DCIT

(2009 TIOL 161 ITAT Del)/(28 SOT 98) Section/Article : Article 5 India — USA Double Tax Avoidance Agreement A.Ys. : 1997-98 to 2000-01. Dated : 19-12-2008

Issue :

  •     Services to Subsidiary in India by deputing personnel of affiliated companies constitute Service PE.

  •     Payment towards licence for use of copyrighted software provided as part of equipment supply is not royalty.

Facts :

The assessee, US Company (USCO), is a leading supplier of hardware and software used for GSM cellular radio telephone system. The USCO supplied telecommunication hardware and software to its customers in India. USCO had an Indian subsidiary (herein WOS) which undertook the work of installation and providing after-sales services to the customers of USCO in India.

USCO had entered into a contract with one Indian telecom company by name Escotel Mobile Communications Ltd. (herein Escotel). In terms of the agreement between USCO and Escotel, USCO was to supply hardware and software to Escotel while the services of installation were to be provided by WOS. In terms of the contract with Escotel, USCO had the responsibility of designing, manufacturing, supplying and delivering all hardware and software. The contract also required USCO to undertake installation, testing, commissioning and achieve final acceptance of the system by the customer. A part of responsibility of the inspection, installation and supervising the testing and commissioning was that of the Indian WOS. To some extent there was an overlap of responsibilities of USCO vis-à-vis that of WOS. As part of the supply contract, the assessee also provided licence for use of computer software which was required for the purposes of functioning of GSM network.

For enabling the WOS to discharge its obligation, USCO made available to WOS personnel who were the employees of the affiliates of USCO. Such employees were under the control of USCO and the WOS was required to pay remuneration to USCO. USCO claimed that it incurred no tax liability in India as the hardware was supplied from outside India. The assessee also claimed that payment received for the licence agreement for use of computer software was business income and was not royalty chargeable in terms of Article 12 of DTAA. Reliance for this was placed on the decision of Special Bench in case of Motorola Inc v. DCIT, (96 TTJ 1) (Delhi SB). The AO claimed that the USCO attracted tax liability in India on the ground that, in the circumstances of the case, USCO had PE in India. The AO claimed that (i) USCO had PE in the form of WOS being its dependent agent; (ii) that premises of WOS were available at the disposal of the employees who were deputed by USCO; (iii) that negotiation and conclusion of the contract happened in India. In respect of software supply, the Department claimed that software licence fees was chargeable as royalty income.

Held :

The ITAT accepted the department’s contention and held that USCO had PE in India on account of the following features :

    (1) Having regard to the terms of the contract with the customer, not only Indian WOS but also USCO was responsible for turnkey functioning of the project of the GSM network. The ITAT noticed that the agreements with customer in India made USCO and WOS responsible for the turnkey completion of the GSM project individually and severally. The responsibility to Escotel was such that USCO had to complete installation should WOS fail in any manner. Conversely, WOS had responsibility of arranging for hardware and software should USCO fail in its responsibility. Having noted this, the ITAT concluded that the arrangement was ‘in short a consortium or partnership’ between USCO and WOS.

(2) The ITAT noted that the terms of agreement between Escotel and USCO and WOS also required of WOS to provide warranty in respect of the hardware supply made by USCO. This, according to the Tribunal, supported that the WOS was acting on behalf of USCO.

     
(3) The ITAT noted that USCO made available the personnel (though employees of the affiliates of USCO) to WOS for the purpose of enabling the WOS to discharge the responsibility of installation, commissioning, etc. of the GSM equipments. Such personnel were made available for remuneration. The ITAT concluded that in terms of the treaty, the service PE was triggered when the USCO provided services to its affiliate WOS even for a day. Since USCO provided services to ICO with the help of personnel who were under USCO’s control, the ITAT concluded that the USCO had service PE in terms of Article 5(2)(l)(ii) of the treaty.

     
(4) On the aspect of taxation of consideration received for software licence agreement, the ITAT noted that the facts of the case of USCO were at par with the facts which operated in the case of Motorola (supra). Relying on the Special Bench decision, the ITAT accepted the assessee’s contention that the licence fee was business income and was not royalty.

Compilers’ remarks :

The ITAT was not concerned with nor has dealt with the aspect of determination of income which is attributable to USCO’s activities in India to the extent the ITAT concluded that USCO had PE in India.

S. 9 and Article 5 & 7, India-Italy DTAA : Supply of machinery and raw material to WOS, no PE

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 2

DCIT v. Perfetti SPA

(2008) 113 TTJ 701 (Del.)

A.Y. : 1997-98. Dated : 31-10-2007

3. S. 9, Income-tax Act; Articles 5 & 7, India-Italy DTAA.


Issues :

(i) Whether business connection and income taxable in
India ?

(ii) Whether PE having taxable income in India ?


Facts :

The assessee company was a resident of Italy. It had a
wholly-owned subsidiary company in India. Managing Director of the WOS was
appointed by the assessee company, which also paid part of his salary outside
India. The assessee company had supplied machinery and raw materials to its WOS
and had not filed return of its income in India, on the ground that in terms of
India-Italy DTAA, its income was not taxable in India.

The AO issued notice u/s.163(1)(a) of the Act to the WOS
asking the assessee company to file return. After considering the
representations of the assessee company, the AO observed that the assessee
company had business connection in India and its income was deemed to have
accrued and arisen in India, since :

(i) It had supplied machinery on a continuous basis over a
long period;

(ii) By virtue of payment of salaries of Managing Director
and other expatriates, the assessee company had total control over management
and affairs of the WOS;

(iii) Orders for machinery were placed from India without
any written contract or negotiations, which showed business connection between
the assessee company and the WOS;

(iv) The machinery was overinvoiced; and

(v) The supply was made on CIF basis and hence the assessee
company was required to supply the goods in India.

Before CIT(A), the assessee company had contended that it did
not carry out any business activity in India as : the order for supply of
machinery and raw material was placed at Italy; the goods were also shipped at
airport in Italy; it did not retain any right in the disposal of goods; and it
sent technicians, food technologists and process specialists for developing
products and processes best suited for Indian environment and these personnel
were not connected with installation or running of machinery. The Customs
authorities had not raised any objection regarding the valuation of the goods,
which supported the assessee company’s contention that the supply was made on
principal-to-principal basis.

As regards control over management and affairs of the WOS,
the assessee company had submitted that the WOS acts as an independent legal
entity and takes its own decisions in day-to-day financial matters and that the
AO had not confronted it with the material brought on record. The CIT(A)
concluded that the contract was executed at Italy.

The Tribunal observed that having regard to the facts brought
on record, it appeared that findings of the AO were merely based upon
presumptions. He had not brought any evidence on record, either that the
employees of the assessee company installed machinery for the WOS, or that the
assessee company had used its dominant position to over-invoice the machinery.
The findings of the CIT(A) were also not disputed. Based on facts and
circumstances, since the contract was executed in Italy and the sale was made on
principal-to-principal basis at arm’s length, it was covered by CBDT’s Circular
No. 23, dated July 23, 1969. Mere existence of business relation does not give
any right to the AO to assess any income in India. The AO had also not brought
any evidence to prove the assessee company’s PE in India or as to what business
was conducted by it during the assessment year in question or what profit or
income was earned by it on supply of machinery and raw material. Thus, the
findings of the AO were presumptuous. The AO had not discharged the onus upon
him. The Tribunal further observed that under Article 5 of India-Italy DTAA, the
term PE includes several kinds of places. However, the AO had not proved
existence of any such place vis-à-vis the assessee company. Also, Article
5(6) of India-Italy DTAA clarifies that mere control of one enterprise over the
other does not constitute a PE. The AO merely presumed 20% as the profit on the
supplies, but did not bring any evidence to prove it.

Held :


(i) S. 9(1) of the Act was not attracted as the assessee
company had merely supplied machinery and raw material on
principal-to-principal basis on arm’s length price to the WOS.

(ii) In the absence of the PE of the assessee company in India, Articles 5
and 7 of India-Italy DTAA were not attracted and hence, no part of its income
taxable in India.

levitra

S. 195, S. 245N, S. 245R, and Articles 5, 7, 12 of India-USA DTAA : TDS on hardware and software contracts

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 2

Airports Authority of India, In re (AAR)
[Unreported]

Dated : 28-2-2008

2. S. 195, S. 245N, S. 245R, Income-tax Act; Articles 5, 7,
12, India-USA DTAA.

Issue :

Obligation to deduct tax and rate for deduction of tax on
Hardware Contract and Software Contract.

Facts :

The applicant was a PSU operating airports in India. It had
entered into two separate contracts, named Hardware Repair Support Contract
(‘Hardware Contract’) and Software Maintenance Support Contract (‘Software
Contract’), with an American company. In respect of contracts having
substantially similar terms and conditions, the applicant had sought ruling of
AAR earlier (see 273 ITR 437). The possible reasons for seeking a fresh ruling
were that technically the transaction is a separate transaction and that in case
of the American company, the tax authorities had taken a different view in the
course of its assessment proceedings.

The Hardware Contract provided that : the applicant shall
send the hardware to the American company outside India; the American company
shall repair the hardware outside India; and the applicant shall take delivery
of hardware duly repaired by the American company outside India.

In the context of the Hardware Contract, the issues raised
for determination were :

(a) Whether the payment received by the American company
was liable to tax in its hands in India, and

(b) If the payment was taxable in the hands of the American
company, what should be the rate at which tax should be deducted by the
applicant ?

In the context of the Software Contract, the issues raised
for determination were :

(a) Whether deputation of engineers by the American company
to India for installation and testing of required software constituted its PE;

(b) Whether the payment received by the American company
was liable to tax in its hands in India; and

(c) If the payment was taxable in the hands of the American
company, what should be the rate at which tax should be deducted by the
applicant ?

In its earlier ruling, the AAR had held that the American
company did not have a PE in India (which was also conceded by the counsel for
the Revenue). In respect of Hardware Contract, the payment received by it was
not income from furnishing services as defined in Article 12 of India-USA DTAA,
but it was business profits within the meaning of Article 7(7) of India-USA DTAA
and since it did not have a PE in India, it was not taxable in India. In respect
of the Software Contract, the applicant had contended that the defects in the
software would also be attended to outside India and that the visit of the
American company’s engineer is only for a short period and incidental. Hence,
amount paid for repair of software should also represent business income and
should not be chargeable to tax in India. Even if the payment was treated as
‘fees for included services’, as per MOU appended to India-USA DTAA, the visit
would not be covered within the meaning of ‘included services’. Even if the
amount is so treated, in view of limited number of visits, it may be apportioned
between ‘fees for included services’ and ‘business income’. The Revenue had
contended that the payment was ‘fees for included services’ under Article
12(4)(a), as well as ‘royalty’ under Article 12(3(a), of India-USA DTAA, since
the applicant’s agreements of 2003 are only supplementary to the original
agreements of 1993. The AAR had then proceeded to consider Article 7 and Article
12, and had concluded that insofar as software and documentation were concerned,
the applicant had acquired a right to use the same subject to certain
conditions, and as regards repair of software, payment received by the American
company would be ‘fees for included services’ under Article 12(4)(a) and would
be outside the purview of Article 7(7). Accordingly, in view of Article 12(2)
the payment would be taxable in India.

In case of the present ruling, the Revenue contended that for
earlier ruling, the AAR was not apprised of the facts relating to PE and that
its counsel had wrongly conceded and further that subsequent investigation in
the course of assessment proceedings revealed the existence of PE. To satisfy
itself about prima facie sustainability of the Revenue’s contention, the
AAR examined the assessment orders relating to the American company. It observed
that there was no definite finding supported by reasons on the existence of PE.
The fact that the American company admitted having an installation PE had no
bearing on the aspect whether a PE was set up in the context of the Hardware
Contract and the Software Contract. The AAR expressed the probability that since
the entire activity of hardware repair took place outside India and as the
hardware was sent outside India and its delivery after repair was also taken
outside India by the applicant, there was very little part which the liaison
office could have played. Further, from the sporadic visits of a few days by the
American company’s personnel, it was difficult to draw the inference of
existence of PE.

As regards the Revenue’s contention about the American
company having a dependent agent PE, the AAR observed that there was nothing in
the agreement which indicated that the agent was assigned any role or
responsibility under the Hardware Contract. The AAR did not get any satisfactory
reply from the counsel of the Revenue on the request to clarify whether any
activity related to the contract was undertaken by the so-called PE. The AAR
declined to reconsider its earlier ruling on the ground that the Revenue’s
counsel had wrongly conceded or that the applicant had not made proper
disclosure on the issue of PE.

The AAR then considered the Revenue’s contention about the maintainability of the application and the AAR’s jurisdiction in view of the embargo in proviso (i) to S. 245R(2), on the ground that the question raised in the application was already pending before the Income-tax authority. The AAR observed that the question of tax deduction cannot be said to be pending before the Income-tax authority and hence, the application was not hit by the embargo. It further observed that the issue relating to tax deduction at source was ‘in relation to’ the tax liability of the American company and therefore, it was within the purview of the definition of ‘advance ruling’ in S. 245N(a) and (b).

The counsel for the applicant stated that it was desirous of getting answer to the second question regarding its obligation to deduct tax at source and once that was answered, it was not desirous of getting answer to the first question. Hence, the AAR treated the first question as withdrawn by the applicant. Similarly, in respect of the Software Contract, only the question regarding the rate of tax deduction survived as other questions were not pressed.

Held:
(i) As regards the Hardware Contract, the applicant was not legally required to deduct tax on payments made by it to the American company.
(ii) As regards the Software Contract, the tax was required to be deducted @ 10%.

S. 115C, S. 115D, S. 115E : Interest on NRO deposit with banking company is investment income : TDS at 20%.

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 2V. Ravi Narayanan,
In re (AAR)

(Unreported)

A.Y. : 2008-09. Dated : 3-3-2008

1. S. 115C, S. 115D, S. 115E, Income-tax Act.

Issues :


(i) Whether deposit in NRO account made with convertible
foreign exchange is ‘foreign exchange asset’ ?

(ii) Whether interest earned on such deposit is ‘investment
income’ qualifying for benefit u/s. 115E of the Act ?

(iii) What should be the rate of TDS on such interest ?


Facts :

The applicant had left India during the relevant previous
year and was a non-resident during that year. He proposed to open a Non-Resident
Ordinary (‘NRO’) account with a bank in India. The intended source of deposits
in the NRO account was remittances from outside India. He contended that the
interest earned on such deposits would be ‘investment income’ u/s.115C of the
Act and accordingly, applicable rate of tax should be 20% u/s.115E of the Act.
He was informed that since banks in India do not treat this as ‘investment
income’, tax would be deducted @ 30%.

The AAR considered the provisions of S. 115C, S. 115D and S.
115E of the Act, which are contained in Chapter XIIA of the Act. The AAR
observed that the applicant is a citizen of India, who is a non-resident. Hence,
he would qualify to claim benefit u/s.115E of the Act. Thereafter, the AAR
considered the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949 in order to test whether NRO deposit would constitute ‘specified
asset’ being deposits with Indian company. The AAR concluded that an Indian bank
governed by the Banking Regulation Act is also a company which is not a private
company as defined in the Companies Act, 1956 and therefore, a deposit made with
it would be a ‘specified asset’ within the meaning of S. 115C(f)(iii) of the
Act.

The representative of the Revenue had contended before the
AAR that :

(a) though NRO deposit is acquired with convertible foreign
exchange, its maturity proceeds are not repatriable;

(b) hence such a deposit does not constitute a ‘foreign
exchange asset’ u/s.115C of the Act;

(c) as such, interest earned on it does not qualify as
‘investment income’ u/s.115C of the Act; and

(d) since it is not ‘investment income’, tax should be
deducted @ 30%.

The AAR observed that the question is whether repatriability
of the deposit was a requirement and found that it was not a requirement under
Chapter XIIA of the Act.

Held :


(i) Deposit made in NRO account with a banking company,
which is not a private company, by remitting convertible foreign exchange,
would be ‘foreign exchange asset’ u/s.115C(b) of the Act.

(ii) Interest earned on deposit in NRO account mentioned in
(i) above would be ‘investment income’ u/s.115C(c) of the Act and would be
subject to tax @ 20% u/s.115E.

(iii) Deposit with a banking company is a ‘specified asset’
u/s.115C(f) of the Act.

(iv) Banks paying interest on the deposit in NRO account
mentioned in (i) above are required to deduct tax @ 20%.


levitra

S/s. 43B & 145A – Service tax on unrealised service charges cannot be added back to the income

fiogf49gjkf0d
3. (2013) 82 DTR 303 (Mum)
Pharma Search vs. ACIT
A.Y.: 2007-08 Dated: 2.5.2012

S/s. 43B & 145A – Service tax on unrealised service charges cannot be added back to the income


Facts:

The assessee was engaged in the business of rendering consultation in pharmaceuticals, chemicals and drugs. In the P & L A/c, the assessee has shown fees for rendering consultancy services net of service tax. The service charges of Rs. 32 lakh was not realised and outstanding at the year end. The Assessing Officer was of the view that the service tax should have been shown as receipts in the P & L A/c on the principle laid down by the Honourable Supreme Court in the case of Chowringhee Sales Bureau (P) Ltd. vs. CIT [87 ITR 542] and also as per the provisions of section 145A. The Assessing Officer made an addition of Rs. 3,91,680/- on account of service tax on the ground that the assessee ought to have made payment of the service-tax in order to claim deduction as per provisions of section 43B.

Held:

As per the service tax law, service tax is payable as and when the payments/fees for underlying service provided are realised. As the assessee has not received the sum till the end of the financial year, question of paying the same did not arise at all. If for any reason the payment for services rendered is not realised, there was no liability as to payment of service tax. Thus, the service tax law stands on a different footing as compared to other laws like Central excise or VAT.

The application of section 145A is restricted to purchase and sale of goods only, and does not extend to service contracts. Therefore, the action of the Assessing Officer in invoking provisions of section 145A and adding service-tax to gross receipts is incorrect in as much as against the very basic principles of section 145A.

The rigours of section 43B might be applicable to the case of sales-tax or excise duty, but the same could not be said to be the position in case of service tax because of two reasons. Firstly, the assessee is never allowed deduction on account of service tax which is collected on behalf of the Government and is paid to the Government account. Therefore, a service provider is merely acting as an agent of the Government. Secondly, section 43B(a) uses the expression “any sum payable”. If there is no liability to make the payment to the credit of the Central Government because of nonreceipt of payments from the receiver of the services, then it cannot be said that such service tax has become payable in terms of section 43B(a).

levitra

Educational Institution: Exemption u/s. 10(22):A. Y. 1998-99: Denial of exemption disputing genuineness of transaction: Contributor to assessee denying the transaction: Assessee should be given opportunity to cross-examine the disputant:

fiogf49gjkf0d
Sri Krishna Educational and Social Trust vs. ITO; 351 ITR 178 (Mad):

For the A. Y. 1998-99, the Assessing Officer made additions denying exemption u/s. 10(22) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, disputing the genuineness of a transaction wherein the contributor to the assessee had denied transaction. The assessee was not given the opportunity to cross-examine the said person. The Tribunal upheld the decision of the Assessing Officer. The Tribunal held that the assesee did not have the right to cross-examine the witness who made the adverse report, especially when the records did not indicate that the assessee had made any attempt to produce witnesses.

 On appeal by the assessee, the Madras High Court reversed the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

 “i) When the authorities entertained a doubt about the genuineness of the transaction, the Tribunal ought to have afforded the assessee an opportunity to cross examine the disputant. The Revenue had not accepted the explanation given by the assessee. The assessee would not have expected one of the contributors to have denied the factum of contribution. This view was inevitable because but for this the assessee would not have opted to cross-examine the contributor.

 ii) Therefore, when there was unexpected change of facts, the party should not be deprived of the opportunity to cross-examine the witness branded as the assessee’s witness. The Evidence Act also permits a party to cross-examine his own witness under stated circumstances.

 iii) Unless it is proved that the income derived was covered u/s. 10(22) it could not be decided whether the addition u/s. 68 was possible or not. Therefore, the matter was remitted to the Assessing Officer for further consideration in the light of the legal position.”

levitra

Capital or revenue receipt: Test: A. Y. 1997- 98: assessee receiving amount in terms of release agreement: Compensation for loss of source of income: Capital receipt: Not taxable:

fiogf49gjkf0d
Khanna and Annadhanam vs. CIT; 351 ITR 110 (Del):

The assessee is a firm of Chartered Accountants. Since 1983, the assessee had an arrangement with a foreign firm whereunder the foreign firm referred work to the assessee through a Calcutta firm in respect of clients based in Delhi and nearby areas. The arrangement was reduced to writing in 1992. In 1996, the foreign firm wanted a firm of Chartered Accountants of Bombay to represent its work in India. Accordingly, an agreement was entered into on 14-11-1996, which was called a release agreement, under which the assessee was to no longer represent the foreign firm in India and thereafter the foreign firm would not refer any work to the assessee. In consideration of the termination of the services of the assessee, the assessee received an amount of Rs. 1,15,70,000/- in terms of the release agreement. The assessee claimed the amount to be capital receipt. The assessing Officer assessed the amount as professional income. The CIT(A) deleted the addition. The Tribunal upheld the decision of the Assessing Officer.

On appeal by the assessee, the Delhi High Court reversed the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The fact that the assessee continued its business or its usual operations even after termination of an agency is of no consequence. If the receipt represents compensation for the loss of a source of income, it would be capital and it matters little that the assessee continues to be in receipt of income from its other similar operations.

 ii) There was no evidence that the assessee had entered into similar arrangements with other international firms of Chartered Accountants. The arrangement with the foreign firm was in operation for a fairly long period of 13 years and had acquired a kind of permanency as a source of income. When that source was unexpectedly terminated, it amounted to the impairment of the profit-making structure or apparatus of the assessee. It was for that loss of the source of income that the compensation was calculated and paid to the assessee.

 iii) The compensation was thus a substitute for the source. Therefore, the amount of Rs. 1,15,70,000/- received by the assessee in terms of the release agreement represented a capital receipt, not assessable to tax.”

levitra

Capital gains: Forfeiture of earnest money: Section 51 r/w. s. 4: A. Y. 2007-08: Earnest money forfeited on cancellation of sale agreement is capital receipt: Not taxable as income:

fiogf49gjkf0d
CIT vs. Meera Goyal; 30 Taxman.com (Del):

The assessee entered into an agreement to sell his house property to a company and in terms of agreement received certain sum as earnest money Since purchaser failed to pay balance consideration by stipulated period, the assessee forfeited the earnest money and claimed same as capital receipt. The Additional Commissioner on reference u/s. 144A directed the Assessing Officer to the effect that earned money so received and forfeited was to be adjusted against the cost of property and capital gain was to be worked out on the basis of the resultant cost as and when the property was sold. However, the Assessing Officer held that entire transaction was a sham transaction in which purchaser attempted to book bogus losses. He accordingly made addition of the forfeited amount. The Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the addition. The Tribunal upheld the order of Commissioner (Appeals) observing that the earnest money was received through banking channels and genuineness of the receipt was not in dispute.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Delhi High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The Tribunal has rightly noted that the provisions of section 51 would come into play as it specifically covers this type of a transaction. Once the transaction has been held to be genuine, there is no question of the transaction being without any consideration.

ii) Consequently, there is no merit in the revenue’s appeal, much less any substantial question of law.”

levitra

Recovery: Stay of demand pending appeal: Section 220(6) : A. Y. 2010-11: Stay can be granted on the basis of the merits even if there is no financial hardship:

fiogf49gjkf0d
UTI Mutual Fund vs. ITO (Bom); WP(L) No. 523 of 2013 dated 06-03-2013:

In respect of the A. Y. 2010-11, the application of the petitioner u/s. 220(6) for keeping the demand in abeyance till the disposal of the appeal was rejected by the Assessing Officer. The Assessing Officer refused to follow the order of the Bombay High Court (see. UTI Mutual Fund vs. ITO; 345 ITR 71 (Bom); wherein stay was granted in similar circumstances for the preceding year. CIT also rejected application for stay.

On a writ petition filed by the Petitioner challenging the order of rejection, the Department relied on the order of the Karnataka High Court in CIT vs. IBM India Pvt. Ltd.(Kar); ITA No. 31 of 2013 dated 04-02-2013, taking the view that in a revenue matter an interim order should be passed only in the case of genuine financial hardship and not otherwise.

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) The order of the Karnataka High Court cannot be read to mean that consideration of whether an assessee has made out a strong prima facie case for stay of enforcement of a demand is irrelevant. Nor is the law to the effect that except a case of financial hardship, no stay on the recovery of demand can be granted even though a strong prima facie case is made out.

 ii) In considering whether a stay of demand should be granted, the Court is duty bound to consider not merely the issue of financial hardship if any, but also whether a strong prima facie case raising a serious triable issue has been raised which would warrant a dispensation of deposit. That is a settled position in the jurisprudence of our revenue legislation. In CEAT Ltd. vs. UOI; 2010 (250) E.L.T. 200 (Bom), the Division Bench of this Court has held as follows. “If the party has made out a strong prima facie case, that by itself would be a strong ground in the matter of exercise of discretion as calling on the party to deposit the amount which prima facie is not liable to deposit or which demand has legs to stand upon, by itself would result in undue hardship of the party.”

 iii) Where a strong prima facie case is made out calling upon the petitioner to deposit, would itself occasion undue hardship. Where the issue has raised a strong prima facie case which requires serious consideration as in the present case, the requirement of predeposit would itself be a matter of hardship.

iv) Finally, we express our serious disapproval of the manner in which the Revenue has sought to brush aside a binding decision of this Court in the case of the assessee on the issue of the stay on enforcement for the previous year. The rule of law has an abiding value in our legal regime. No public authority, including the Revenue, can ignore the principle of precedent. Certainty, in tax administration is of cardinal importance and its absence undermines public confidence.

 v) For these reasons, we direct that pending the disposal of the appeals for the A. Y. 2010-11 and for a period of six weeks thereafter, no coercive steps shall be taken against the assessee for the recovery of the demand in pursuance of the impugned notices dated 25-02-2013.”

levitra

Advance Tax – Levy of interest u/s. 234A/234B/234C is mandatory and the interest could be levied without specific direction in the assessment order.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Karanvir Singh Gossal vs. CIT & Anr. [2012] 349 ITR 692 (SC)

The short point that was involved in the case before the Supreme Court was whether levy of interest u/s. 234A/234B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 ( “the Act”), is mandatory or not. The Supreme Court observed that at one point of time, there was a doubt on the nature of interest payable by the assessee u/s. 234A/234B of the Act and that the controversy was finally settled by its five judge bench decision in the case of CIT vs. Anjum M.H. Ghaswala [2001] 252 ITR 1.

According to the Supreme Court, the position that emerged after the judgment in Anjum Ghaswala’s case (supra) was that if interest is leviable in a given case u/s. 234B/234C, then in such a case that levy is mandatory and compensatory in nature. The recitation by the Assessing Officer directing institution of penal proceedings was not obligatory and penal proceedings could be initiated for such default without a specific direction from the Assessing Officer.

The Supreme Court noted that in the said judgment, it had been held that in appropriate cases, the Chief Commission had an authority to waive the interest.

 The Supreme Court observed that in the present case, the assessee had placed reliance on the Circular issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes, which had been referred to and mentioned in Anjum Ghaswala’s case (supra) and that this aspect had not been considered by the High Court in its impugned order, and it was not considered even by the Tribunal.

 For the above reasons, the Supreme Court set aside the impugned orders of the Tribunal as also of the High Court. The Supreme Court directed the Tribunal to consider whether the assessee would be entitled to waiver of interest under the Circular bearing No.400/234/95-IT(B) dated 23rd May, 1996, which had been referred to in the case of Anjum Ghaswala (supra).

[Note: Since the decision of the Punjab and Haryana High Court is not available, it is not clear as to how the reference of initiation of penalty proceedings is made in paragraph 2 above. In the context and considering the cases referred to, the reference to penalty proceedings seems inadvertent. It should instead be read as “the recitation by the Assessing Officer directing levy of interest is not obligatory and interest could be levied for such default without a specific direction from the Assessing Officer.]

levitra

Export – Profits derived from export of granite not eligible for deduction under section 80HHC

fiogf49gjkf0d
Tamil Nadu Minerals Ltd. vs. CIT [2012] 349 ITR 695 (SC) Manufacture –

Mining of granite from quarries and exporting them after cutting, polishing, etc. tantamounts to manufacture.

The following question of law arose from determination before the Supreme Court in Civil Appeal No.2997 of 2004.

“Whether the assessee is entitled to claim deduction to the extent of profits referred to in s/s. (IB) of section 80HHC of the Income-tax Act, 1961, derived from export of goods – in this case, granite, for the assessment year 1988-89?”

The Supreme Court answered above question against the assessee in view of its judgment in the case Gem Granites vs. CIT reported in [2004] 271 ITR 322 (SC). In Civil Appeal Nos. 7472-7473 of 2004 the following question of law arose for determination before the Supreme Court.

“Whether, on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal was right in law in holding that the assessee is entitled to investment allowance on the activities of the assessee, viz., mining granite from quarries and exporting them after cutting, polishing etc., which tantamount to manufacture for the purpose of section 32A of the Income-tax Act, 1961?

The Supreme Court held that this issue was squarely covered in favour of the assessee, vide its judgment in the case of CIT v. Sesa Goa Ltd. [2004] 271 ITR 331 (SC).

levitra

Co-operative Society – Income from underwriting commission and interest on PSEB Bonds and IDBI Bonds derived by a banking concern is income from banking business and hence qualified for deduction u/s. 80P(2)(a)(i).

fiogf49gjkf0d
CIT vs. Nawanshahar Central Co-op. Bank Ltd. (2012) 349 ITR 689 (SC)

The following two questions, arose for determination before the Supreme Court: (a) Whether the High Court was justified in holding that the respondent-assessee was entitled for deduction u/s. 80P(2)

(a)(i) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, in respect of income from underwriting commission and interest on PSEB Bonds and IDBI Bonds?

 (b) Whether the High Court was justified in affirming the decision of the Tribunal that the income earned by the assessee which was derived from underwriting the issue of bonds and investments in PSEB Bonds was in the nature of income from banking business and hence qualified for deduction u/s. 80P(2)(a)(i) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 ?

The Supreme Court dismissed the appeals filed by the Department in view of its decision in CIT vs. Nawanshahar Central Co-op. Bank Ltd. (2007) 289 ITR 6 (SC).

levitra

Business Expenditure – Interest paid in respect of borrowings for acquisition of capital assets not put to use in the concerned financial year is allowable as a deduction u/s. 36(1)(iii).

fiogf49gjkf0d
Vardhman Polytex Ltd. vs. CIT (2012) 349 ITR 690 (SC)

The assessee, who was engaged in the business of yarn, filed its return of income for the assessment year 1992-93 declaring its taxable income at Rs. 3,59,86,359/-. A revised return thereafter was filed declaring taxable income of Rs. 3,48,09,071/-. In the computation of income filed alongwith the revised return, the assessee claimed additional deduction amount of Rs. 1,97,290/- and Rs. 9,80,000/- on account of interest u/s. 36(1)(iii) and up front fees respectively. The claim was made on account of loans raised for set up of a new unit at Baddi (HP). The Assessing Officer, in view of the fact, that the loan was raised for setting up a new unit for creating a capital asset which was yet to come into production, disallowed the interest, relying upon Explanation 8 to section 43(1).

The Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) allowed the appeal of the assessee and the Tribunal rejecting the appeal of the Revenue approved the order passed by the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals).

The Full Bench of the Punjab and Hariyana High Court reversed the order of the Tribunal [CIT vs. Vardhaman Polytex Ltd. – 299 ITR 152 (P & H) (FB)] holding that the loan was not raised for the purpose of running of the business for its day to day requirements, but for the purpose of creating additional assets, new capacity at a new location and as such the interest on the loan was not deductible u/s. 36.

The Supreme Court reversed the order of the High Court following its judgement in Deputy CIT vs. Core Healthcare Ltd. reported in (2008) 298 ITR 194(SC).

levitra